Home

Zire 72 User Guide

1. b Select Page and then select Send Select Email and then select OK to open the VersaM ail application Compose your message in the VersaMail application Send or save the e mail message You are returned to Web Pro and to the web page you were viewing y Done 462 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Tip Do you have a photo album on the Internet You can upload your photos by entering your album web site and using the web site s upload feature to browse to the photos stored on your handheld or on your SD card Zire 72 Handheld Sending e mail via an Intemet e mail account You can use your Internet e mail account to send an e mail message and attachments 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Log on to your Internet e mail account a Go to the web page that allows you to log on to your e mail account b Enter your username and password Compose your e mail message amp OPTIONAL You can add an attachment to the message by selecting the e mail attachment feature and browsing to the application database file or media file stored on your handheld or on your SD card Send or save the e mail message b Done 463 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Returning to a web page you recently visited Using the Back and Forward icons to browse through the pages you recently visited one page ata time can be tedious Instead open the History list to go to a page you recently visited Th
2. Inserting an expansion card Removing an expansion card Opening an application on an expansion card Opening files on an expansion card Viewing card information Renaming a card Copying applications to an expansion card Removing all information from a card Related topics Zire 72 Handheld A Chinese proverb says Life just gives you time and space it s up to you to fill it But doesn t it always seem that no matter how much space you have you still need more Expansion cards sold separately provide a compact and limitless answer to the storage dilemma When one card becomes full simply use another card To enjoy some aspects of your handheld such as listening to music and capturing video clips you need to use expansion cards Benefits of expansion cards e Capture and view videos e Listen to music e Back up info e Add more games and other software e Add accessories e Store all your info 101 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld What type of expansion cards can use gt gt Key Term Your handheld is compatible with SDIO SD and MultiMediaCard expansion cards SDIO SDIO An acronym for expansion cards let you add accessories to your handheld SD and MultiMediaCard expansion Secure Digital input cards let you store information and applications output x Tip How can expansion cards help me Looking for a handy way to carry your expansion cards
3. cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeed 536 Installing the additional software from the CD sesser 538 Installing other applications and files ee ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 540 Zire 72 Handheld xvi Installing applications and files on a Windows computer 540 Using the Palm Quick Install ICON oo cece ee eect eeeeeeteeeteeeeteeteeeeees 541 Using the Palm Quick Install WIMNGOW 00 eeeceeceeeee cette eeeetteeeeaeetees 542 Installing applications and files on a Mac computer ssec 543 Using the Send To Handheld droplet ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 543 Using commands in the HotSync MENU ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeteeeeees 544 Removing an application from your handheld eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 546 Removing Palm Desktop software from your Compute n 547 Related tO Pi CS iis2 sdevgvaveescedenspescedias ss scetvesnnecndeesvserdbedentensenteebaseastnviycaesiaeiies 550 Chapter 26 Managing Clock Settings sscsssssssseees 551 Checking the current date and time cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseaeeenaeennaee 552 Setting the primary location serisinin aeriana ane 553 Setting the date and time for the primary location sessen 554 Choosing secondary locations for other time ZONES s es 556 Modifying the locations list cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 557 Adding mew locations sirin aana 557 Deleting a location ooo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeaaeeeaa
4. b Select OK Y Continued 123 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts 4 Customize the appearance of the Contacts list T a From the Contacts list open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences c Select the display options you want Remember last category Select the check box if you want Contacts to display the last category shown when you return to it from another application If the check box is deselected Contacts opens to the All category Listby Select whether to sort the Contacts list by last name and first name or by company and last name b Done Zire 72 Handheld 124 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Making connections from Contacts Before You Begin You can set up your contacts so that you can do tasks like dialing a phone number creating an e You must install the mail text or multimedia message accessing the web or sending an instant message requires additional software sold separately directly from a contact screen Contacts gives you two tools e mail or messaging software included on he to perform these tasks CD You must also complete all the Quick Connect Lets you select a connection type and opens the application for making that type of connection directly from a contact s information screen prerequisites for the e mail and messaging Tap to Connect Opens the application to perform a connection task directly by tapping the applications appropriate
5. e If nothing happens you may be in an application or screen that does not use menus Switch to a different application and try tapping the Menu icon If it works in the second application then the first does not use menus e If the Menu icon does not respond to taps in the second application try aligning the screen again Zire 72 Handheld 622 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions I can t get my handheld to recognize my handwriting For your handheld to recognize handwriting input with the stylus you need to use Graffiti 2 writing Use the Graffiti 2 help to learn how to write characters NOTE Your handheld recognizes your own personal handwriting in the Note Pad application only e Make the Graffiti 2 character strokes in the Graffiti 2 input area not on the display part of the screen If you want to write on the display part of the screen tum full screen writing on e Write Graffiti 2 strokes for lowercase letters in the left side strokes for capital letters in the middle and strokes for numbers in the right side of the Graffiti 2 writing area e Make sure that Graffiti 2 is not in shift mode e Make sure that Graffiti 2 is not in Punctuation Shift mode The info entered does not appear in an application e Check the Categories pick list in the upper right corner of the application screen Select All to display all the records for the application e Did you set private records to be hidden Check Security Prefer
6. www com net org More Enter the URL you want as your Home page by performing one of the following e To make the page currently displayed your Home page tap Current URL e To select one of the last five home pages you used as your Home page tap the Previously Viewed pick list and select a URL e Enter a URL on the Address line Select OK y Done 467 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Zire 72 Handheld Changing your start page You can select the start page you want your handheld to open to when you first open Web Pro 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp i Open the Default Preferences dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences c Tap Default Tap the Start with pick list and select the page you want to start with when you first open WebPro Home Page The page you have set as your Home page Last Page Viewed The last page you viewed before exiting Web Pro Blank Page Opens a blank page Web Pro does not connect to the Internet Bookmarks Opens your Bookmarks dialog box Web Pro does not connect to the Internet Y Continued 468 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web 4 Select OK y Done Zire 72 Handheld 469 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Setting advanced browser options You can change options on your handheld to improve the speed ease of use and security of your browsing experience Before You Begin If you are not
7. Tip Your Task Preferences settings control which tasks appear in the Tasks list such as completed or due tasks To change these settings open the Options menu and select Preferences Tip Create a new category for tasks by selecting Edit Categories in the Category pick list Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Tasks 6 In the Tasks list select one of these options All Displays all your tasks Date Displays tasks that are due in a specific time frame Tap the pick list in the upper right to select Due Today Last 7 Days Next 7 Days or Past Due Category Displays tasks that are assigned to the selected category Tap the pick list in the upperright to select a different category CS9 MM Date Category EEA a GES LEA All Date KZ Business O 2 Distribute LETALA istri Past Due 1 monthll Edit Categories 174 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Marking a task complete You can check off a task to indicate that you ve completed it L Tip You can set Task Preferences to record the Bate Matyo UMEN ONE 1 Go to the Home O screen and select Tasks 6 tasks and you can show or hide finished tasks To change these settings 2 open the Options menu and select Preferences Select the check box on the left m _Al_ Date e side of the task Personal 11 7 y Done N NOTE Palm Desktop software and Microsoft Outlook handle completed repeating tasks
8. adjacent messages drag the stylus to the left of the message icons Tip You can also open the menus select Message and then select Move To Zire 72 Handheld 344 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 2 Move a single message a Tap the envelope icon to the left of the message you want to move and then select Move To from the list Speakeas Speakeas o BS revised instruc Les Ne o BS these are funny Travis o M review comme Angela M cool site Travi monica o M review comme M cool site b On the folders list select the destination folder you want 3 Move multiple messages a Tap to the left of the icon for each message you want to move A checkmark appears next to each selected message b Tap a message icon next to a selected message and then tap Move To on the list c On the folders list select the destination folder you want Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 345 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 4 Select OK y Done Creating and editing mail folders The VersaMail application has certain preset folders such as Inbox Outbox Drafts and Trash You can create new folders so that you can store e mail messages by subject person or project N NOTE For IMAP accounts only select the check box if you want the change create rename delete to take place on the server as well as on your handheld 1 In the Inbox or
9. c In addition to viewing photo or video details you can do the following Change name Select the photo or video name and enter a new name Move to different album Tap the Album pick list and select a new album location for the photo or video Add notes Tap the Notes field and enter a note for the photo or video 4 When finished viewing details tap Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 245 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Organizing photos and videos Tip You can organize your photos and videos in the following ways If a photo is saved on your handheld you can save it only to an album on your handheld Likewise if a photo is saved to an expansion card you can save it only e Sort albums to an album on the card e Create albums and place your photos and videos in those albums e Move photos and videos within or between albums e Sort photos and videos in List view Tip Organizing photos and videos in albums To rename or delete an album tap the pick list 1 select Edit Albums and then select the album you want Then tap Rename or Delete depending on 2 Create an album Go to the Home O screen and select Media eB what you want to do Edit Albums G a Tap the pick list in the upper Handheld right corner and select Edit Albums b Select New enter the name of the new album and select OK c Select OK on the Edit Albums screen Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 246
10. 156 157 displaying conflicting events in 161 finding overlapping events on 159 opening 165 removing appointments from 149 reserving dates 135 scrolling through 156 157 selecting dates on 133 168 setting repeat intervals for 138 139 140 synchronizing with Outlook 10 Zire 72 Handheld Calendar application applying color coding options 143 145 benefits of 132 categorizing information in 530 checking schedules in 152 154 156 157 choosing display options 159 defining repeating events 137 138 deleting categories 529 deleting events 149 151 displaying categories in 533 entering birthdays for 115 entering event locations from 141 getting help with 165 importing information for 64 opening 26 133 related topics for 166 rescheduling events 147 156 running on PCs 165 saving information for 134 149 151 scheduling events 133 135 140 setting alarms 146 164 setting alarms from 560 561 setting display options 160 164 transferring information to 67 troubleshooting 166 630 Calendar icon 26 Calendar Preferences dialog box 146 163 calendar views 154 156 157 158 calibration 585 Call History List 485 Call Waiting 599 calling card numbers 599 camera 22 102 228 234 See also photos Camera application 26 229 231 234 camera icon 26 camera lens 22 cancelled actions 39 cancelled appointments 149 cancelled tasks 176 capitalization 46 54 183 capturing photos 114 229 234 video clips 101 231 232 Ca
11. 72 Handheld 52 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Graffiti 2 gestures Write gestures on LEFT side or across the middle of input area Gesture Stroke Gesture Stroke Cut KA Paste g Copy Undo e gt Zire 72 Handheld 53 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Whiting Graffiti 2 symbols and other special characters Symbols and other special characters can be written on either side of the input area using the Punctuation Shift stroke Tip If you accidentally enter 1 the Punctuation Shit Enter the Punctuation Shift L stroke enter it again to SHON cancel it or waita When Punctuation Shift is active moment and it l an indicator appears in the lower automatically disappears right corner of the screen Did You Know Writing two Punctuation Shift strokes cancels the automatic capitalization of the first letter of a new Punctuation shift indicator entry or sentence 2 Write the symbol or other special character shown in the following table You can write a symbol or special character anywhere in the input area 3 Enter another Punctuation Shift stroke to finish the character and to make it appear more quickly 4 Done Once the Punctuation Shift indicator disappears you see the character Zire 72 Handheld 54 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Graffiti 2 symbols and special characters Write symbols on EITHER side of input area a Qe asia Als QO A 2 7
12. Album Ed Genre E10 Artist Album amp Video Streaming Clips Search Library By Playlists JB AutoPlaylists Select All Clips Browse e Click Close The tracks you selected should now say Ready To Transfer 5 Transfer the selected songs to your expansion card a Be sure your handheld is on that you have an expansion card in the expansion slot and that RealOne Mobile Player is open if itis a green Connected light appears in the lower left corner of the RealOne Player window on your computer b In the toolbar below the Connected light click Transfer When the transfer is complete the tracks you selected should say On Device IMPORTANT Do not tap the HotSync icon RealOne Player is transferring the files so there s no need to do anything b Done 265 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Playing music on your handheld Tip If RealOne Mobile Player 1 reaches the preset period of inactivity before you exit the application the screen turns off and the 2 music continues playing To set the period of e To play the current song tap Play inactivity open the Select a song to play On your handheld press the Music fa application button Options menu and select e To play a different song tap Songs and select a song from the list Preferences Select an option from the Auto powersave after pick list and then select OK If you exit RealOne Mobile
13. Assigned appears in this box and you don t need to enter a password when you log in Connection Tap the Connection pick list and select the method you want to use to connect to your ISP or to a dial in server See Connecting your handheld to other devices for info on creating and configuring connection settings If you re using a phone or modem Phone Setup connection enter the phone Phone settings O Dial prefix a Tap the Phone box O Disable call waiting O Use calling card Y Continued arn ee 598 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Ie Tip Its a good idea to add at least three commas before your calling card number to allow for the cue delay Each comma delays transmission of your calling card number for two seconds Zire 72 Handheld Cont d b Enter any of the following settings and then tap OK Phone Enter the phone number for your ISP or dial in server Dial prefix Select the Dial prefix check box and then enter the number that you dial before the telephone number to access an outside line For example many offices require that you first dial 9 to dial a number outside the building Disable call waiting f your phone has Call Waiting select the Disable call waiting check box and then enter the code to disable Call Waiting Call Waiting can cause your session to end if you receive a call while you are connected Contact your local phone company for the code that is appropriate
14. Signature MW Attach Signature a Select Signature ina b Select the Attach Signature check box c Enter your signature information and then select OK Ry Done 338 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Send retry Did You Know When you tap Send on the message menu the VersaMail application automatically attempts to send the message If the send attempt fails for any reason for example your handheld is out of range or the application cannot connect to the mail server you can choose to have the application move the message to the Outbox and keep trying to send the message every 30 minutes a maximum of three times Send retry doesn t work for VPN or SSL connections or for accounts for which your ISP requires you to log in If you put a message in the Outbox you must do a manual send to send the message on the first to the mail server before try The VersaMail application attempts automatic send retry only after a manual send attempt sending mail It also fails Keep in mind the following regarding automatic send retry doesn t work if you have configured the security e Automatic send retry occurs only if you tap Send to send the message manually It doesn t work preferences on your if you tap Get amp Send handheld to encrypt databases on the handheld e To select automatic send retry tap Yes in the dialog box notifying you that manual send has failed x Tip e If automati
15. Tip You can also use the 6 pencil tool to draw ona oe Createan Show for 2 seconds photo you attach Send Pencil your own graffiti art Did a Select New Slide Line width you get a little too econ Se olor whee es ileal b Use the tools on the left of the on aeei tes screen to create your image affecting the photo Pencil Draw the image you want on the blank slide Done Delete tof amp Line tool Choose the pencil s line style Color wheel Choose the pencil s color c Select Done Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 422 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Tip Did you just get engaged to get married Let your 7 ES OPTONAL ea Pele f w Show for 2 seconds parents and friends know a From the toolbar on the left of immediately Snap a the screen choose the photos picture using the tool Ce A handheld s camera add it o to your multimedia b Add a picture by selecting one message and send it out of the following All your special moments Photos Select the photo you can be shared quickly want from palmOne Media with others Camera Take the photo you want using the built in camera c Select Done 8 amp OPTIONAL Add a sound file Add Tune a From the toolbar on the left of the screen choose the audio tool b Select the file you want c Select Done Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 423 C
16. e mail account the b Tap the Options pick list and then select Incoming Mail VersaM ail application Manage incoming mail server settings a On the Mail Servers screen tap Details downloads all messages Man Servers a Mail Servers from the server Options Address Servers Options Incoming Mail regardless of whether nt te ne ya nee you have read them for M Leave i Dea eee M Leave ia on serar example on your desktop or on the web and regardless of whether this check box is selected c Do any of the following Get unread mail ONLY For IMAP accounts retrieves unread e mail only To get all e mail and not just unread e mail deselect Get unread mail ONLY Maximum Message Size Enter the maximum message size that you can receive Leave mail on server POP only Leaves e mail that you receive on the handheld on the server also d Select OK Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 400 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip Advanced incoming mail 5 options are different depending on the connection type you selected and the server b Tap the Options pick list and then select Advanced Incoming protocol POP or IMAP Manage advanced incoming mail server settings a On the Mail Servers screen tap Details Mail Servers i Mail Servers i Tip Options Address Servers Options v Advanced Incoming Port Number Incoming Mail Port Number The Deleted Mail and Outgoing Mail ee A
17. sssssssssesissresissrnsrssrnrirnrnnsrnennnnrnnn 33 Using the HOME SCrEOM ss seseees seceeveaesscstemees ceceesivnesentnscensiaveeeeneviyee 33 Switching between applications ceceeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeesseesteeeteeeees 34 USING MENUS siisii keeseen a Na a ETEEN EE Naaa 34 Using the Command stroke ssssssssresrsssrssirssinrrrennsernrinnrnnnnnnnrnnn 35 Using the 5 way NaAViga OT sssssiissrocisi pusaaa adianta 36 Moving around the Home screen sssssessssssrssrsssssrrsrrsrnsrerinsrnerrnns 37 Moving around list screens ssesssseesssssrssresrisrrtstnerensrnrnsennnernrensene 38 Moving around record SCreensS sssssssssissrisrrerirsirerinsrnstrsernrrrnnnnsrnnt 38 Moving around dialog DOXES s ccccniiseceiinseecesensseedsiteeieeseeneennee 39 Moving around pick liStS ee cee cece ceee ects eect tees eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeaaes 40 Finding INFOFMALION seisosat aa reer 41 Related TOPICS pricisione ieoi nsn aa oer or E E EA Ea aTa 42 Chapter 4 Entering INformmation ssssssnnnnnnn0nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 44 How can enter information cceccecsceseecee cece caeeeaeeseeeeeeeeteeeeenaeeeaaees 45 Entering information with Graffiti 2 writing 0 ceeeececeeeeeeceseeeeeeeaees 45 Writing Graffiti 2 CRaracters s ccciissiecsecceitescecives a eaeeeesteeaeeee teeeeeeenivess 46 Graffiti 2 alPNADCE uw ee eee cece eesee cease eeeecaaeeeaeeseaeeeeeteeeseeeeteneneeaeees 48 Graffiti 2 NUMBELS rseson a a aaa 49 Graffiti 2G CStU
18. the plus button to adda note to the contact Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Press the Contacts 22 application button Display additional contact fields a Select the contact you want and then select Edit b Tap the plus button on the lowerright corner of the Contact Edit screen eens Untied First name Lee Picture 2 easy Unfied First name Lae Company Example Inc Title Tap here Details Custom 9 Note icon c Select the field you want displayed from the list The field appears in a preset location on the Contact Edit screen b Done 116 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Selecting contact field types You can select the types of phone numbers work home mobile pager and so on as well as specify the instant messenger IM account that you associate with a contact Tip Any changes you make to field types apply only to the current contact You can duplicate contact information if you need to apply the same contact fields to multiple contacts Did You Know The e mail address field type is located on the same pick list as the phone number fields IM field types are located on a separate pick list Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Press the Contacts 22 application button Customize the contact field type a Select the contact you want and then select Edit b Tap the pick list next to the field you want to change and select the new field type you want
19. 3 Choose the default currency a Tap the Default Currency pick list b Select the symbol you want to appear when you add new expenses c Select OK y Done Creating a currency symbol If the currency you want to use is not in the pick list of countries you can create your own symbol 1 2 Preferences fi M Use automatic fill when entering data Default curren iti Go to the Home screen and select Expense 3 Open the Custom Currencies dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Custom Currencies Y Continued 208 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses 3 Create the custom symbol Custom Currencies Create your own custom a Tap a Country box currencies by tapping on the country name below b Enter the name of the country and the symbol that you want c Select OK and then select OK again b Done Zire 72 Handheld 209 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses Deleting expenses Delete individual expenses or an entire category of expenses at once Zire 72 Handheld Deleting an individual expense 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Expense amp Select the expense you want to delete Delete the item a Open the menus b Select Delete Item on the Record menu amp OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the expense on your computer Select OK b Done L f CHAPTER 13 Tip
20. 336558986 8 40 am Let s meet at 9PM in front of JJs b Read the message and then select Done 4 Done 429 CHAPTER 19 Tip Even though you can receive only text messages you can convert your reply into a multimedia message Open the menus select Message select Add media and then select convert Tip If you don t need to read the message you can tap the letter icon to the left of a message in the Inbox to open the reply options pop up menu and then select the type of reply message you want from the list Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Responding to a text message You can respond to messages by replying forwarding or saving the message Replying to a text message 1 Go to the Home screen and select Messages Per i 2 Select Get to retrieve messages from your mobile phone 3 Select the message to open it RL 44 Z4 6505551234 8 46 am did u hear from javier 5559191 8 42 am Sorry will be late E 336558986 8 41 am have some ideas about the meeting M 336558986 8 40 am Let s meet at 9PMin front of JJs Y Continued 430 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Tip Simply select Reply at the 4 Select a reply option bottom of the screen if you want to reply with the a Select From same type of message for example if you are From 6505551234 Reply With Text Message reply
21. 72 Handheld 1 2 Press the Contacts 22 application button Create a business card a Select the contact you want or create a new contact with your own contact information b Open the menus c Select Business Card on the Record menu b Done 119 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Copying contact information into multiple contacts i You can quickly make a copy of a contact so that you can edit only the fields you need to change Tip sae For example if two of your contacts have the same work address or phone number duplicating You can also duplicate a emacs eae ae p the first contact simplifies entering information in the second contact in the Contacts desktop application by highlighting a contact in the Contacts list and then 1 Press the Contacts 2 application button selecting Edit Copy Create a new contact click the Note tab and 2 then paste the info into a note Then cut and paste the text into the correct Duplicate a contact a Select the contact you want and then select Edit field in the new contact b Open the menus Did You Know c Select Record and then select Duplicate Contact If you duplicate a contact and do not edit the name 4 Done the contact appears in the Contacts list as lt Last name gt lt irst name gt Copy Zire 72 Handheld 120 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Locating a contact on your list Tip You can also press Right
22. Beaming photos and videos to other Palm OS handheld users e Sending photos and videos to other Bluetooth devices using the Bluetooth technology on your handheld Sending photos and videos as attachments to e mail messages Sending photos as part of a text or multimedia message Answers to frequently asked questions about palmOne Media and the camera 257 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music In this chapter Transferring MP3 files to an expansion card Transferring music from a CD to an expansion card Playing music on your handheld Managing playlists Viewing song info Working with RealOne Player on your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Are you tired of listening to small talk during that long commute on the bus or train Do you need something smaller than a CD player when you re out for a walk or at the gym RealOne Mobile Player lets you play music on your handheld Simply transfer songs onto an expansion card sold separately and then listen through the built in speaker or stereo headphones Sold separately IMPORTANT You need to purchase an SD or MultiMediaCard expansion card to save your music files and play them on your handheld Benefits of RealOne Mobile Player e Listen to songs in the popular MP3 format e No separate MP3 CD or mini disc player required e Carry tiny expansion cards instead of CDs e Be your own DJ 258 CHA
23. CHAPTER 15 Tip If you are not already in the album you want to organize tap the pick list in the upperright corner and select the album you want Tip Drag the stylus across multiple photos and or videos to add or remove them all at once Did You Know You can save videos to albums only on expansion cards If the album you select is on your handheld only photos will appear on the add remove screen If you try to save both videos and photos to an album on your handheld you will See an alert that gives you the option to save the photos only Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Add or remove a photo or video in an album a On the album screen select Organize Albums b Do one of the following Add to album Select a photo or video that does not have a plus sign to add it to the album Remove from album Selecta photo or video with a plus sign to the left to remove it from the album c Select Done b Done Tap to select or desele Organize Vacation ct Select to add Select to remove 247 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Moving a photo or video within and between albums Did You Know If you remove a photo or 1 video from an album itis moved to the Unfiled category The photo is not deleted from your 2 handheld photos only or the expansion card a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the album
24. CHAPTER 29 Common Questions 3 Select Internet Options and then click the Programs tab 4 Make sure that the E mail field is set to the correct e mail client software 5 Click OK 6 Start the e mail client software and make sure it is configured as the default MAPI client Consult the documentation for your desktop e mail application for more information Privacy I forgot the password and my handheld is not locked First use the password hint to try to remember the password If this doesn t help or if you do not have a password hint you can use Security Preferences to delete the password but your handheld deletes all entries marked as private However if you synchronize before you delete the password the synchronization process backs up all entries whether or not they are marked private Then you can follow these steps to restore your private entries 1 Tap Lost Password in Security Preferences and tap in the password box to remove the password and delete all private records 2 Synchronize your handheld with your computer again I forgot the password and my handheld is locked First use the password hint to try to remember the password If this doesn t help or if you do not have a password hint you must perform a hard reset to continue using your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 638 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Sharing I can t beam information to another handheld or other device NOTE Depending o
25. Paris Fri Dec 19 San Francisco Tokyo Set Date amp Time Edit List 3 Select the location you want to use as the new secondary location If you need more choices modify the locations list b Done Zire 72 Handheld 556 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Tip If you know what you re looking for in a long pick list use Graffiti 2 writing to find it faster Enter the first letter of the word then locate your item Zire 72 Handheld Modifying the locations list You can edit the locations list so that the locations you use most often are easy to find Adding new locations 1 2 Go to the Home screen O and select World Clock O Open the Edit List dialog box a Tap a Location pick list b Select Edit List Add the new location a Tap Add b Scroll through the list to select a location that is in the same time zone as the city you want to add c Select OK Y Continued Locations Select the closest location in the desired time zone Australia N S T Netherlands USA Alaska Madagascar Samoa Greece USA Eastern New Zealand 557 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Zire 72 Handheld 4 amp OPTIONAL Tap each setting you want to change Name Enter the name of the location Time Zone Select the time zone for the location Daylight Saving Time check box Tap for your handheld to automatically adjust the date and time for Dayli
26. RealOne Player it turns off when it Progress indicator reaches the period of inactivity defined in Play Pause Power Preferences Tip Stop Want to stop playing Previous song music when you exit RealOne Mobile Player Open the Options menu and select Preferences Continuous play Random play Volume Next song 4 Done RealOne Mobile Player continues playing until it reaches the end Deselect the Enable of your list It stops playing if you tap Stop or tum off your Background Playback h f check box and then select andhel OK Zire 72 Handheld 266 CHAPTER 16 Tip For tips on using RealOne Mobile Player open the Options menu and select Help Zire 72 Handheld Listening to Music Managing playlists You can create as many playlists as you want Creating a playlist 1 On your handheld press the Music J application button 2 Open the Edit Playlist dialog box a Tap Playlists b Tap New Edit Playlist Name New Title No playlists found Insert memory card with playlists or choose New to create a playlist Done Remove Add a 3 Enter a name for the playlist Y Continued CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Tip To quickly select all the songs in the list tap Select All To quickly unselect all the songs tap Select None Zire 72 Handheld 4 Add songs to the playlist a Tap Add b Select the check box next to the songs you want to
27. Rotate the photo a Open the menus Rotate Photo Select a rotation b Select Photos and then select Rotate Photo c Select the rotation you want Tap anywhere in the photo to return to Thumbnail or List view y Done Zire 72 Handheld 241 CHAPTER 15 Tip Press Up and Down on the navigator to zoom in and out of a photo even is the zoom controls are not displayed Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Zooming in and out of photos You can zoom in and out to enlarge or shrink the image size of any photo you are viewing that has a resolution of 320 x 320 pixels or higher For photos too large to view the entire image on the screen you can pan to view different sections of the image 1 Go to the Home O screen and select Media 2 Choose to display zoom controls Preferences i d Open the menus Slide Show Delay 1 second M Show videos in Slide Show N M Display zoom controls e Select Options and then O Display Size in List view select Preferences f Select the Display zoom controls check box g Select OK Y Continued 242 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Did You Know When an image is at 3 Choose one of the following maximum enlargement options the magnify tool no longer appears on the Zoomin Select the magnify screen Likewise when tool to enlarge the photo image the image is shrunkto the smallest size
28. Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 155 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Tip SP You can also press Right and Left on the navigator to scroll to the next or previous week To go to Day View for a particular day press Select on the navigator to insert a highlight press Right or Left to select a day and then press Select on the navigator again Did You Know Reschedule an event within the same week by dragging the event box to the new time and day Zire 72 Handheld Viewing your weekly schedule Week View shows your schedule for an entire week The timeframes that appear on the screen are based on the Start Time and End Time settings in Calendar Preferences 1 Open Week View Week selector a Press the Calendar application button Multi day event No time icon b Tap the Week View icon o Event Scroll arrows After hours event Week View icon Do any of the following to view your weekly schedule e Tap the week selector to scroll between weeks or tap Go To to choose a week e Tap a date to go to that day in Day View e Tap an event to view the event description and location e Tap the scroll arrows to view events scheduled earlier or later in the day during the selected week y Done 156 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Viewing your monthly schedule Tip Month View shows your schedule for a whole month You can scroll between months or jump to You can a
29. Setting whether to automatically complete web addresses and form fields Your handheld can store information such as web addresses and form fields If autofill is enabled when you enter the first few letters of a URL you ve entered before in the URL Entry field your handheld completes the URL for you Also when filling out forms and applications your handheld can complete the information for you Tip Filling out an order form or application on the web usually requires entering several pieces of information your name address phone number and so on When you enable autofill your handheld stores the information you entered in these fields The next time you use that order form and type the first few letters in afield your handheld remembers the last item you entered in that field that started with those letters and fills in the field Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Open the General Preferences i Preferences i dialog box a O the menus M Autofill text UF M Offer old content if available b Select Optio ns and then O Ask before connecting select Preferences O Disconnect on exit Drag anywhere to scroll page c Tap General Select or deselect the Autofill text check box to enable or disable Select OK Ry Done 472 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Zire 72 Handheld Changing link colors You can change the colors that are used
30. Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 EE Press the Calendar application button Enter the event you want to repeat and then tap the event description Open the Change Repeat dialog box a Tap Details b Tap the Repeat pick list and select Other Change Repeat i Time None Day Week MNG Date z Every Alarm Endon w NoEnd Date Location Repeat by Category Repeat The 4th Thursday of every 12th Every other week month Private Eyery month 138 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Tip To enter holidays such as 4 Labor Day or Thanksgiving tap Month enter 12 on the Every line and then tap Day as the b Tap the Every line and enter the frequency at which the event repeats Repeat By setting Set the repeat interval a Tap Day Week Month or Year as the repeat unit c Tap the End on pick list and select an end date if needed d If you selected Week in step c tap the day of the week the event repeats If you selected Month in step c tap Day to select the week within the month such as the 4th Thursday or tap Date to select the same date within the month such as the 15th e Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 139 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Scheduling an event that is longer than a day Reserve a block of time for events that span several days such as a vacation conference training class or an extended project Did You Know Reserve a specific block of t
31. Zire 72 Handheld 285 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices gt gt Key Term Service Way of 3 connecting to a mobile phone to send information wirelessly Connect to your phone a Tap the Service pick list and select the service that you want to use to connect to the Internet If you set up a phone connection the name of the for example through a service you configured is listed high speed GPRS carrier or a dial up b Select Connect account with an Internet service provider ISP x Tip Y Done You are now ready to send and receive e mail messages or to When you enter a URL in browse the web Web Pro or select Get and Send in Versamail a connection automatically initiates with the last used service Zire 72 Handheld 286 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Setting up a connection to your desktop computer Tip Once you have set up 1 your PC as a trusted device you can set up Go to the Home screen and select Bluetooth your handheld and desktop computer to 2 Open PC Setup dialog box synchronize wirelessly iss a Select Setup Devices ices HUTSI ea below Tip gt To access the Internet b Select PC Setup Ge sx pa theless coneeroi thro ug h the desktop and data service for your i PC computer s network c Select PC Connection con nection you must Set up your PC for Bluetooth d Select Next HotSync allow Internet Sharing on your computer For
32. Zire 72 Handheld 631 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Notes Pm having problems listing notes the way I want to see them If you cannot manually arrange the order of notes on the list screen select Preferences from the Options menu and make sure that Sort by is set to Manual If you choose to view your notes alphabetically on Palm Desktop software and then synchronize the notes on your handheld still appear in the order defined in the Preferences setting In other words the sort settings you use with Palm Desktop software are not transferred to your handheld Photos I can t find the Photos icon on the Home screen e Tap the pick list in the upper right corner of the Home screen and select All You may need to scroll down a bit but you should now see an icon for each of the applications on your handheld e Photos is not preinstalled on your handheld You need to install Photos from the CD RealOne I would like better quality sound during playback You can save music files in either MP3 or RMJ format RMJ is a proprietary format used by the RealOne desktop In either case saving at a lower bit rate creates a smaller file size but also gives a lower playback quality Increase the bit rate to improve playback sound quality but remember that this increases file size Zire 72 Handheld 632 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions When I save songs from a CD I do not see the song title or artist name When capturing songs
33. Zire 72 sol User Guide PP e NG t laa D Zire 72 Handheld Copyright and Trademark 2004 2006 palmOne Inc All rights reserved Graffiti HotSync the HotSync logo Palm the Palm logo Palm OS Palm Powered Palm Reader palmOne the palmOne logo VersaMail Z Stylized Zire and the Zire logo stylizations and design marks associated with all the preceding and trade dress associated with palmOne Inc s products are among the trademarks or registered trademarks owned by or licensed to palmOne Inc palmOne Inc uses the Bluetooth wireless technology trademark under express license from Bluetooth SIG Inc and the MPEG Layer 3 audio decoding technology trademarks under express license from Thomson Licensing S A This product may contain an MPEG1 encoder that is distributed under the GNU General Public License The source code for such encoder is available at www palmOne com under the Developers section This product includes technology owned by Microsoft Corporation and cannot be used or distributed without a license from Microsoft Licensing GP Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability palmOne Inc assumes no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide palmOne Inc assumes no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties which may arise through the use of this software palmOne Inc assumes no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of dat
34. ccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeees 177 Customizing your Tasks list sisrsississpini nn aa 178 Working with Tasks ON your COMPULED ee cee ceeeeeee eee eeeeeeteaeeeeetnaeeneees 180 Related TOPICS iriiria i aaar 181 Chapter 10 Writing MemMoS sssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 182 Creating a MENO sez sscesszeteasvessetsaecnassatecsusgticcacn eiaa agas a tnana 183 Viewing and editing a MeMO issiisissriyiiiviisrioran aoirean 184 Moving memos in your memos l St sssesserseseresrrrrrerrrrrrerinrrrensenn 185 Del Sting a MEMO sisisi aa anaie ea aa de 186 Working with Memos on your COMpUtEr ssssssssseresrssrrerrserrnrrnnnrsern 187 Related TO Pi CSisissis scores naria aeaa arara raK E TNN SaN 188 Zire 72 Handheld vii Chapter 11 Writing Notes in Note Pad sssscsssssssssses 189 CHEATING a NOUS serisinin ire seueadevssenetcdecesuettesctenescnanetasied siextseiaslteetocaes 190 Choosing the pen and paper background colors cccecesseeeeeees 191 Setting AM GLAM ererroreespori orrenda oora iaoa nni aisa aaa 193 Viewing and editing NOTE oo eee ee ees eeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeseeaeenaeeenaeenaaes 195 Deleting a NOTE oo eecceeceeeceeeceeeeaeeeaaeeeaeecaaeeeacesaeeseeeseeeeseaesecaaesaaeeeaaeeaas 196 Working with Note Pad on your COMPUtEL eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeteeeeees 197 Related TOPICS czecs fccatecstacechssssacecuanysanecteeuascacdanensscaiteseettecqensniencctietexiconse 198 Chapter
35. 371 accounts e mail accessing from Internet 463 changing 312 316 397 connection types and 300 creating 303 307 371 defining as synchronize only 306 312 deleting 313 displaying summary information for 383 excluding from synchronization 387 managing 312 saving setting for 386 scheduling auto get for 322 327 selecting 314 318 setting up secure connections for 388 synchronizing multiple 387 synchronizing with client 376 378 testing 311 upgrading 299 verifying 385 Accounts command 312 313 320 action bar Web Pro 444 448 450 action buttons 39 actions pen stroke 572 activating buttons and controls 39 580 Add Contact dialog box 391 Add Folder command 542 adding additional software 102 538 540 applications 1 74 111 607 appointments 133 audio files 259 262 bookmarks 452 464 categories 527 company specific information 11 connections 593 594 contacts 67 113 116 121 391 461 e mail accounts 303 307 371 e mail attachments 463 e mail messages 330 334 461 463 expansion cards 102 expense records 204 206 207 filters 392 images to multimedia messages 422 login scripts 604 memos 182 183 184 multi day events 140 new locations 557 notes 190 244 owner information 587 passwords 288 507 508 513 personal calendars 133 personal signatures to e mail 310 338 photos to albums 246 playlists 267 268 reminders 115 189 215 repeating events 137 138 repeating tasks 170 172 service pr
36. 533 application icons 26 33 565 622 See also application buttons application screens 25 application title 34 applications albums accessing from Internet 463 arranging photos in 248 249 creating 246 moving photos to other 248 organizing 247 removing photos 254 scrolling through 244 selecting 237 238 alerts 5 21 324 See also alarms aligning screen 585 All category 528 Allow wakeup command 296 alphabet Graffiti 2 writing 48 alphabetic keyboard 24 alternate stroke shapes 581 Always connect check box 314 anniversaries 135 137 annual events 137 annual tasks 171 173 APOP setting 406 application buttons location of 19 not responding 588 opening applications from 26 33 See also specific built in application accessing 632 adding contact information to 121 131 adding files for 74 adding plug in 607 assigning to buttons 571 beaming 499 500 beaming information in 496 catalog of 538 categorizing 527 532 categorizing information in 527 530 changing locations list for 557 checking version numbers for 536 537 copying 109 501 541 543 deleting 110 546 displaying all 26 533 displaying by category 533 displaying categories in 533 displaying information about 17 536 displaying list of 26 105 565 downloading 360 538 541 543 exchanging 30 111 finding information in 24 41 importing information from external 64 incompatible 640 installation prerequisites for 536 651 installing 27 74 105
37. Available fields include phone number e mail address and instant messenger IM fields NOTE You must set up an instant messenger account with a service provider to use instant messaging on your handheld CRRA Unified eo Uniled First name Lee First name Lee Picture 9 Company Example Inc Title Tap triangle 4 Done 117 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Defining custom fields You can define the custom fields that appear at the end of the Contact Edit screen to display any additional contact information you want such as spouse s or children s names favorite color or any other information Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Press the Contacts 22 application button Define the custom fields P Rename Custom Fields T t field a Select the contact you want below enter anew wane and then select Edit b Open the menus Custom 5 c Select Options and then select Rename Custom Fields d Enter names for up to nine custom fields and then tap OK Ry Done 118 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Selecting a contact as your business card You can create a contact with your own information and select it as your business card by opening the Record Menu and selecting Business Card You can then beam or send your business card to other handhelds To beam your business card quickly hold down the Contacts application button for approximately two seconds Zire
38. Chapter 20 Browsing the Web sssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 443 ACCESSING a WED PaQe eee eeececeeeeeeeeeececaeetaeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeaesenaeseteeeeaeetaes 444 Accessing a web page using the action bar cccccssesesseeeeerseeeens 444 Accessing a web page using the address field n se 445 Using a password to ACCESS a WED page 02 eeceeseeeeeneeeteeneeeerenaeees 446 Finding information on a web page ceeeeeeeceeeeteeteeeteeeeteeeeteeeetes 447 Quickly jumping to a PAGE ssiri riasiniek aka 448 Following a AK eiras deonaieh 448 Returning to your home page or a page you recently visited 448 Changing how you view a page eeeeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeteeeteeaeeenaee 449 Bookmarking your favorite pages cceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeses 452 Adding a DOOKIMAMK scssctsiscesdessacseseepasstescestsseteahensaneyaieaseievaeeettabientonsd 452 Viewing a bookmarked page ssssssesssessssrrssrnesrssrnrenstnninesnnennnensnne 453 Editing information about a OOKMAarK sssssssrsririninrnrrsin 454 Disconnecting from and connecting to the Internet s es 455 Disconnecting from the Internet s ssessssssssssrresererinsrrerreerrrrrerrsnrn 455 Connecting to the Internet iiss cessie cee sents ieeniesenindeseniciae 456 Downloading files ANd pages eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeaeeteeeteeteeeeeeeeeas 457 Downloading a file siirsin aa 457 SAVING A WED PAGE o0 eeceeseeceeceereeteeeteeeeeeae tees eeaee
39. Entering an address using Smart Addressing Smart Addressing completes a recognized e mail address Smart Addressing automatically fills in fields when the recipient s name and e mail address are in your Contacts list 1 2 On the New Message screen tap in the To field Start entering the person s name such as J oe Smith Once the name is recognized from your Contacts list the name and e mail address are automatically completed on the recipient list For example if you have aJ oe Smith and a J oan Smith in Contacts and no other names starting with J once you type J oe the entry J oe Smith is completed with the correct e mail address Tap the name when it appears b Done New Message Joanna Kwan lt jkwan jkwan net gt Joe Sadusky lt joe jmswordsmith co CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Attaching a personal signature You can attach a personal signature with info like your company s address and fax and telephone numbers to the bottom of all messages you send Zire 72 Handheld 1 Open the VersaMail Preferences Preferences i G I Advanced System a From the Inbox or on another enera Advanced Get w Subjects Only folder screen open the IM Ask Every Time menus MM Confirm Deletions O Delete Msgs on Server b Select Options and then Download Attachments lect Preferen 7 Receive Format HTML selec ererences Add a signature
40. Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp 2 Go to the web page you want to search 3 Tap the Display View icon in the action bar Display View icon Palm c amp Handheld View r Normal View palmOne Mini View Welcome to the Web Welcome to the Web Click below for palmOne products Click below for palmOne products news and customer support news and customer support palmOne com Wireless Edition palmOne com Wireless Edition palmOne com Desktop Edition palmOne com Desktop Edition Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 449 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Zire 72 Handheld 4 Select from one of the following views Handheld View Displays a modified version of the web page so that it is optimized for handheld viewing Normal View Displays the web page as it would appear in a desktop computer web browser Mini View Shrinks the web page so that it appears completely within the handheld screen while maintaining the same aspect ratio of the page as in Normal view amp OPTIONAL Use Full Tap to exit Screen mode to view a page Full Screen without the action bar and view address line a Open the menus Google Search i m Feeling l b Select Options and then select Full Screen Advertise with Us Business Solutions Services amp Tools Jobs Press amp Help i 7v fy NOTE Tap the square icon Ef SSS in the upperright corner to exit Full Screen view Y Continued 45
41. Key Term A technical term related to the topic being described The term may appear in this guide or only on your handheld My Handheld A pointer to a web site where you can obtain general information about your handheld and learn the latest tips tricks and more Support A pointer to a web site where you can find help if you experience problems with a specific feature or with your handheld Zire 72 Handheld xxi Tips for viewing this guide in Adobe Acrobat Reader You can view this guide online or you can download it to your computer and view it in Adobe Acrobat Reader Here are some helpful tips for making it easier to read and find information in this guide if you view it in Acrobat Reader NOTE If you do not have Acrobat Reader on your computer you can download it for free from www adobe com e To magnify the page click the magnifying glass A move the cursor which is now a magnifying glass over the page and click repeatedly Click Previous View 4 or amp depending on your version of Acrobat Reader to return to the original view e Click an entry in the Table of Contents or Index to go directly to that section of the guide e If you link to a page in the guide to return to the page you were on before you clicked the link click Previous View or depending on your version of Acrobat Reader e When selecting the page s to print be sure to use the file page number shown at the bottom of your computer scr
42. Try installing these applications on your handheld instead If you still have problems contact the developer 1 2 Go to the Home O screen Insert the expansion card RO aD BMy Cord Category aA fa PENAL powerOne Solitaire pick list Select an application icon to open that application Ry Done 105 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Opening files on an expansion card Some applications such as RealOne Player require you to store your files on an expansion card instead of on your handheld In other applications such as palmOne Media storing files on expansion cards is optional You can open files on an expansion card when you insert the card into the expansion slot 1 Open the application associated with the files you want to open 2 Insert the expansion card 3 Select the entry you want to view 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 106 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Viewing card information Tip It s easy to forget which files you put on a particular expansion card Use the Card Info application Reading and writing info to view the card name and type available storage space and a summary of its contents on an expansion card uses more battery power than doing the same task Go to the Home screen and select Card Info 8 on your handheld If you Card Info have enough space on Card B My Card Card name Type Secure Digital Card your handheld consider Size 13 7 MB Free
43. amp a ew 3 ane fe 1 gt lt efe J UA AnS ee Hs D lt gt Qs Zire 72 Handheld 55 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Writing Graffiti 2 ShortCuts Graffiti 2 contains several ShortCuts to make entering common information easier For example when you write the ShortCut stroke followed by dts you automatically enter the current date and time You can also create your own ShortCuts 1 Write the ShortCut stroke QR This stroke appears at the orem H lt isiv t wi is insertion point 00 n 9 00 10 00 aoo 12 00 2 00 3 00 4 00 ected tetas 5 00 z 6 00 PAN Write the ShortCut character from the following table You can write ShortCuts on the left hand side of the input area or across the middle Done The ShortCut stroke is replaced by the text the character represents Zire 72 Handheld 56 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Graffiti 2 ShortCuts Write ShortCuts on LEFT side or across MIDDLE of input area Entry ShortCut Entry ShortCut Date stamp ds Time stamp ts Date time stamp dts Meeting me Breakfast br Lunch lu Dinner di Zire 72 Handheld 57 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Entering information with the onscreen keyboard You can use the onscreen keyboard in any application where you need to enter text numbers or symbols on your handheld gt gt Key Term Entry An item in an 1
44. application such as a contact in Contacts or an appointment in Calendar Open an entry a Open an application b Select an entry or tap New Tip You can enter text whenever you see a 2 blinking cursor on the Tap one of the following to open screen an onscreen keyboard A x Q ABC Opens the letter keyboard 123 Opens the number Letter keyboard Number keyboard keyboard Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 58 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Tip When a keyboard isopen 3 Tap the characters to enter text numbers and symbols and then select Done you can tap abc 123 or Int l to open any of the other keyboards Keyboard Backspace Qiwie R tiy ul ifolr gt t als oF GH ajke Caps lock se E e Return space shift Caps shift E23 l Letter keyboard Keyboard Keyboard Number keyboard International keyboard Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 59 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Entering information with your computer Do you have a lot of information to enter on your handheld Consider entering it in Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook on your computer When you synchronize your handheld with your computer the information is updated in both places Tip The Palm Desktop online Help has lots of info pease noe Ry NOTE If you choose to synchronize with Microsoft Outlook Windows only info from guanidine dndeaiiaies Contacts Calendar Tasks and Memos is sy
45. b Double click a PRC file The palmOne Quick Install window opens with the PRC file listed c Click Done d Synchronize your handheld with your computer e Operate your handheld and try to replicate problem operations f Do one of the following e If installing the application re creates your problem remove the application and contact the application developer for a solution Continue to reinstall your applications one application at a time to make sure another application is not creating a problem e If installing the application does not cause a problem go to step a and reinstall another application Zire 72 Handheld 642 Getting Help This guide is meant to tell you everything you need to know to set up customize and use your handheld However you may occasionally run into an issue that is not addressed in this guide Here are some resources to help you if that happens Self help resources If you run into a problem with your handheld be sure to check these resources first e Answers to common questions about your handheld and its features e The Palm Desktop online Help e The Palm Desktop Software for the Macintosh User s Guide located in the Documentation folder on your installation CD e The palmOne Knowledge Library accessible at www palmOne com support zire72 e The most recent palmOne Zire 72 handheld HelpNotes on your regional web site Zire 72 Handheld 643 CHAPTER 30 Getting Help
46. computer the info is updated in both places This application installs automatically during the initial CD installation process palmOne Quick Install Transfer applications and other files from your computer to your handheld or to an expansion card that is seated in the expansion slot Windows only This application installs automatically during the initial CD installation process za Send To Handheld droplet Transfer applications and other files from your computer to your bie handheld or to an expansion card that is seated in the expansion slot Mac only This application installs automatically during the initial CD installation process Getting Started Guide Keep the Getting Started Guide with you and view it on your handheld WE Documents To Go Create view and edit files that are compatible with Microsoft Word and Excel This application from DataViz has a companion application on your computer where you can find complete documentation desktop software is Windows only Pia palmOne VersaMail Send receive and manage e mail messages wirelessly using the built in Bluetooth technology on your handheld or by synchronizing with your Windows computer i palmOne Messages Send and receive short text SMS and multimedia MMS messages using the built in Bluetooth technology on your handheld SF palmOne WebPro Browse your favorite sites on the web using the built in Bluetooth technology on your handheld Internet conne
47. corporate remote access account additional fees b Select Prefs 6 Password may apply Select Network Connection e Connection Preferences fan Phone Tap to enter phone settings for your mobile C omet ae with IR or Continued Bluetooth technology Zire 72 Handheld 597 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld She K cls I alls aly C ee Tip Instead of creating a new profile you can copy an existing profile and change the settings Select the profile you want to copy and then open the Service menu and select Duplicate Did You Know Most dial in servers do not accept spaces in the username Tip If you re concerned about security don t enter a password J ust leave the word Prompt in the Password box and your handheld will ask you to enter a password each time you log in Zire 72 Handheld Enter the basic settings Service Tap the Service pick list and select your ISP or your dial in server type from the list If your ISP or server type isn t on the list tap New and enter a name for the service profile User Name Enter your username This is the part of your e mail address that s before the sign and it s the name that you use when you log in to your ISP or your dial in server This field can contain multiple lines of text but only two lines appear onscreen Password Enter the password you use to log in to your ISP or dial in server and then tap OK The word
48. differently Palm Desktop software checks off all overdue instances of the task and Microsoft Outlook checks off only the oldest instance of the task Zire 72 Handheld 175 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Deleting tasks If a task is cancelled you can delete it from your Tasks list When you delete a repeating task you delete all other instances of the task You can also delete all your completed tasks Tip You can also delete a specific task by selecting the task tapping Details and then tapping Delete Zire 72 Handheld Deleting a specific task 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Tasks 6 Tap the task you want to delete Open the Delete Task dialog box Delete Task a Open the menus b Select Delete Task on the M Save archive copy on PC Record menu Delete selected task amp OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the task on your computer Select OK y Done 176 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Deleting all your completed tasks Tip Many people find it useful 1 to refer to old tasks for tax purposes If you save an archive copy of your deleted tasks you can 2 refer to them later by importing them a Open the menus hii eer taii Go to the Home O screen and select Tasks 6 Open the Purge dialog box M Save archive copy on PC b Select Purge on the Record menu 3 amp OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive c
49. meaningful business and personal information e Choose the most convenient sharing method from a variety of options e Create an informal backup copy of important info 490 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Using the Send command Did You Know You can use the Send command in many applications to send information wirelessly using one of You can also easily send the following methods information from the e Using the built in Bluetooth technology on your handheld desktop component of many applications For e As an attachment to an e mail message example you can send photos from the palmOne e As part of a text or multimedia message Media desktop application See the You can send information from within an application such as a photo or video a contact or an online desktop help for appointment to other Palm OS handheld users You can also send a category of information information such as a photo album or even an entire application Tip If you are unable to send NOTE You must set up a phone connection on your handheld to send information wirelessly information to another device try moving closer to the receiving device you did not do so during initial setup by e mail text or multimedia message You must also install these applications from the CD if Sending information from within an application using Bluetooth technology You can use your handheld s built in Bluetooth technology to send
50. pri Setting the level of privacy Using a password Locking your handheld Using Quick Unlock Encrypting your information Limiting the number of password attempts Related topics Zire 72 Handheld You probably wouldn t leave your door unlocked at night so why should it be any different with your handheld When you think about the amount of personal and private information stored there you ll definitely want to protect it Benefits of privacy e Protect information if your handheld is misplaced e Hide private information e Unlock your handheld using only one hand 503 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Choosing a security level There are a variety of security levels available for your handheld Choose the level that provides the best mix of security and convenience Activating no security features All entries are accessible to anyone who has your handheld This includes entries that are marked private but are not masked or hidden Masking private entries without creating a password Masked entries are displayed when selected This provides some degree of privacy for private entries but anyone can view the info by simply selecting it Hiding private entries and creating a password Private entries are displayed when the password is entered This is the basic level of security Encrypting entries requires assigning a password Entries are scrambled whenever you
51. reminders 115 189 215 repeating events 137 138 repeating tasks 170 172 service profiles 597 598 601 ShortCut strokes 583 To Do lists 167 168 170 trusted pairs 280 293 unscheduled events 136 untimed events 135 140 user profiles 12 CSV files 64 currency 205 206 208 Currency pick list 206 currency symbols 206 207 208 212 current date and time See also calendar clock checking 552 displaying 23 entering 56 573 576 Current URL option 467 cursor 58 69 Custom Currencies dialog box 208 customer support xxi 17 644 Zire 72 Handheld customizing backgrounds 161 566 calendar 159 160 contact information 118 123 currency symbols 208 data entry 579 expense lists 212 fonts 332 Graffiti 2 writing 581 handhelds 11 17 27 564 Home screen 565 network settings 597 608 preset formats 578 synchronization settings 90 98 Tasks list 178 Cut command 71 Cut icon 36 cutting text 70 cycling through calendar views 152 D daily events 133 137 daily schedules 154 155 159 daily tasks 171 173 data 547 See also information data entry caution for 21 defined 58 input area for 19 methods for 44 45 579 synchronization and 74 data services 280 455 databases 64 410 Date amp Time Preferences screen 573 575 date formats 577 578 date stamps 235 dates See also calendar assigning to appointments 133 137 assigning to repeating tasks 172 173 changing 147 204 554 checking 552 displaying curre
52. remove it You can also select a category to store your memo If you wantto listen to your memo tap the Play button Select Done b Done Tap to select a category Tap the title line and enter a name Personal Wavy q 20f2 gt 00 00 00 19 D Play 219 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Listening to a voice memo Tip You can sort the Voice 2 Memo list by date 1 Go to the Home screen and select Voice Memo D alphabetically by length of memo or manually 2 Go to the Preferences In the Voice Memo list select the voice memo title The voice memo begins to menu and tap the Sort by play after a few seconds pick list to select a sorting scheme Voice Memo v Ney A 40f4 b Unfiled g 1 Agenda 11 15 12 7 00 01 Things to tell Dan gt Tip 2 Follow up from 12 7 00 01 i 3 New ideas for ca 12 7 00 06 00 09 Press Right or Left on the navigator to listen to the next or previous voice Speaker icon Zire 72 Handheld 220 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos 3 amp OPTIONAL Setthe volume level V Memo Volume a Select the Speaker icon b Press Up or Down on the navigator to adjust the volume c Press Done 4 Select Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 221 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Setting an alarm for a voice memo Tip You can use a concerto or 1 a bird chirp or toa number of other sounds for your alarm Open the
53. service go to a folder you create called Finance Zire 72 Handheld IMPORTANT If you create a filter only messages that meet the filter criteria are downloaded to your handheld You don t see any other messages that have been sent to you even in your Inbox To avoid this you must set up two filters For example suppose you create a filter to have all messages with onlinebroker in the From field moved to your Finance folder You must then create a second filter specifying that all mail NOT containing onlinebroker in the From field should be moved to the Inbox or other folder you designate If you don t create this second filter only messages containing onlinebroker in the From field are downloaded to your handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select VersaM ail B Open the Filters dialog box f _ a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus b Select Options and then select Filters c Select New Y Continued 392 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Did You Know Filters you create on your handheld also apply when you synchronize e mail on your handheld with e mail on your computer Zire 72 Handheld 3 Enter the filter information Filter Editor iy a Enter a short description of the lf tke From filter in the Name field Contains i onlinebroker b Enter filter criteria Then get mail and move to Finance To pick lis
54. the zoom Zoom out Select the out tool no longer demaginify tool to shrink the appears photo image Pan For an image larger than your handheld s screen tap and drag the stylus to view different sections of the image Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 243 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Viewing and editing photo or video details Tip Photos or videos with 1 notes appear with a note icon to the right in List Go to the Home O screen and select Media eS view 2 Select the photo whose details you want to view Tip In Album view you can a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the album containing the view details for an entire photo or video you want album by opening the menus and then b Select the item you want selecting Album Details from the Aloum menu Y Continued Listed are the album name and last date modified number of files in and size of the album and whether the album is located on your handheld or on an expansion card You can edit the album name on the Album Details screen Tip Tap the scroll arrows at the bottom of the Photo Details screen to view other photos in the album Zire 72 Handheld 244 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 3 View photo or video details Media Details o Name Birthday boy a Open the menus 2 Date 12 8 37 11 44am Size 31 KB 432x624 Album v BUnfiled b Select Details from the Media menu
55. y Done Zire 72 Handheld 453 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Editing information about a bookmark Tip You can clean up your bookmark list by deleting old bookmarks you no longer use Select the bookmark select Edit and then select Delete Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Tap the Bookmark icon A Edit a bookmark a Select Edit and then select Bookmark Page fi Select the name of the bookmarked page that you Category w Unfiled want to edit URL www google com ssn Details Change the bookmark name category or address URL by selecting the appropriate option Select Save b Done 454 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Did You Know Generally if you are using GPRS service you are charged only for the data sent If you are using a GSM service you are charged for the time you are connected Tip If you are in another application you can tap a URL and Web Pro connects to the Internet and displays the page Web Pro can also open when you click a supported file type GIF J PG or HTML that you receive as an e mail attachment Zire 72 Handheld Disconnecting from and connecting to the Internet While you re working with stored information in Web Pro such as saved pages stored versions of pages and so forth you can disconnect from the Internet to reduce usage charges You can connect to the Internet again when you need a
56. you can also just start writing to create anew memo The first letter is automatically capitalized Tip Use Phone Lookup to quickly add a name and phone number to a memo Zire 72 Handheld Creating amemo 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select M emos 6 Create a memo a Select New 1 Power Tips 2 Action Items 11 5 3 Quote of the Day 4 Birthday Wish List 5 Edits for Draft 2 6 Hot New Restaurants b Enter your memo Tap Enter on the onscreen keyboard or draw the Graffiti 2 writing Return stroke to move to a new line in the memo c Select Done That s it Your handheld automatically saves the memo Make sure you have a current backup Synchronize often 183 CHAPTER 10 Writing Memos Viewing and editing amemo Tip The Memos list shows 1 the first line of each memo so make sure that first line is something you will recognize 2 Go to the Home O screen and select M emos 6 View or edit the memo Did You Know a In the Memos list select the memo you want SETIA 20f6 gt Unfiled You can connect your handheld to a portable 1 Power Tips keyboard and type your A 3 Quote of the Day memos onthe go without 4 Birthday Wish List carrying around a heavy 5 Edits for Draft 2 6 Hot New Restaurants laptop You can purchase a variety of portable keyboards Visit www palmOne com myzire72 and click the Accessories link b R
57. 00 amp OPTIONAL To add another contact repeat step 2 4 Done The name and phone number of the contact are automatically Zire 72 Handheld entered 68 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Editing information Editing information on your handheld is similar to editing with word processing applications on your computer Select the information and then apply the correct command Selecting information There are several ways to select information that you want to edit or delete Selecting text Place the cursor before or after the text you want to select and drag the cursor over all the text you want to select Selecting a word e Tap twice on a word to select it e Place the cursor before or after the word and drag it over the word to select it Selecting a line e Tap three times anywhere in a line to select it e Place the cursor before or after the line and drag it over the line to select it Zire 72 Handheld 69 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Tip There are even faster ways to copy and paste information Use Graffiti 2 gestures e Use the Graffiti 2 Command stroke and the command letter for cut copy or paste X C P e Selectthe text write the command stroke and then tap the icon for cut or copy Move to the place where you want to place the info write the command stroke again and tap the icon for paste Zire 72 Handheld Copying and pasting information
58. 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Media Select a photo or video to delete a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the album containing the photo or video you want b Select the photo or video Delete the photo or video a Open the menus b Select Delete from the Media menu and then select Delete again Ry Done 254 CHAPTER 15 Did You Know You can also easily send photos and videos from the palmOne Media desktop application Windows only See Palm Desktop Help for information Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Sharing photos and videos You can easily share photos and videos with family and friends Use your handheld s built in Bluetooth technology to wirelessly send photos and videos to other Bluetooth devices within range You can also share photos and videos using any of the following methods e Attach a photo or video to an e mail message e Create a multimedia message containing photos Beam a photo or video to other Palm OS handheld users e Copy a photo or video from your handheld to your desktop computer or from computer to handheld by synchronizing NOTE Sending a large number of photos or videos using Bluetooth technology or beaming can take a long time 255 CHAPTER 15 Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Working with palmOne Media on your computer WINDOWS ONLY Us
59. 115 133 repeating tasks 170 172 untimed events 136 scheduling conflicts 132 screen See also Home screen adding photos as backgrounds 161 566 adjusting brightness 23 567 619 aligning 585 blank 620 caring for 610 caution for 21 changing colors of 570 changing fonts for 567 568 clearing 190 frozen 611 612 620 inserting selection highlight 37 maintaining 610 moving through 19 36 navigational controls for 25 not responding 588 611 620 630 overview 23 scrolling through 25 setting input area for 579 tapping elements on 23 580 585 610 viewing information on 19 writing area on 19 46 48 52 scripts 607 scroll bar 25 scrolling accelerating 38 application categories 37 from screen to screen 25 Zire 72 Handheld letter selection versus 33 list screens 38 menus 40 pick lists 40 record screens 38 to dates 133 SD memory cards 102 258 SDIO accessories 102 SDIO cards 102 301 searching for information 24 41 121 searching web pages 447 secondary locations 556 559 562 secure connections 308 311 388 404 414 Secure Digital input output SDIO 102 Secure Socket Layer 308 311 388 414 security 598 security levels 504 security options 504 applications 42 calendar 166 contacts 131 handheld 282 memos 188 notes 198 tasks 181 voice memos 226 442 Security Preferences dialog box changing passwords 509 creating passwords 508 locking handhelds 587 masking private entries 506 Select a Color T
60. 149 attachments 368 bookmarks 454 categories 529 Zire 72 Handheld connections 591 593 contacts 122 desktop software 7 e mail 307 352 353 355 e mail accounts 313 e mail filters 396 events 149 151 expense records 210 211 files from handheld 66 Graffiti 2 ShortCut strokes 584 information 66 71 110 513 621 locations 559 mail folders 347 memos 186 notes 196 passwords 512 photos 247 254 playlists 272 private entries 512 service profiles 603 songs 271 tasks 176 177 description fields 133 134 deselecting options 25 Desktop overwrites handheld option 95 97 desktop software See also Palm Desktop software downloading 17 installing 27 overwriting information in 95 97 removing old 7 synchronizing with 10 updating handheld from 95 97 Details dialog box 530 595 601 device name cache 295 Device name field 279 device names 295 296 587 Device pick list 536 devices 20 78 277 278 591 See also Bluetooth devices Dial prefix check box 599 Dialer application adding speed dialer entries 486 benefits of 482 changing speed dial entries 488 dialing from 483 484 485 487 related topics for 489 troubleshooting 489 Dialer icon 483 Dialer keypad 483 dial in connections 591 dial in servers 597 598 600 dialing from handheld 482 483 484 485 487 dialing in to networks 82 591 dialing preferences 594 Dialing setting connections 594 dialog boxes 25 39 See also specific dial up acc
61. 161 time zones 558 untimed events 136 URLs 452 454 World Clock 562 character entry 54 58 113 See also data entry character searches 41 charging battery 4 590 610 620 charging status 21 chat rooms xxi check boxes 25 checking for e mail 318 checking space on handheld 536 checking the battery 296 619 checkmarks 25 Choose Date command 168 Choose File dialog box 460 choosing alarm sounds 561 alternate stroke shapes 581 applications 26 33 37 background colors 191 570 clock display options 562 command buttons 24 communications protocol 602 connections 598 currency options 206 207 208 home pages 466 468 icons 33 information 19 69 Internet Service Providers ISPs 598 items in lists 24 25 38 40 mailto links 461 menu commands 34 35 36 40 music 266 268 options in dialog boxes 39 security levels 504 synchronization settings 76 city preferences 574 cleaning your handheld 610 clear button Calculator 200 Clear cache on exit option 476 Clear Cache option 476 clear entry button Calculator 200 Clear Note command 190 clearing calculators 200 History lists 464 Note Pad screens 190 clock 23 146 560 573 575 See also World Clock clock display options 562 Clock icon 23 552 closing Internet connections 455 Color Theme Preferences screen 570 color wheel 422 color coding 134 142 145 colors applying to annotations 251 applying to e mail 342 applying to events 134 142 145 applying to notes 191 changing lin
62. 24 25 58 eraser 190 error messages 627 errors Xx ESD electrostatic discharge 648 649 ESMTP authentication 311 316 405 Essential Software folder 539 Ethernet attachments 477 Eudora accounts 377 Event Details dialog box 147 events See also appointments adjusting for location 573 archiving 149 150 151 beaming 498 categorizing 134 166 498 changing descriptions 147 changing untimed 136 color coding 134 142 145 conflicting 161 contact information and 115 creating multi day 140 creating untimed 135 140 defined 133 defining repeating 137 138 deleting 149 151 displaying 145 162 163 Zire 72 Handheld entering notes for 141 142 extending beyond midnight 140 finding overlapping 159 marking as private 134 166 rescheduling 147 148 156 scheduling 133 135 163 setting alarms for 146 164 sharing 166 types of 133 viewing free time for 161 viewing specific time for 162 Excel spreadsheets 28 74 298 359 exchanging applications 30 111 event records 166 expansion cards 111 files 277 298 from outside sources 17 information 20 64 67 75 memos 188 messages 442 notes from Note Pad 198 task records 181 voice memos 226 web pages 481 exclamation points in Tasks list 179 expansion card slot 20 619 expansion cards adding applications to 28 111 attaching files from 368 battery life and 619 beaming from 499 benefits of 102 copying applications to 109 501 deleting i
63. 263 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Tip For tips on using RealOne Player on your computer go to the Help menu in RealOne Player or visit www realone com Zire 72 Handheld 3 Prepare your handheld a Insert an expansion card into your handheld b Press the Music fi application button c Connect your handheld to your computer with the HotSync cable IMPORTANT Do not tap the HotSync icon Select the songs you want to transfer a In RealOne Player on your computer click Devices b If necessary double click Palm Handheld and then double click Card c Click Add Clips Palm Handheld Name t RELENET Size On Device QD Connected Choose Add Clips to add songs then Transfer to move files to your handheld Add Clips E Q Add cips amp configure Fa Select Al Cips 10Clp s Totalto Transfer OKB Available 23MB BL now Playing Q web Q my Library co FY Devices BM Radio P Channels Search Devices Y Continued 264 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music On your handheld tap Songs to view a list of the songs available for you to play The songs you just transferred are at the bottom of the list Zire 72 Handheld Cont d d Inthe Add Clips window select the songs you want to add and then click Add Clips Add Clips Add Clips Select the clips to be added then click the Add Clips button below D AllMedia a 3 Audio amp All Q Artist
64. 27 Customizing Your Handheld Making the screen easier to read In many applications you can change the font style to make text easier to read There are four font styles available In certain lighting conditions you may also need to adjust the brightness and contrast to read the information on the screen Changing the screen fonts ll font L font Small fon arge fon Memo CELE To see the note attached to Small bold font Large bold font Zire 72 Handheld 567 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Open an application Open the Select Font dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Font 3 Tap the font style you want to use and then select OK Select Font Small bold Font A EJ AJA Large bold Large Small 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 568 CHAPTER 27 Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Adjusting the brightness 1 Tap the Brightness icon to open the Adjust Brightness dialog box Brightness icon Adjust Brightness Q Drag the slider to adjust the contrast level and then select Done y Done 569 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Changing screen colors Choose a new set of text and background colors for all your applications 1 Open Color Theme Preferences Preferences Color Theme Select a Color Theme a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs amp c Select Color Theme 2 Sel
65. 3 Create a Quick Unlock combination sequence Create Quick Unlock Use navigator or tap screen to create a combination a Use the navigator or tap the onscreen navigator to create a combination For example you might choose Left Right Left as a Quick Unlock is optional and g i works only on the first three combination entry attombts b Select OK 4 Select Done 4 Done When your handheld is locked you can now unlock it by using the Quick Unlock combination or by entering your password Zire 72 Handheld 518 Zire 72 Handheld Keeping Your Information Private Deleting your Quick Unlock combination 1 Open Security Preferences a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs rag c Select Secu rity Private Records v Show Open the Quick Unlock dialog box a Tap the Quick Unlock box b If necessary enter your password and then select OK Delete the Quick Unlock combination New Password 9 Do you want to create a new password now a Tap Unassign b Select Done b Done 519 Keeping Your Information Private Encrypting your information You can encrypt selected information whenever your handheld locks This means that your information is scrambled so that it cannot be read When you unlock your handheld and enter your password or Quick Unlock combination the encrypted information is unscrambled Before You Begin To use encryption you must first create a
66. 72 Handheld 645 Canadian ICES 003 Statement This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Cet appareil num rique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du R glement sur le mat riel brouilleur du Canada CE CE Compliance Statement This product was tested by palmOne Inc and found to comply with all the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC as amended Declaration of Conformity palmOne Inc Declares the Product Handheld PDA amp HotSync cable Model Name Number Zire 72 Manufacturer s Name palmOne Manufacturer s Address 400 N McCarthy Blvd Milpitas 95035 5112 Conforms with the following specifications e EN 55024 1998 Emissions amp Immunity e EN55022 1998 CISPR 22 1997 Class B Radiated and Conducted Emissions e IEC 61000 4 2 A1 1998 01 ESD Immunity 4kV Contact and 8kV Air Discharge e IEC 61000 4 3 1995 RF Immunity 80 1000M Hz 3V M 1kHz 80 A M e ENV 50204 1996 RF Immunity 895 905M Hz 3V m 200Hz 50 AM e IEC 61000 4 4 1995 EFT Immunity 1kV on AC port 5 50nSec 5kHs Rep Freq IEC 61000 4 5 1995 Surge Immunity 1 2 50uSec 2kV peak Common Mode 1kV peak Differential Mode Zire 72 Handheld 646 Zire 72 Handheld e EN61000 4 6 1996 Conducted Immunity 150kKHz 80M Hz 3V RMS 1kHz 80 AM e IEC 61000 4 11 1994 100 Voltage Dip 0 5 period 30 Dip 25 periods and gt 100 Dip 250 periods Authorize
67. 8 Managing Your Calendar 2 Do one of the following to view your schedule e Tap an appointment to go to it in Day View e Tap a task to go to it in Tasks Thursday Nov 20 8 000 Walk dog 3 000 Dentist Category marker Santa Cruz 12 00 Lunch with Joe 2 00 Meet with sales team tomorrow No time icon Movie with Midyne Location O 1 Update project schedule i D 2 Distribute meeting notes Overdue task icon Agenda View icon 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 153 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Viewing your daily schedule Day View shows your daily schedule one day at a time You can scroll between days in the current week or jump to any other date 1 Open Day View a Press the Calendar oF application button b Tap the Day View icon E RENTA 4SM RATIFIS Day selector Birthday icon Alarm icon No time icon Repeat icon Event duration Note icon Category marker Day View icon Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 154 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar 2 Do any of the following to view your daily schedule e Tap the day selector to view another day in the same week tap the arrows to scroll to the previous or next week or tap Go To to choose a specific date e Tap the repeat icon the alarm icon or Details to open the Details dialog box e Tap the note icon to view the note text e Tap the birthday icon to view the birthday entry e Tap the category marker to assign the event to a color code
68. Bluetooth the Bluetooth radio on your handheld Cradle Cable the HotSync cable that came with your handheld Infrared the IR port on your handheld NOTE The Dialing and Volume settings won t appear unless you select Modem as the Connect to setting Dialing Select whether your modem uses TouchTone or Rotary dialing Volume Select the volume level for you modem s speaker Off Low Medium or High Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 504 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld 3 Enter the details settings Details a Tap Details pena T anaa Flow Ctl v Automatic b Tap the Speed pick list and Init String select the appropriate speed c Tap the Flow Ctl pick list and select whether the connection uses flow control Automatic Your handheld determines when to use flow control On Flow control is always on Off Flow control is always off d For a modem connection enter the initialization string e Select OK 4 Select OK and then select Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 595 CHAPTER 27 Tip If your phone doesn t appear on the list you need to install the phone settings for your phone onto your handheld Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Connecting your handheld to a mobile phone Phone Preferences let you configure your handheld to exchange messages and dial phone numbers when your handheld is connected to aGSM mobile phone sold separately The GSM mobile
69. CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages About e mail accounts The VersaMail application is software that lets you access e mail on your handheld from an account with an e mail provider Such as Earthlink or Yahoo or from your corporate e mail account For each e mail account you want to access you must set up an account on your handheld For example if you have an Earthlink account and a corporate account set up one account for each You can create up to eight e mail accounts on your handheld IMPORTANT You must have an account with an e mail provider or a corporate account The VersaMail application works with these accounts to transfer messages to your handheld The application is not an e mail service provider Account and connection types You can set up two types of e mail accounts on your handheld Wireless Send and receive e mail directly to and from your handheld using the built in Bluetooth technology or by positioning the IR port on your handheld so that it can beam to the IR port on your mobile phone Synchronize Only Windows computers only Transfer messages from the e mail application on your computer such as Microsoft Outlook to your handheld by synchronizing You can t send and receive messages wirelessly for this type of account Using an e mail provider If you are setting up a new e mail account and have a well known e mail provider Internet service provider or ISP such as Earthlink or
70. CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Cont d File Help oesau VersaMail Speakeasy Mail Client Sync Setup Advanced Sync Options Speakeasy Handheld Settings E Woke ge 50 Maximum message size KB E VersaMail Specifies the maximum message size to download during a HotSync operation Mail that is Attachment Conversion larger than this size will be truncated on your Palm handheld po Days To Synchronize Mail Synchronize mail that has been on the server for the specified number of days or less with your Palm handheld T Synchronize unread mail only I Download attachments during HotSync Send mail that is in the Outbox on your Palm handheld during the HotSync operation Synchronize all Inbox mail on your Palm handheld with mail in the Inbox of your desktop mail application or mail server ul Folder Synchronization Options Business Account Security Settings I Enable Key Expiration Expire security key every 0 days Available Accounts 3 Configured Accounts 1 Active Accounts 0 Maximum message size KB Enter the maximum message size that can be synchronized from your computer to your handheld from 1 to 5000KB The smaller the maximum size the faster the synchronization but any messages over that size are cut On the other hand choosing a larger size means that more messages can be completely synchro
71. CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Quick Connect settings You can specify which application opens when you choose a Contacts record field and whether to add a prefix to all phone numbers 1 2 Press the Contacts 22 application button Customize Quick Connect settings a Select the contact you want b Press Right on the navigator or tap the Quick Connect icon yp at the top of the screen to open the Quick Connect dialog box c Tap Settings and enter the settings you want Settings O Number Prefix Dial v Phone Dialer SMS Messages E mail v VersaMail z v None Available v None Available z v None Available Number prefix Tap the check box and enter a prefix to add a prefix to all dialed phone numbers NOTE A prefix is not added to any number that begins with a character All other fields Tap each pick list and select the application you want to use to connect by that method d Tap OK Ry Done 127 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Using Tap to Connect With Tap to Connect you can select a contact and dial a phone number or address an e mail text or multimedia message by selecting the appropriate entry on the contact screen By default Tap to Connect is not enabled Before You Begin You must have a 1 compatible mobile phone sold separately that includes Bluetooth technology and install the 2 e mail or messaging Press
72. Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following e Low relative humidity e Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Zire 72 Handheld 649 SYMBOLS exclamation points in Tasks list 179 asterisk characters 113 period character 580 NUMERICS 12 hour clock See clock 12 hour formats 578 24 hour clock 576 577 24 hour formats 577 578 5 way navigator 19 24 36 40 A abbreviations 582 583 accelerating scrolling 38 accented characters 52 Accept cookies check box 474 accessing additional software 17 29 applications 632 cached web pages 464 465 corporate networks 302 e mail 300 326 e mail accounts 28 277 282 285 features 24 34 files 479 hidden or masked entries 507 home page 448 information 36 504 menus 34 network accounts 282 options 40 photo albums 463 web sites 277 285 443 accessories 17 22 102 226 611 Zire 72 Handheld Account Details dialog box 315 Account Overview screen 383 Account Setup screen 303 312 313
73. Depending on the receiving handheld model not all information may be sent correctly 1 Select the information you want to beam a Open an application b Select the entry you want Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 496 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Tip ie eileen TENS a 2 Beam the information most applications is named Record a Open the menus Tip b Select the Beam menu item on the leftmost menu In Contacts you can create a contact with your c When the Beam dialog box appears point your handheld s IR port directly at own information and the IR port of the other handheld select it as your business card by opening the Record Menu and selecting Business Card e 4 Beam your business card to other handhelds by IR port holding down the Contacts application button until the Beam 3 dialog box appears Wait for the Beam dialog box to indicate that beaming is complete y Done Zire 72 Handheld 497 CHAPTER 22 Tip Create a category of Calendar events such as your kid s soccer schedule and then beam the entire category to your spouse s handheld Tip When you beam a category the individual entries within the category contacts memos photos and so on appear as unfiled items on the receiving device Zire 72 Handheld Sharing Information Beaming a category 1 Select the category you want to beam a Open an application b From the list v
74. Dialer ICON Edit an entry a Tap Speed b Tap Edit Speed Dial Edit Speed Dial il gt TapiEgit c Tap an entry d Edit the entry e Select OK and then select Done y Done 488 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories Moving Opening applications eit Around and more visit www palmOne com Connecting Connecting your handheld to a mobile phone myzire72 Contacts Using Quick Connect and Tap to Connect in Contacts to dial phone numbers Support If you re having problems with Dialer or with anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 489 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information In this chapter Using the Send command Beaming Other ways of sharing information Related topics Zire 72 Handheld You have to get this memo to your boss now Or the photo of the grandkids in their Halloween costumes to your mom After you ve used your handheld to create or capture that important business and personal information it s time to share it with others Your handheld comes equipped with a variety of options for sharing information so that you can choose the quickest most convenient way of sending your info Benefits of sharing e Keep others up to date with
75. Discovery icon appears to indicate that the discovery process is active If the LAN did not show up on the discovery results select Find More to search again Y Continued Setup Devices K Phone Setup Messaging Dial from Contacts Internet connectivity a Browse the Web Check Email HotSync wirelessly b LAN Setup Browse the Web check Email Discovery Results i Show v Nearby devices Select a LAN a Palm A BlueGate AP T616 on A Unnamed Network Access Point CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices 4 Create a trusted connection Bluetooth Security a Select Yes to add the LAN as a Enter passkey for trusted device b Select Next c Enter the passkey number for the LAN and select OK 5 Enter the username and TTT t password for the LAN and select a Next Enter the username and ext password for your LAN Password Service Name 6 Select Done Done Zire 72 Handheld 292 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Creating trusted pairs After you have set up your phone and computer as trusted devices you may want to set up other trusted devices such as friend s handheld When your device recognizes a trusted device your device automatically accepts communication bypassing the discovery and authentication Did You Know When your handheld and Bluetooth are on and the Discoverable setti
76. In palmOne Media categories are called albums Place individual entries into these categories to easily get to a group of related items In addition to putting individual entries into a category you can also put entire applications into categories For instance you may find it convenient to put Expense and Calculator in a category called Money 1 e To add a category for individual entries in one of the applications above open that application e To add a category for applications go to the Home screen D 2 Add a new category Business a Tap the pick list in the upper Cran Maria aA right corner and then select Mcintyre Sean are Edit Categories aln ed an Edit Categories Turner Bill 415 555 0909 W b Tap New and enter the name of the new category c Select OK and then select OK again Ry Done 527 CHAPTER 24 Using Categories to Organize Information Renaming a category Tip If you want to combine 1 items in different categories rename one category to the other category name e To rename a category within an application open that application e To rename a category for applications go to the Home screen D Did You Know 2 Rename the category Some categories like All and Unfiled come with a Tap the pick list in the upperright corner and then select Edit Categories your handheld and cannot be changed b Select the name of the category you want to change and then tap Renam
77. Know E mail addresses appear in the form username mailservice com or other three letter extension such as net org and so on Zire 72 Handheld You can also tap an embedded e mail address to open a new message screen with the address in the To field Depending on whether the received message is displayed in HTML or plain text format URLs and e mail addresses appear in slightly different forms as follows HTML URLs and e mail addresses appear as blue underlined text Plain text Most URLs begin with http or www Simply tap to view these types of URLs To view a page or file associated with a URL that does not begin with http or www select the URL copy it and paste it into the address bar in the Web Pro browser Deleting a message You can delete e mail messages from any folder For example you can delete old messages in the Inbox or messages that you were working on in the Drafts folder When you delete a message it is placed in the Trash folder 1 In the Inbox or another folder screen tap the folders pick list and then select the folder that contains the message you want to delete Tap the bullet next to the icon of each message that you want to delete To select adjacent messages drag the stylus so it hits the bullet to the left of each message Lift the stylus and drag again to select more adjacent messages Y Continued CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail
78. Metrowerks CodeWarrior tools Zire 72 Handheld 608 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Related topics My Handheld Click the link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great F tips software accessories Explori Locating the input area and other controls on your handheld and more visit Moving e Opening applications www palmOne com Around myzire72 e Using menus Entering e Using Graffiti 2 writing to enter information Support Information with customization or with siya ese ca your Photos Copying photos to your handheld or an expansion card handheld go to Bluetooth Customizing Bluetooth communication settings www palmOne com support zire72 Privacy Keeping information private by locking your handheld with a password Categories Creating categories so you can organize your applications and information World Clock Viewing the date and time in other cities Zire 72 Handheld 609 Maintaining Your Handheld Zire 72 Handheld Your handheld is designed to be rugged and reliable and to provide you with years of trouble free service Taking care of your handheld helps keep it working properly and ensures that it s available when you need it Handheld do s and don ts To protect your handheld from damage and ensure reliable performance follow these guidelines Handheld do s e Use the carrying case that came with your handheld It provides protection if yo
79. O screen and select Web Pro amp Open the Advanced Preferences dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences c Tap Advanced Select or deselect the Accept cookies check box Select OK Ry Done 474 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Setting preferences for storing web pages gt gt Key Term Your handheld stores web pages automatically in cache Cache The cache in your handheld is a block of memory that stores web 1 pages so you can view them again without accessing the Internet 2 Cached web pages are Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Open the Advanced Preferences dialog box saved thereby saving the content you ve viewed a Open the menus even when you exit WebPro b Select Options and then select Preferences Tip c Tap Advanced Remember that your handheld has a limited YV Continued amount of memory Choose a cache size that lets you store at least a few pages but still leaves room on your handheld for other data and applications A value of at least 1 024KB is recommended Zire 72 Handheld 475 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web 3 Zire 72 Handheld Change the size and content of the cache by using the following options Clear Cache Tap to clear the cache immediately Clear cache on exit Select the check box to clear the cache each time you exit Web Pro Deselect the check box to keep the cache from session
80. PC connection Via v Cradle Cable b Tap Edit 3 Change the speed setting Details a Tap Details eerie aseaataai Flow Ctl v Automatic b Tap the Speed pick list and select the appropriate speed c Select OK d Select OK again and then select Done Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 592 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Creating your own connection settings x Tip If none of the preset connection settings are close to what you need or if you re already using all To delete a connection the connections as they are you can create a new connection that you created select it on the Connection Prorerongos Set and 1 From the Connection Preferences screen tap New then tap Delete Preferences Connection Edit Connection il Available Connections Cradle Cable IR to a PC Handheld Connect to v Modem Via Cradle Cable Dialing TouchTone Volume Low Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 593 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Tip 2 Enter the basic settings To learn about customizing Bluetooth connection settings see Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Name Enter a name for your connection settings This name will appear on the Connection Preferences screen so that you can select your connection later Connect to Select the type of device you want to connect to PC Modem or Local Area Network Via Select the method you want to use to connect to the device you selected
81. Quick Look Up icon 121 Quick Look Up line 121 Quick Tour 6 26 R radio 23 29 range peripheral connections 278 Read pick list 342 reading e mail 329 text messages 429 RealOne icon 27 RealOne Mobile Player accessing CDs from 262 adding song lists 267 benefits of 258 compatible formats for 259 deleting playlists 272 displaying song details 273 editing playlists 270 getting help with 264 267 274 275 installing 29 opening 27 274 Zire 72 Handheld opening files for 106 playing songs from 269 setting period of inactivity for 266 starting 266 troubleshooting 632 turning off 266 reassigning application buttons 33 571 reboots See resetting handheld Receipt Details dialog box 206 Receive Format pick list 331 receiving e mail 285 304 318 320 receiving messages 277 recently visited web pages 448 recharging battery 4 5 590 619 recipes 186 Recipient List screen 335 336 reconnecting HotSync cable 79 Record button 232 Record menu 497 record screens 38 recording sounds 235 video clips 22 231 253 voice memos 21 22 216 recording time actual 231 records deleting expense 210 211 entering information in 114 getting number of 537 hard resets and 613 moving between 38 setting privacy levels for 506 sorting 131 188 212 specifying as first 113 recovering memory 621 recurring events 133 redialing phone numbers 484 Reducing costs 477 reducing image quality 470 471 related items categorizin
82. Save archive copy on PC a b Open the menus c Select Delete Contact on the Record menu 3 amp OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the contact on your computer 4 Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 122 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Customizing the Contacts list By default the Contacts list displays the work phone number for a contact if no work phone number is entered another entry is displayed You can customize a contact s settings to display different information on the Contacts list You can also customize the appearance of the list Did You Know If you select Work Home Fax Other Main Pager or Mobile from the pick list the first letter of your selection appears next to the contact in the Contacts list for example W for Work If you select E mail no letter appears next to the contact Tip You can also use the Contact Details dialog box to assign a contact to a category or to mark a contact as private Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Press the Contacts 22 application button Open the Contact Details dialog box a Select the contact you want b Select Edit and then select Details Specify the information displayed with a contact Show in List Home Category eet I a Tap the Show in List pick list and select the information ger that you want to appear in the Cancel other _ Contacts list for this contact Private gin
83. Seminar ensure that they execute A in the correct order by b Select Options and then i esoo tapping the pick list to the select Filters The Filters OR the receiver address left of the filter name dialog box appears with the contains seminar filters you created Tip If you don twanta filter to Y Continued apply to any downloads at all be sure to deselect the filter under both Connected and Synchronize Zire 72 Handheld 304 Zire 72 Handheld Turn filters on or off a Tap the pick list in the upperleft corner and select one of the following Connected Applies a filter to messages downloaded to your handheld over a network connection Synchronize Applies a filter to CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Filters Synchronize ie Sate O Sales M 7 Seminar Retrieve mail if the sender address contains onlinebroker OR the receiver address contains seminar messages downloaded to your handheld when you synchronize b Select or deselect the filter check boxes to select the filters you do and don t want to use for subsequent e mail transactions c Select OK 4 Done CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Editing or deleting a filter Tip Edit a filter to change 1 either its name or any of its criteria Select the folder to edit or delete J a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus b Select Options and then sel
84. Step 3 Installing your SOFTWALEC 0 eee eeecceeteceeeeeeseeeseecaaeeeaeeseeeeeaeeteeeeneeeens 7 Step 4 Connecting your handheld to your COMPUTET sseeeeeeesseeeeees 8 Switching to another desktop software application cesses 10 USING PROPS ioneina ansaa aada a e E Ea aa ia T1 Creating a User Profile s c ccicccesectacscesecsciecensceseceematssdiecebeenaiecheenendtegees 12 Synchronizing with a user profile esssssssssssssrrrsesssrsrrssrresrnsrresrnsrnss 14 Related TOPICS cierne ati cakes shai sess hcaxstenasi aealentacanaieaautteeensnesesseateeoee 17 Chapter 2 Exploring Your Handhelld sssscsscssssssssssses 18 Locating the controls on your handheld eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 19 Front PANEL CONMTHOIS 22sec eens Sccasvinalees due sesebedee enudbessesuieddicevusladigteede diverse 19 Top and side panel COMMONS suisses noian 20 Back panel Controls sssrinin aR a 22 What som the SCS a cnsccessetonctdactecdudie eesutnet dante sages onic iieiaeie 23 WADE ANCA T A E E 23 Application Controls siesssisirnnnstaiiiunii iieiea eianail 24 What software is on my handheld ssssssssesssisssrssrnsrrsrrnrrrsrrsrrrsrnssrnees 26 Zire 72 Handheld iii What s On the CD sirist aaeain 27 Related TOPICS sirarno aaan io fade vecnencteecageactensacaesmesiiees tendecheereiee 30 Chapter 3 Moving Around in Applications ccssssssss 32 Opening APPliCAtlONS ksara aaen kaavana 33 Using the application UttonS
85. Synchronize the files e Make sure that the correct application name is selected For example the older version of Calendar was called Date Book If you have upgraded from an older handheld make sure that that Calendar is set to Synchronize the files and Date Book is set to Do Nothing e If you synchronize your handheld with more than one computer click Settings and select Enable synchronization to multiple PCs for each application you want to synchronize This helps avoid duplicating the same information on a single computer NOTE Click the Set as default check box to use this setting each time you synchronize Otherwise it applies during the next synchronization only Zire 72 Handheld 625 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions e Be sure that the application you wantis installed Reinstall the HotSync Manager and make sure that the application is selected e Reinstall Palm Desktop software and select the option to synchronize with Microsoft Outlook I can t synchronize wirelessly using my handheld s Bluetooth technology Make sure that Bluetooth communication is enabled on both your handheld and your computer When you synchronize wirelessly your handheld attempts to connect to a Bluetooth virtual serial port on your computer First it looks for a Bluetooth serial HotSync port If it cannot find that port it then looks for a generic Bluetooth serial port However some generic Bluetooth serial ports do not support synchronizatio
86. Tap Playlists b Tap the playlist you want to edit c Tap Edit Electric Angel Electric Angel Awakening Electric Angel Falling Angel Electric Angel Gather The Women Electric Angel Through The Mist Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 270 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music 3 Tap Edit and do any of the following Delete a song Select a song and tap Remove to delete the song from the playlist Add asong Tap Add select a song s check box and then tap Done Move a song Selecta song and tap the up arrow or down arrow to move the song up or down one slot 4 Tap Done and then tap Done two more times y Done Zire 72 Handheld 271 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Zire 72 Handheld Deleting a playlist 1 2 On your handheld press the Music J application button Open the playlist you want to delete a Tap Playlists b Tap the playlist you want to delete Electric Angel Electric Angel Awakening Electric Angel Falling Angel Electric Angel Gather The Women Electric Angel Through The Mist Delete the list a Tap Delete List b Tap Yes in the confirmation dialog box c Tap Done b Done CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Zire 72 Handheld Viewing song info You can view details for the song that is currently playing 1 2 On your handheld press the Music 2 application button Select a song to play and view e To play and view the curre
87. a Tap the pick list next to the application you want to place into a category b Select a category and then select Done Ry Done Category Quick Tour v Main Calc Main Calendar Card Info Contacts Expense HotSync Memos Note Pad Unfiled Prefs Edit Categories 532 CHAPTER 24 Using Categories to Organize Information Viewing information by category Tip Inthe Homescreen scroll 1 through the categories by repeatedly tapping the Home screen icon or pressing Right or Left on the navigator To view all of the applications on 2 your handheld select the All category Calendar Select Show Category List and then select the category you want to view from the pick list e To view entries by category open an application that contains categories e To view applications by category go to the Home screen D Display the category you want to view Tip Scroll through the categories in Contacts by repeatedly pressing the Contacts button All other applications Select the category you want to view from the pick list in the upperright corner Business 1 Quarterly profits 2 Marketing strategy 3 Sales meeting minutes 4 Conference info pE E Calc Expense New Details b Done Zire 72 Handheld 533 CHAPTER 24 Using Categories to Organize Information Related topics Community Click a link below to learn about these related topics To explore
88. ail application features sssssseeseererresrrrrrerrnsrrnes 388 Setting preferences for getting sending and deleting e mail 389 Adding or updating a contact directly from a message n 391 Creating and USING FIItCrS eee eee eeeeecee eens tease eeeeeeeeteeeseaeeeeaeenaees 392 Turning filters ON and Off Assassine 394 Editing or deleting a filter ec ec eeeeeeeee testes eeeeeeeeeteaeseeeesaeeeaes 396 Managing settings for incoming and outgoing mail 397 Zire 72 Handheld xii Zire 72 Handheld Adding APOP to an ACCOUNT ciissss cieniseiinidedienns eines eines 406 Setting advanced account preferences ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 407 Changing e mail header details 20 0 ceeeseeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeseesesaeenaees 409 Backing Up Mail databases oo eee eee eee e eect tect eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeees 410 Synchronizing IMAP mail folders wirelessly 412 Prerequisites for wireless IMAP folder synchronization 412 Turning IMAP folder synchronization On OF off cecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 413 Synchronizing handheld mail server IMAP folders from the Options MENU sirisser kpina tedden 413 Working with root folderS sssssssssssssessrssrrsresrssrnrsnsennrenornntnnnsnsenn 414 Using Secure Socket Layer SSL ccccscssssecsssesssseessssessseessseeees 414 Related tOpiCS sess cdsatiasscziscesgadddevgqastasecnsaedusscdsnesus ch vancavdes sunqessedvyssedaeeeeacanses 415 Chapter 19 Sending and Re
89. aroraa a eaa eaaa a aa aT Ehe ae ET n 632 PR ONG cas eee eek soe a a a E E a E aae a a agratite 632 MASKS pseu cece cases a a a a a a E E lt 2 633 VOICE MEMO ssaa ama EE aE a ea teach ateaee 633 Connecting Wirelessly sesscccsscth siete sectansetthenes aielaetcdeats gedloae Mansy enetedaedebbevede 634 VersaM alle aaeeeo aa eara aaa ien ae SEE a EE e 635 PEIN ACY eoeta a e i Nesdhldeonnunesteahentedienlsatdhsatduivecassansiitagees 638 ShaniN ahs ta ea a anced E E set ecet cvdta ce cn ante capa eeescer areas 639 Problems with incompatible applications ccc eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 640 Chapter 30 Getting Help sssssssssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 643 Self help resources aeiaai dobteiniedsts scdtedaeentdheadtinns agreed stance 643 Technical SUPPONE sicastee tiveeeaedsSeesacnasdnencivtdevneadstedasdeeriasconeadaeeee ne ceebeds 644 Product Regulatory Information sssssssasnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 645 e binaevcanicsuntinidqenvanndnusransiaNcapvdncnrennsviniablaiviinenconeets 650 Zire 72 Handheld xix Ell About This Guide This guide tells you everything you need to know about your handheld the things you ll do every day the advanced features that let you get the most out of your handheld and the things that make your handheld not only useful but fun What s in this guide The info in this guide includes step by step instructions links to cross references and sidebars Step by step instructions Here
90. automatically for the presence of other infrared devices Consult the documentation for your operating system for information about turning off this option e In most cases simply moving your handheld away from the computer s infrared port solves the problem Zire 72 Handheld 629 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions My handheld appears to freeze when I place it near my computer Move your handheld away from the computer s infrared port I receive an authentication error when I try to synchronize wirelessly through a LAN access point Make sure you entered the correct username and password for the selected network service profile in the Network Preferences screen When I try to synchronize wirelessly through a LAN access point it connects but nothing happens e Make sure that Network is selected on the HotSync Manager menu on your computer e Contact your system administrator to make sure your network computer is properly set up I want to synchronize my computer with more than one handheld If the computer running Palm Desktop software synchronizes with more than one handheld each handheld should have a unique name Synchronizing more than one handheld with the same username causes unpredictable results and potentially loss of your personal information Assign a username to your handheld the first time you synchronize If you are synchronizing with Outlook make sure the right profile is selected for the applications you
91. before a selected timeframe Deleting a specific event 1 2 m ae Press the Calendar application button Go to the event you want to delete a From Day View tap Go To b Select the year month and date of the event c Tap the event description Open the Delete Event dialog box a Open the menus Delete Event Delete selected event WM Save archive copy on PC b Select Delete Event on the Record menu Y Continued 149 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar 4 amp OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the event on your computer 5 Select OK 6 If you re deleting a repeating event tap one of the following to select which event s you want to delete Current Delete only the selected instance of the repeating event Future Delete the selected event Repeating Event i Q Apply the changes to the Current record this amp all Future records All occurrences and all instances of the repeating event that occur at a later date All Delete the selected event and all past and future instances of the repeating event b Done Zire 72 Handheld 150 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Deleting all your old events When you need more space on your handheld or you just want to do some housekeeping you can delete all your old events Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 mee Press the Calendar application button Open the Purge dia
92. button to re enter the number without starting the calculation over Zire 72 Handheld O v O Z D ar O o C mi O 5 W C mc in lias A l SE Clear any value in the Calculator memory Recall the stored value from the memory and enter it into the current calculation Place the current number into memory The current number is added to the total that is already in the memory Tapping this button does not affect the current calculation it just places the value in memory Clear the last number you entered Clear the entire calculation so that you can start over Enter a number and then tap this button to change it to a percentage Enter a number and then tap this button to calculate the square root of the number Enter a number and then tap this button to make it negative 200 CHAPTER 12 Performing Calculations Viewing recent calculations Did You Know View recent calculations to confirm that you entered everything correctly Viewing recent calculations is helpful when double checking 1 Go to the Home O screen and select Calculator 8 the math in your checkbook register Did You Know 2 Open the History dialog box Calculator History also i pen has these functions a O the menus Clear Tap here to clear b Select Options and then the calculator s history select Show History r Copy Tap here to copy c Select OK the history of ca
93. cannot edit move or delete these messages If you try to modify a message in messages in the Outbox the locked state an error message appears retry If a send retry fails after the third try the message is stored in the Outbox in the error state You can send the message again manually or edit move or delete the message However if you edit the message you will need to manually send the message If the manual send fails you can choose to store the message in the Outbox to wait for the next automatic send retry Outbox icons in the VersaMail applications The icons to the left of a message in the Outbox show the message s status M Message is waiting either to be manually sent or to be sent during the next send retry You can edit move or delete a message in this state amp Send retry is currently in process you cannot edit move or delete a message in this state A Third automatic send retry has failed You must manually send a message in this state by tapping Get amp Send Zire 72 Handheld 340 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Working with e mail folders By default the VersaM ail application displays the messages in a given account s Inbox folder You can easily view the messages in a different folder You can also customize the appearance of the message list in your e mail folders move messages between folders and create and edit folders Viewing another folder 1 In the Inbox or on another
94. click Memos on the launch bar MAC ONLY To open Memos on your computer launch Palm Desktop software from the Palm folder and then select Memos Zire 72 Handheld 187 CHAPTER 10 Writing Memos Related topics My Handheld Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories and more visit www palmOne com myzire72 Support If you re having problems with Memos or with anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com su Zire 72 Handheld zire72 Click a link below to learn about these related topics E mail Messages Common Questions e Opening applications e Using menus Adding a phone number or other contact information to a memo using Phone Lookup Organizing memos by arranging them into categories and sorting them Keeping memos private by turning on security options Beaming memos to other Palm OS handheld users e Sending memos to other Bluetooth devices using the Bluetooth technology on your handheld Sending memos as attachments to e mail messages Sending memos as part of a text or multimedia message Answers to frequently asked questions about Memos 188 Writing Notes in Note Pad In this chapter Creating a note Viewing and editing a note Deleting a note Working with Note Pad on your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Need to jot down a phone number or a reminder to yourself Avoid fumbling for scr
95. computer s CD drive c Click CD in RealOne Player on your computer RealOne Player File Edit View Play Favorites Tools Help O X Sl a Oy How Tow Se BES CD s BuncD Preferences CD Infos Eject E Now Playing web Cb my Library co fF Devices Giy Radio M Channels search Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 262 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Tip If you want to select only 2 a few songs click Deselect All and then a Click Save Tracks click the check box next to the songs you want to b Follow the onscreen instructions to select and copy tracks select Select the songs you want to add to your library Did You Know A 64MB expansion card holds about an hour of music capacity varies with sampling rates Select Tracks x m Select Tracks to Save Track Name v 1 Track 1 M 2 Track 2 3 Track 3 O 4 Track 4 5 Track 5 6 Track 6 7 Track 7 8 Track 8 9 Track 9 10 Track 10 K 0 Track 10 2 22 1 Track 11 Save Tracks t4 BurncD amp Preferences CD Info Eject RKO B Now Playing web Cb my Library co fl devices a SelectAll Deselect ll m Save to gt Location C My Music Format MP3 Audio 96 Kbps Stereo T Play CD While Saving Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld
96. e Choosing how application information is updated during synchronization Choosing how your computer responds to synchronization requests WINDOWS ONLY In order for your computer to respond with you initiate synchronization on your handheld HotSync Manager must be running You can choose whether HotSync manager always runs automatically or whether you must perform some action to start HotSync manager 1 Open the synchronization options screen a Click the HotSync Manager icon G in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your screen b Select Setup Y Continued 90 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Tip P aara saung 2 Select how your computer responds when you initiate synchronization on your Always available if you re handheld notsure which option you l want General Local Modem Network Tip HotSync Manager If you select Manual you ane E must turn off HotSync C Available only when the Palm Desktop is running Manager which is always ee ae on by default Click the HotSync Manager icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your screen and then click Exit To start HotSync Manager when you want to synchronize click Start and then select Cancel Arp Help Always available HotSync Manager runs automatically every time you initiate synchronization on your handheld Available only when the Palm Desktop software is running You must open Palm Desktop softw
97. e Make sure HotSync Manager is enabled Open the palmOne folder and double click the HotSync Manager icon On the HotSync Controls tab be sure Enabled is selected If it is not click it e Disconnect the HotSync cable from your computer and then reconnect the cable and restart your computer Zire 72 Handheld 624 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions When I tap to synchronize nothing happens on Palm Desktop software and my handheld times out Perform a soft reset e Make sure that HotSync manager is running on your computer e Make a copy of the folder containing your information This folder is named with either your full username or a shortened version of the name Uninstall and then reinstall Palm Desktop software e Turn on your handheld and go to the Home screen Select HotSync 2 and then tap Local I can t synchronize my handheld with Microsoft Outlook WINDOWS ONLY NOTE If you choose to synchronize your handheld with Outlook information from Contacts Calendar Tasks and Memos is synchronized with Outlook Other information such as photos videos voice memos and notes is synchronized with Palm Desktop software e Click the HotSync Manager icon and select Custom Check the following e Make sure that you have the correct username selected from the drop down list e Make sure that the applications you want are set to synchronize the files If not select each application click Change and then choose
98. each message Automatically 2 Go to the Home screen and select Messages Pe Open the Preferences dialog box attaching a signatu re Preferences a Sort by v Date Ascending makes it easy for you Be a Open the menus Vea SMi nE creative Include Date b Select Options and then select Preferences O Delete After Transfer M Alert Sound Alarm 3 Create a signature SMS Signature a Select SMS signature Attach Signature b Select the Attach Signature check box c Enter a signature and then select OK twice Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 428 CHAPTER 19 Did You Know Depending on your service provider your mobile phone may receive and send multimedia messages and text messages You can create and send both text and multimedia messages on your handheld but you can view only text messages on your handheld Tip You can reply to or forward a message after you open it Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Viewing a text message 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Messages Per i Select Get to retrieve text messages from your mobile phone Read a message a Select the message to open it Messages p 24 6505551234 8 46 am did u hear from javier 5559191 8 42 am Sorry I will be late 6505551234 Date 12 16 03 8 46 am did u hear from javier 336558986 8 41 am have some ideas about the meeting
99. folder screen tap the folders pick list in the upper right corner of the screen 2 Select the folder you want to view y Done Zire 72 Handheld 341 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip The customization options you choose apply to all e mail folders not just the one you are in Tip If you choose to show the Date column the column displays the message time for any messages received today that is any message received after 12 01 A M Otherwise the Date column shows the date the message was received Zire 72 Handheld Customizing the appearance of the message list You can change display options on the message list as well as the size of columns in the list Ry NOTE Changing column size is available for one line message view only 1 2 In the Inbox or on another folder screen select Display Options Customize any of the following Display Options 0 v Date w Descend Sortby Tap the Sort by pick list w 2line view and then select the column name Default is Date Sort order Tap Descend or Ascend Default is Descend Read Black One or two line column view Tap the Show pick list and then select one line or two line view Default is two line Columns shown Tap the check box under the Show pick list for each column you want to show The column options change depending on whether you choose a one line or a two line view Defaults are Sender Date an
100. folder o ceccecceeescecseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseaeeneeesaeenaaes 341 Customizing the appearance of the message list csceesseeeeeees 342 Moving messages between folders eeccccceseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeieeeseetees 344 Creating and editing mail folders eee eee ee eee eeee etter eeeeeeaees 346 Working with e mail messages 0 0 eee eseeceseeeneeteeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeetaeenaaeed 348 Forwarding an e mail Message sceeceeee cee eeeteeeeeeteaeeteeteaeeeaeetaes 348 Replying to a message that yOu are reading esseere 349 Replying to an e mail message from the message list n se 350 Deleting a MESSAGE sivssessccceseenescebvieseeceeeeinee cdi ianari ia k iaaa 352 Deleting Old messages s ssssssssesssessrssiesessrntrinrirsrrnrtnstnnttnetnntnnnensenne 353 Emptying the trash ciccas csacdestiniee neste cnieenienenieecinie 355 Zire 72 Handheld xi Setting the trash to be emptied automatically eee 356 Marking messages as read OF unread sscceesseesstseeseseeessneeessneeessees 357 Working with attachment cceccescesscceesceteeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeecaaeenaeesaaeeeaeenaaes 359 Downloading an attachment to your handheld eceeeeee 359 Working with a downloaded attachment cccceceeeeeteeeeneeeees 360 Downloading large attachments c ccccceeseeseeseeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeteeeeees 363 Saving attachments to an expansion card ou eeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeeeeees 364 Attaching files from a handheld applicati
101. following two situations e Your company s wireless local area network LAN is located outside the firewall e Your company s wireless LAN is located inside the firewall but you are trying to access the network from outside the firewall for example from a public location or at home Check with your company s server administrator to see if a VPN is required to access the corporate network The auto get mail with notification feature in the VersaMail application may not work with a VPN connection Also you cannot use scheduled sending retry of e mail with accounts that use a VPN connection Zire 72 Handheld 302 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Creating an account IMPORTANT If you plan to synchronize your new handheld with an existing usemame from another handheld you must do so before you enter your e mail account information in the VersaMail application If you enter the e mail account information first and then synchronize your handheld to an existing usemame the e mail account information you entered is overwritten Setting basic account options 1 Go to the Home screen and select VersaM ail B 2 Open the Account Setup screen Account Setup To setup an account tap New a Open the menus D or select an account to edit Yahoo Work Email b Select Accounts and then Perey select Account Setup c Select New Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 303 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E m
102. for 325 339 setting preferences for 389 setting retry intervals for 339 setting up 300 303 306 371 598 specifying default programs for 378 switching to different service for 314 315 synchronizing 304 371 372 374 376 379 tapping URLs in 352 viewing status of 328 viewing unread messages for 152 161 wireless connections for 415 e mail accounts accessing from Internet 463 changing 312 316 397 connection types and 300 creating 303 307 371 defining as synchronize only 306 312 deleting 313 displaying summary information for 383 excluding from synchronization 387 managing 312 saving setting for 386 scheduling auto get for 322 327 selecting 314 318 setting up secure connections for 388 synchronizing multiple 387 synchronizing with client 376 378 testing 311 upgrading 299 verifying 385 Email address option 399 e mail applications 298 371 377 461 602 e mail folders 341 e mail providers 300 304 305 See also ISPs emergency information 527 empty screen 620 Empty Trash dialog box 355 emptying Trash folder 355 356 407 Enable Background Playback check box 266 Enable device name cache command 295 Enable Smart Addressing option 407 enabling buttons and controls 39 580 encryption 301 406 End command 606 entering current date and time 56 573 576 information 19 44 45 74 579 owner information 587 passkeys 282 294 passwords 284 305 598 601 phone numbers 483 485 487 601 URLs 444 entry box
103. from a CD you must have an active Internet connection to obtain song title and artist information This information is supplied from the GraceNote server on the web Tasks The info entered does not appear in an application e Open the Options menu and select Preferences If Show Completed Tasks is selected deselect it to display the missing tasks e If you marked the task as private check Security Preferences to see that Private Records is set to Show private records Voice Memo Pm having problems listing voice memos the way I want to see them If you cannot manually arrange the order of voice memos on the list screen select Preferences from the Options menu and make sure that Sort by is set to Manual If you choose to view your voice memos alphabetically on Palm Desktop software and then synchronize the voice memos on your handheld still appear in the order defined in the Preferences setting In other words the sort settings you use with Palm Desktop software are not transferred to your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 633 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Connecting wirelessly My passkey is rejected when I attempt to form a trusted pair with my mobile phone Some mobile phones require that you enter the passkey within a specific time frame Make sure you have a passkey in mind and that you enter it immediately when prompted If your passkey is rejected your phone may have a preassigned passkey see the documentation in
104. gauge 619 BCC option 309 403 Beam Category command 498 Beam command 497 499 Beam Contact command 493 Beam dialog box 497 498 500 Beam From pick list 499 Beam icon 36 beaming 20 461 496 500 590 639 640 Best Quality option 471 Birthday icon 154 birthdays 115 133 Blank Page option 468 blank screen 620 blinking asterisk 326 blinking cursor 58 blocking information 506 Bluetooth application creating trusted paris 293 features 277 278 opening 279 280 setting connection information 279 setting options for 295 296 Zire 72 Handheld setting up desktop connections 287 setting up mobile connections 280 284 setting up network connections 291 setting wireless connections 289 Bluetooth devices assigning names to 295 296 587 built in software for 28 connecting to 23 277 594 discovering 278 293 295 entering passkeys for 294 related topics for 297 sending applications to 111 sending events to 166 sending memos to 188 sending notes to 198 sending photos and videos to 255 257 sending tasks to 181 sending web pages to 481 setting up 279 295 sharing information with 30 synchronizing with 17 turning off 620 verifying status of 285 waking up handhelds from 296 Bluetooth HotSync option 289 Bluetooth icon 26 Bluetooth indicator 285 Bluetooth LAN Access Points 277 Bluetooth Manager 280 Bluetooth setting 594 Bluetooth settings screen 285 Bluetooth technology 276 277 BMP files 228 359 bold fonts 568 bonding trust
105. generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help The use of shielded I O cables is required when connecting this equipment to any and all optional peripheral or host devices Failure to do so may violate FCC rules IMPORTANT Changes or modifications not covered in this manual must be approved in writing by the manufacturer s Regulatory Engineering Department Changes or modifications made without written approval may void the user s authority to operate this equipment Responsible Party Zire Product Family palmOne Inc Tested to Comply 400 N McCarthy Blvd Milpitas California 95035 FC WISE STANASUS United States of America 408 503 7500 FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE Zire
106. handheld automatically saves the appointment Make sure you have a current backup Synchronize often Zire 72 Handheld 134 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Scheduling an event without a start time Keep track of events that take place on a particular date but not at a particular time For example you may want to enter holidays anniversaries and deadlines Did You Know Need to reserve a date before you know the details of the appointment Schedule an event without a start time Zire 72 Handheld 1 Open Day View TERA 45M wE Is a Press the Calendar oF application button Day View icon b Tap the Day View icon E Go To Select the date of the event a Tap Go To b Tap the arrows to select the year 3 3 Oe at 23 23 c Tap the month 26 27 28 29 30 d Tap the date Y Continued 135 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Tip You a change an Sveni 3 Add an unscheduled event line without a time to a scheduled appointment a Tap New Tap the event description tap Details tap the Time b Tap No Time box and select the start and end ti mes Aug 31 TA KIBO 1 FIs gt Set Time 7 Start Time 12P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 I 4 Enter a description on the line that appears at the top of the screen N NOTE A diamond appears in the time column to show that the event doesn t start at a specific time Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 136 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calen
107. handheld with your computer b Done Zire 72 Handheld 63 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Importing information from other applications Do you have information on your computer in spreadsheets or databases and want to transfer it to Tip your handheld Don t spend time retyping it Instead import the info into Palm Desktop software Palm Desktop Help has lots of information about importing from other Palm Desktop software can import the following types of files app icauons menang Calendar vCal iCal VCS ICS and Calendar archive DBA step by step instructions Open the Help menu in Contacts vCard VCF comma delimited CSV TXT tab delimited TAB TSV TXT Contacts Palm Desktop software archive ABA and select Palm Desktop Help for more details Memos Comma delimited CSV TXT tab delimited TAB TSV TXT Memos archive MPA Text TXT Tasks Tasks archive TDA WINDOWS ONLY 1 Save the file on your computer in one of the accepted formats 2 Import the file into Palm Desktop software a Double click the Palm Desktop icon on your computer desktop b Click the icon in the launch bar for the application you want to import the information into Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 64 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Cont d c Click File and then click Import Specify Import Fields Palm Fields Data in Conference Contacts csv M Last Name V First Name Title W Company d Follow the onscre
108. hour or less frequently and an auto get fails for any reason the VersaMail application tries to retrieve e mail every 30 minutes until either the next scheduled auto get occurs or the end time for scheduled e mail retrieval is reached If the interval is set for more frequently than Every 1 hour the VersaMail application waits until the next scheduled auto get Zire 72 Handheld 327 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Resource issues with auto get mail The auto get mail feature can cause the following resource constraints Decreased battery life If you set the auto get interval for more often than once per hour your handheld s battery charge may drain more quickly and you may need to recharge the battery more frequently Increased monthly charges Some wireless providers such as Cingular or T Mobile charge a fee for data transactions If you use one of these providers using the auto get feature can substantially add to your monthly charges This is especially true for POP accounts because POP messages take longer to download than IMAP messages If you primarily retrieve messages over your company s network Bluetooth or 802 11b network monthly charges should not be an issue To help with these concerns set your interval for e mail auto get to retrieve messages no more frequently than once per hour Inbox icons in the VersaMail application The icons to the left of a message in the Inbox tell you the m
109. in which you want to move a photo Go to the Home O screen and select Media roe Move a photo within an album fee photos within b Use the stylus to drag the photo you want to its new position albums to easily put the slide show of your kid s birthday party in the 3 Move a photo between albums Photo Details sequence you want i icti Date 12 8 37 11 44am reme aid sae e aang goat Taptomove album containing the photo Paio you want to move b Open the menus o c Select Details from the Photos menu and then select the photo you want to move d Tap the Album pick list and select the new album for the photo e Select Done Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 248 CHAPTER 15 Tip You must be in an album containing both videos and photos to sort by type otherwise the video icon does not appear Also you must be in an album to sort manually you cannot be in List view for All Handheld or All lt expansion card name gt Tip You can also choose to sort photos and videos by size Select Preferences from the Options menu and then select the Display Size in List view check box Then in List view tap the Size column heading to switch between sorting items by increasing or decreasing size Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Sorting photos and videos in List view Go to the Home O screen and select Media roe Sort photos and videos Tap to sort b
110. include on the playlist c Tap Done Put the songs in the order you want to hear them a Tap asong you want to move b Tap the up or down arrow to move the song up or down one slot c Repeat this process until the songs are in the right order d Tap Done Tap Done and then tap Done again y Done Add Songs to Playlist M Electric Angel Awakening M Electric Angel Falling Angel M Electric Angel Gather The Women O Electric Angel I Believe M Electric Angel Through The Mist Edit Playlist Electric Angel Awakening Electric Angel Gather The Women Electric Angel Through The Mist Up arrow Done Remove Add a Down arrow 268 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Playing songs from a playlist 1 On your handheld press the Music J application button 2 Select a song from a playlist Electric Angel Electric Angel Awakening a Tap Playlists Electric Angel Falling Angel Electric Angel Gather The Women Electric Angel Through The Mist b Tap the playlist you want to play c Tap the first song you want to play Done Your handheld plays the songs in the playlist beginning with the song you selected After it plays the last song in the list it stops Zire 72 Handheld 269 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Editing a playlist 1 On your handheld press the Music 2 application button 2 Open the playlist you want to edit a
111. is automatically silenced the Sounds amp Alerts settings are maintained and all volume levels are automatically adjusted for use with a headset Select Custom Silent or All Off If you selected Silent or All Off in step 2 select Done If you selected Custom in step 2 tap the System Sound Game Sound Alarm Sound and Alarm LED pick lists and select the volume level for each sound then select Done b Done Zire 72 Handheld 586 A CHAPTER 27 Tip In addition to entering owner information you can assign a name to your handheld for Bluetooth communication Did You Know If you use Security Preferences to turn off and lock your handheld with a password your owner info appears the next time you turn on your handheld See Keeping Your Infomation Private for more info Tip If you assigned a password in Security Preferences you must tap Unlock and enter your password to change your owner info Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Entering your owner information It s a good idea to enter information that could help someone contact you if you ever lose your handheld if there s enough battery power to turn it on By default the Owner Preferences screen contains the information you entered when you installed the CD and set up your handheld but you can update or add to this information 1 Open Owner Preferences Preferences This handheld computer is o
112. is similar to the keyboard Command modeis active shortcuts used on computers The command letter appears to the right of the menu item for just a few seconds so l l write the command letter To use a command letter first write the Graffiti 2 Command stroke on the left side of the input area and then write the command letter For example to select Paste from the Edit menu write or tap an icon on the p the Command stroke followed by the letter p Command toolbar quickly Command ZIJ Options _ stroke fe Menu items Keyboard Graffiti 2 Help Ry NOTE When you write the Command stroke the Command toolbar appears See the next section for info on using the Command toolbar Zire 72 Handheld 35 Moving Around in Applications Using the Command toolbar The Command toolbar displays different icons based on the active screen For example if you have text selected the icons might be Cut Copy and Paste If no text is selected the icons might be Beam Undo and Delete To use the Command toolbar write the Command stroke to display the Command toolbar and then tap an icon to select its command Command TE stroke Eile a Cut Copy Paste Beam Undo Delete Using the 5 way navigator The 5 way navigator located at the bottom of the front panel lets you access information quickly with one hand and without the stylus To use the navigator press Up Down Right or Left or press Select in the center The nav
113. menus select Options 2 and then select Preferences Tap the Y Go to the Home screen and select Voice Memo D Select the voice memo to which you want to assign an alarm Alarm pige Ustto seeda 3 Open the Alarm dialog box sound a a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Alarm 4 Set the alarm Set Alarm a Tap the Date box and select the year month and date you want the alarm to sound b Tap the Time box and select O Auto play the hour and minute you want the alarm to sound Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 222 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos 5 amp OPTIONAL Select the Auto play check box to automatically play the voice memo when the alarm goes off 6 Select OK y Done Zire 72 Handheld 223 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Before You Begin You must have an expansion card inserted in your handheld s expansion card slot Did You Know When you store voice memos on an expansion card they do not appear in the Voice Memo portion of Palm Desktop software after a HotSync operation and are not backed up Did You Know You cannot mark voice memos private or attach alarms to voice memos that are stored on an expansion card Zire 72 Handheld Saving a voice memo to an expansion card You can conserve storage space on your handheld or create voice memos for others by storing your voice memos on an expansion card Voice Memo enables you to stor
114. more information see the documentation that came with the computer or the 3 Select a PC and select OK operating system Discovery Results The Discovery icon Q Show v Nearby devices appears to indicate that the i discovery process is active e If your PC did not show up on the discovery results select Find More to search again Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 287 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices 4 Create a trusted connection Bluetooth Security Enter passkey for a Select Next BRAD b Enter the passkey number for your PC and select OK 5 Set up your PC user name and password PC Setup Enter the username and password for your PC a Enter the username and password for your PC and select Next b If you don t want to use a user name and password select Next 6 Select Done b Done Zire 72 Handheld 288 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Setting up a connection for wireless synchronization Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Bluetooth Open the PC Setup dialog box a Select Setup Devices b Select PC Setup c Select Bluetooth HotSync d Select Next Select a computer and tap Next The Discovery icon appears to indicate that the discovery process is active If your computer did not show up on the discovery results select Find More to search again Y Continued PC Setup To set u
115. name If you found a city in the list This location observes go to step 3 Daylight Saving Time No nearby city Select Edit List do steps b e b Tap Add c Selecta city in your time zone and then select OK d Select OK again and then select Done e Tap the Location pick list and select the city you just added 3 Select Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 574 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Resetting the date and time In most cases you won t need to reset the date and time However you may need to do this if you do a hard reset on your handheld 1 Open Date amp Time Preferences BETER a Go to the Home screen Location San Francisco Set Date b Select Prefs amp Set Time c Select Date amp Time 2 Select the location Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 575 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld 3 Set the date Set Date Year a Tap the Set Date box arrows b Tap the arrows to select the current year c Tap the current month d Tap the current date 4 Set the time a Tap the Set Time box Ea 3 b Tap the hour and minute boxes and then tap the arrows to change them c Tap AM or PM and then select OK NOTE If you re using a 24 hour clock format you won t see the AM PM options 5 Select Done b Done Zire 72 Handheld 576 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Selecting formats for dates times and numbers Wou
116. on but your device is not discoverable For another Bluetooth device or application to wake up your handheld they must know your device name This limits the connections to devices that are trusted or have connected with you before 1 Go to the Home screen and select Bluetooth O 2 Open the menus 3 Select Options and then select Allow wakeup The selection on the Option menu toggles to Do not allow wakeup This indicates that Allow Wakeup is enabled IMPORTANT Enabling the Allow Wakeup setting uses battery power even when your handheld is tumed off Be sure to monitor your battery level y Done Zire 72 Handheld 296 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great oy tips software accessories Moving Opening applications aes Around and more visit www palmOne com myzire72 E mail Sending and receiving e mail messages wirelessly using your handheld s Bluetooth technology e Using menus Support Messages Sending and receiving text and multimedia messages wirelessly using your If you re having problems handheld s Bluetooth technology with Bluetooth or with i Contacts Connecting to telephone numbers in your list of contacts anything else on your handheld go to Synchronizing Synchronizing your handheld with your desktop PC www palmOne com support zir
117. run on your handheld PDB PDB This is a file that works with specific Palm OS applications ZIP ZIP These are compressed files that contain other types of files for example text files or Word documents You can download and uncompress unzip a Zip file and then view the contents on your handheld Working with a downloaded attachment In the message list a paper clip on a message s envelope icon indicates that the message has an attachment that has been downloaded You can view edit or install an attached file depending on the file type 1 In the Inbox tap the message with the attachment Les Newman 5 36a revised instructions for creatin Yy Continued Paper clip M Travis Washington 5 30a these are funny o M Angela Yee 5 28a review comments M Travis Washington 5 24a cool site M monica_lewis 3 33a ALC Account Form Reminder Zire 72 Handheld 360 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip Because downloading large messages can consume handheld resources the VersaM ail application displays the size and asks if you want to continue downloading any message that exceeds your maximum message size up to a total size of 5MB Zire 72 Handheld amp OPTIONAL If you choose to get messages by subject only tap More for each downloaded message to view the body of the e mail message plus any attachments up to the maximum message size Tap the red paper clip icon in the
118. scrolling A Groceries DO Select Inserts the selection highlight When the oai selection highlight is present Upor Down Scrolls to the previous or next entry Select Displays the selected entry Left Removes the selection highlight Moving around record screens In record screens use the navigator to scroll within the current entry or between entries Up or Down Scrolls within the current entry Right or Left Scrolls to the previous or next entry not available in Contacts Select Returns to the list screen Zire 72 Handheld 38 Zire 72 Handheld Moving Around in Applications Moving around dialog boxes Dialog boxes appear when you select a button or option that requires you to provide additional information In dialog boxes use the navigator to select a button Select Activates a button and then closes the dialog box The number of buttons in the S rt by Manual dialog box determines which button Select Alari Sound v Alarm activates M Confirm note delete NotePadPreferences One button Activates that button Two or more buttons Activates the action button versus Cancel such as OK Yes or Delete IMPORTANT Read dialog boxes carefully Selecting a button such as OK or Yes may cancel an action or delete information 39 Zire 72 Handheld Moving Around in Applications Moving around menus After you open the menus you can use the navigator to move between and t
119. select Web Pro amp F Open the Find field a Go to the web page you want to search b Open the menus c Select Page and then select Find on Page Search the web page a Type the text you want to find b Tap Next repeatedly until you find the information that you are searching for y Done Click below for palmOne products news and customer support palmOne com Wireless Edition palmOne com Desktop Edition Handheld Friendly Directory News 4 Fun Directories Weather Finance Travel Other 447 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Quickly jumping to a page The action bar icons allow you to quickly move from page to page Following a link Many web pages contain underlined links which are text or pictures that when clicked take you to another web page or to another part of the same page Tap the link to go to another web page Retuming to your home page or a page you recently visited No matter where you navigate on the Internet you can always return to your home page quickly or return to a page you have recently visited Tap the back arrow to go to previous pages Tap the Home icon to go to your home page Zire 72 Handheld 448 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Changing how you view a page You can change how you view web pages by selecting different display views and dragging the screen to view different parts Tip You can change your font 1 size for easier viewing
120. selecting 266 268 stopping 266 storing 102 viewing details 273 music application 258 Music application button 264 266 music files 258 259 N names See usernames contacts naming connections 594 e mail accounts 304 expansion cards 108 handhelds 279 587 mail folders 347 multimedia files 235 photo albums 246 playlists 267 user profiles 12 13 navigating through documentation xxii navigating through web sites 448 452 navigational controls 25 navigator 19 24 36 40 navigator controls 36 negative numbers 200 Network Preferences dialog box 85 Network Preferences screen 597 600 601 603 604 network services 314 network settings 597 608 networks accessing accounts for 282 Zire 72 Handheld accessing corporate 302 accessing e mail from 277 closing connections for 600 connecting to 82 87 597 600 corporate e mail accounts and 301 302 creating login scripts for 604 607 customizing connections for 594 deleting service profiles for 603 dialing in to 82 591 losing connections to 620 selecting communications protocol for 602 setting IP addresses for 602 setting service for 85 setting up connections for 283 291 600 setting up service profiles for 597 598 specifying as trusted device 292 synchronizing over 76 82 87 new lines 183 New Profile screen 12 13 New Slide option 422 next arrow icon 25 No Images option 471 Normal Quality option 471 Normal view Web Pro 450 Note Pad See also notes backi
121. so you can read them when you want where you want 29 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Related topics Click a link below to learn about these related topics My Handheld Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories and more visit www palmOne com myzire72 Support If you re having problems with your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld Setup Entering Information Moving Around Synchronizing Sharing Installing and Removing World Clock Customizing Installing the desktop software from the CD e Entering information with Graffiti 2 characters and shortcuts e Entering information with the onscreen letter and number keyboards e Opening applications and using menus e Finding information Synchronizing your handheld with your computer e Beaming information and applications to other Palm OS handheld users e Sending information and applications to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth technology on your handheld Installing additional software from the CD Viewing the current date and time e Setting the current date and time e Adjusting the brightness of the display e Preventing your handheld from turning on by accident 30 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Maintaining e Caring for your handheld e Resetting your handheld Common Answers to frequently asked questions about your handheld Questions Zire 72 Handheld 3
122. technology e Connect to your Bluetooth phone to send text multimedia or e mail messages or access the web e Reduce cable clutter by synchronizing wirelessly e Connect to other devices such as cameras and other handhelds to share files wirelessly 276 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices What can do with the built in Bluetooth technology Key Term Connect to your Bluetooth phone to send text multimedia or e mail messages or access the Bluetooth Technology web Whether you access the Internet or your e mail account or send text or multimedia messages once a week or constantly throughout the day wireless connectivity means that you can go online or share files anytime by connecting via your mobile phone or your laptop connected to the Internet that enables devices such as handhelds mobile phones and computers to connect wirelessly to Reduce cable clutter by synchronizing wirelessly Imagine your desk and workstation without each other cable clutter Bluetooth technology on your handheld replaces many of the connecting cables with a wireless connection for tasks such as synchronizing your handheld with your computer Before You Begin Any device you connect Connect to other devices such as cameras and other handhelds to share files wirelessly to must also bea Wouldn t it be great if you could send files such as photos to another handheld Use the built in Bluetooth device Check Bluetooth tec
123. the messages from the server now CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Delete Old Messages Delete all messages in the Folder w Inbox Older than w One Week Delete Confirmation Q Delete message s from the handheld O Also delete message s on server IMPORTANT If you delete a message on the server you cannot retrieve it and view it again later c Select OK 4 Done 354 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip You can set a preference to automatically empty the trash Did You Know Many e mail providers such as Yahoo have size restrictions for mail storage If your mailbox on the server becomes full messages are returned to the senders Zire 72 Handheld Emptying the trash When you delete a message it moves to the Trash folder Deleted e mail accumulates in the Trash folder and takes up space on your handheld To increase memory you should empty the trash regularly 1 Open the Empty Trash dialog box a Open the menus b Select Empty Trash from the Message menu NOTE If Auto Empty Mail from Trash is selected in VersaMail Preferences a message asks if you want to delete the trash amp OPTIONAL Tap Details to see how many messages are in the trash and whether the messages are set to be deleted on the server Select one of the following options for emptying the trash To delete messages from your handheld as well as from th
124. the Contacts 22 application button Enable Tap to Connect software included on the a From the Contacts list open the menus CD You must also complete all the b Select Options and then select Preferences prerequisites for the e mail and messaging c Tap Enable Tap to Connect and then tap OK applications i Y Continued To use Tap to Connect with your handheld s built in Bluetooth technology you must set up a phone connection To use it with your handheld s IR port run Phone Link Updater and then use the Phone Link application to set up a phone connection Zire 72 Handheld 128 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts 3 Make a connection with Tap to Connect a Select the contact you want Work 555 234 1939 obile 555 234 9191 mail tsailee example com Tap to edit Connecting b Select the entry you want to use to connect For example to dial a phone number select the number you want to dial To address an e mail message select an e mail address c Tap the entry to edit it if needed For example you might need to add an area code or country code to a phone number b Done Zire 72 Handheld 129 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Working with Contacts on your computer Use Contacts on your computer to view and manage the contacts you create on your handheld Check out the online Help in Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Contacts on y
125. the Internet s 477 Setting preferences for USING a proxy Server sesser 479 Related tO PiCS yirino ananya iaraa a EEN Eaa 481 Chapter 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld seiirsisviisvnnscnnivetcnninecienvsredcansatenennsavedbiiauisnenenccens 482 Dialing a NUMBER siise eaaa ra ETa 483 Entering a NUMD ET ooo ceeceeeeeeeeceeeceeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeaaeeaeesaaeseasessaeteaeeaes 483 Redialing the most recently used NUMDETF ssssrscssrsrsrererenrn 484 Dialing a number from the Call History LiSt sssscsrccrersrenren 485 Using Speed dial siisiisseciecisiecscerteivesqceetin tus seecntiveedenevaven neeeniesdtvieaneanteeide 486 Adding a speed dial entry o cceecececeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeseeeesaeenaaes 486 Dialing a number USING speed dial oo eee eeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 487 Editing a speed dial entry c ecceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaesneeesaeenaes 488 Related tO Pi CS raissa aayan a ear aa ENEE aN 489 Chapter 22 Sharing Infomation ssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 490 Using the Send command eeesecesceesceseeceeeeeeeeeteseeeeaaecaaeeeaeeseeeteeeseeeeeees 491 Sending information from within an application using Bluetooth technology ssssssssssesssrissrsssrnrnsinssrnrrrerensrennes 491 Sending a Category sais ssesesiyecsgern si niaig iaaa aSa Naaa 493 Sending an application sssssssssssssssssessesresrsrneinrtnstnerinstnnsennnnennennen 494 Using the Send command with the VersaMail applica
126. the front of your handheld or with the application icons on the Home screen Using the application buttons Press an application button to turn on your handheld and to open the application for that button Calendar Camera Contacts Music Using the Home screen Turn on your handheld tap Home O and tap an application icon such as Note Pad Home icon 33 Tip You can also open the handheld menus by tapping the application title in the upper left corner of the screen When the menus are open you can use the navigator to select menus and menu items Zire 72 Handheld Moving Around in Applications Switching between applications You can switch between applications at any time J ust tap Home and select an icon on the Home screen or press an application button Your handheld automatically saves your work in the current application and switches to the other application Using menus Menus let you access additional features and settings They are easy to use and once you master them in one application you know how to use them in all your applications 1 Open an application Zz 2 Tap Menu to open the menus Application YM are i ig Record title N J Menu icon 34 Moving Around in Applications 3 Tap a menu title and then tap a menu item y Done Using the Command stroke Tip Most menu items also have a Graffiti 2 command letter which
127. the mail client and or the incoming mail server has been changed since the last synchronization To view the Account Overview screen click the selected account name File Help ioe Saausty gt Ejeka VersaMail a Mail Client Sync Setup Account Overview Speakeasy Advanced Sync Options l Handheld Settings E Work Email E VersaMail The account is active Yes Attachment Conversion This account has been synchronized Yes This account was last synchronized Wednesday February 04 2004 This account is using the desktop mail client Direct POP connection to server The desktop mail client for this account has changed No since the last HotSync operation The incoming mail server for this account was No changed on the Windows desktop since the last HotSync operation Available Accounts 3 Configured Accounts 1 Active Accounts 1 Handheld Settings Overview The Handheld Settings Overview screen lists the server protocol display name e mail address incoming and outgoing mail server addresses and whether APOP or ESMTP authentication is required Zire 72 Handheld 383 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages To view the Handheld Settings Overview screen under the selected account name click Handheld Settings Mail Client Sync Setup Handheld Settings Overview Speakeasy Advanced Sync Options Work Email VersaMall Server Protocol POP Attachme
128. the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com Moving around e Opening applications myzire72 e Using menus Calendar Color coding your events in Calendar Support If you re having problems Photos and Organizing photos or videos into albums with categories or anything Videos else on your handheld go to i a Sharing Beaming a category to another Palm OS handheld www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 534 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications In this chapter Checking space and version numbers Installing the additional software from the CD Installing other applications and files Removing an application from your handheld Removing Palm Desktop software from your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Did you ever think you could use your handheld to manage your weight loss program How about using it to track the details of your round of golf There are thousands of applications available for Palm OS handhelds Add the ones you need to help you get the most out of your handheld no matter what you re doing Benefits of installing applications e Add more applications to your handheld e Add photos to your handheld e Add MP3 and video files to your expansion card e Use Addit to easily find new applications for your handheld e Install Microsoft Office files 535 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Application
129. to help you enter information quickly All fields except numeric and e mail fields The first letter is automatically palmOne Media capitalized Tip Title Company City and State As you enter letters a match appears if you If multiple contacts share have one on your Contacts list For example if you enter S Sacramento might information such as a appear and if you then enter a and n San Francisco might replace Sacramento company name and When the word you want appears tap the next field address you can enter et the first contact and then Address You can enter up to three addresses each containing five fields Addr ae City State Zip Code and Country You can designate an address as work W copy the information into ition conics home H or other O By default the first address is designated as work 3 amp OPTIONAL Add a photo eens Untied First name Lee a Tap the Picture box b Select one of the following Title Camera Lets you take a photo Worki and add it to a contact when you select Save Photos Lets you select and add a photo from palmOne Media Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 114 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Tip If you want a reminder 4 amp OPTIONAL Adda about a birthday select birthday ORRE Unfiled the Reminder check box enter the number of days a Tap the Birthday box before the birthday that Zip Code you want to se
130. to session Max cache size Tap to change the maximum cache size used to store web pages The default size of the cache is 1 024KB and the maximum size is 9 999KB Tap OK y Done Preferences M Accept cookies O Clear cache on exit Max cache size 1024 k Cache used E ____ 476 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Setting preferences for connecting to the Internet Before You Begin By default these options 1 are disabled If you havea faster or more permanent connection to the Internet such as a 2 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Open the General Preferences dialog box wireless Ethernet a attachment the default a Open the menus settings should work for you b Select Options and then select Preferences Did You Know c Tap General Because some wireless Internet service providers ISPs charge by the amount of data you download your handheld is careful to limit how often it accesses the Internet If you have a slower or more expensive Internet connection you can set the Internet connection preferences to help reduce your access costs Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 477 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web 3 Zire 72 Handheld Set any of the following Internet connection preference options Offer old content if available Old pages from cache are displayed instead of new versions being retrieved from the Internet even if the old pages are outda
131. upper right corner If the attachment is not downloaded a paper clip icon doesn t appear even though the message was sent with an attachment You must download the attachment for the paper clip icon to appear Y Continued Inbox 4 2 5 gt Haf Paper clip icon From Travis Washington lt trwashjr hotmail com gt Subj these are funny Scope out the new MSN Plus Internet Software optimizes dial up to the max v CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 4 Zire 72 Handheld Do one of the following depending on the attachment file type Viewable file text Word document task HTML graphic and so on Tap the name of the attachment you want to view and then tap View If there are multiple viewers registered on your handheld for the attachment file type either use the default viewer shown or select a viewer from the list For example if you have two photo viewing applications on your handheld and you select a photo attachment on the list the Viewer pick list appears containing the names of the photo viewing applications Tap the pick list and then select the application you want to use to view the photo attachment If there is only one viewer registered for the attachment file type the viewer is shown without a list Palm OS application or database file PRC or PDB Tap the name of the attachment you want and then tap Install The file is installed automatically Compressed Zip file Tap the n
132. use your provider s network as the connection type for the account e Some wireless service providers have other requirements specific to their service For example Yahoo requires you to set up POP mail forwarding for your Yahoo account to download e mail messages to your handheld Check with your service provider to see if any provider specific requirements exist e Service provider settings frequently change If your e mail account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your service provider to see if any of the account settings have changed I am having problems sending and receiving e mail Short periods of time when e mail is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or e mail service provider to verify that the service is working properly My auto get mail is not working e If auto get is occurring and you turn your handheld off or the connection to your e mail service provider is disconnected the auto get fails e If you are attempting an auto get over a network you must be in range of a network access point for the auto get to work Zire 72 Handheld 636 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions I can receive e mail fine but am having problems sending e mail If you are able to receive e mail messages but cannot send them try these steps in turn e Make sure your ISP or e mai
133. video clips 101 video mode 231 video recording options 234 video recording screen 231 videos See also Media application adding notes to 244 245 attaching to e mail 369 converting formats for 228 copying 253 255 501 deleting 254 displaying 29 228 237 238 finding 237 jumping to specific sections 233 pausing 232 233 playing 237 previewing 233 235 236 recording 22 231 253 recording sounds for 235 saving 228 231 233 253 sharing 255 sorting 249 storing 102 synchronizing 10 viewing details of 245 View Bookmarks command 453 View By pick list 565 View Log command 77 View Saved Pages option 459 viewer 458 viewing application groups 530 application icons 622 632 application information 17 536 applications 26 105 533 appointments 152 155 156 157 bookmarks 453 calculators 26 Category pick list 161 162 Command toolbar 36 contact information 118 123 current date and time 23 552 556 e mail attachments 364 458 events 145 162 163 expansion card information 26 expense reports 26 expenses 212 files 460 Graffiti 2 alternate strokes 581 hidden or masked entries 507 Home screen 24 33 37 HotSync log 77 images 228 460 470 information 19 25 533 items in lists 38 memos 184 menus 24 notes 195 online documentation xxii PDF files 29 personal calendars 132 photos 228 237 238 pick lists 25 schedules 152 154 156 157 slide shows 239 240 song lists 265 space information 536 tasks 15
134. which the day month and year appear and which symbol separates the segments Week starts Controls whether applications treat Sunday or Monday as the first day of the week Numbers Controls the decimal and thousands separator symbols 4 Select Done b Done Zire 72 Handheld 578 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Zire 72 Handheld Customizing the way you enter information Your handheld lets you choose how you enter information You can choose the writing area choose Graffiti 2 strokes and create shortcuts to make entering information faster Choosing the input area You can write Graffiti 2 characters in the input area or you can turn on Writing Area Preferences and use the full screen for Graffiti 2 writing you do not have to write in the input area 1 Open Writing Area Preferences Preferences Write anywhere on screen a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs a c Select Writing Area __ Write Graffiti 2 letters 5 on the left side of the screen and numbers on the right Tap one of the following and then select Done On Turns on the full screen writing area When you select this option a check box appears for you to choose if you want to see your strokes as you write Off Turns off the full screen writing area When you select this option you must use the input area for Graffiti 2 writing 4 Done 3579 CHAPTER 27 Before You Begin Turn on Writing Area Prefer
135. you ll find how to information Look for these cues in instructions Y Continued Cue that means the procedure continues on the next page 4 Done Cue that signals the end of the procedure You re done IMPORTANT A step that you must follow otherwise you could experience an error or even lose information amp OPTIONAL A step you might find useful N NOTE Information that applies only in certain cases or that tells more about a procedure step WINDOWS ONLY A procedure or text that applies to one platform only In most cases if you see one heading check the following or preceding sections for MAC ONLY the other Sometimes there is no Mac counterpart for a Windows procedure or text this feature is not available to Mac users Zire 72 Handheld Xx Links Links appear as underlined words in sidebars and other places throughout this guide In this chapter Links on the first page of each chapter that send you to a specific section Related topics Links that send you to other topics in this guide to learn about more things you can do with an application or feature Sidebars Before You Begin Things you must complete before you can do the steps described in a procedure or group of procedures Tip A suggestion on how to use a feature more fully a shortcut a pointer to a related feature Did You Know An interesting fact about the topic being described may include a link to more information gt gt
136. you must change it on your handheld also 1 On your computer open the VersaM ail configuration screen a Click the HotSync Manager icon G9 on the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen b Select Custom c Select VersaM ail from the list and then click Change Check handheld settings a On the VersaMail Configuration For User screen click the plus sign to the left of the account whose settings you want to check b Under the account name click the plus sign to the left of Handheld Settings and then click Account Information c Make sure that the information that appears on the screen is correct for this account Edit any information that is not correct Y Continued CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip If you set up an account 3 on your handheld as synchronize only you do Check server settings a If you plan to send and receive e mail wirelessly from your handheld under not need to check the the account name click Server Settings server settings for this account b Make sure that the information that appears on the screen is correct for this account Edit any information that is not correct Note the following e If you want to synchronize e mail for an account that requires APOP authentication select the option to use APOP on your handheld e If you want to synchronize e mail for an account that requires ESMTP authentication for example Yahoo accounts re
137. you synchronized before doing a hard reset you can now put that information back on your handheld However you may need to re enter some of your personal settings as well as your color coded categories in Calendar WINDOWS ONLY 1 Open the Custom menu in the HotSync application a Click the HotSync M anager GI icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of the screen b Click Custom 2 Select the correct username from the list at the top of the box Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 614 CHAPTER 28 Maintaining Your Handheld 3 Set the transfer options a Select an application in the eee Conduit list and then click OA C sreeristens e Change ofa Desktop overwrites handheld T Set as default S Geo Handheld overwrites Desktop b Select Desktop overwrites a handheld i NOTE This change applies only to the next synchronization c Click OK 4 Repeat step 3 for the other applications in the list that you want to restore and then click Done 5 Synchronize your handheld with your computer b Done Zire 72 Handheld 615 CHAPTER 28 Community To explore the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com myzire72 Support If you re having problems with resets or with anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld Maintaining Your Handheld Related topics Click a link below to learn about these related
138. your computer it will be replaced by the information from your handheld and you will lose the changes you made on your computer Do Nothing No synchronization occurs so any changes made on either your handheld or your computer are not updated in the other location Y Continued 95 Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer MAC ONLY 1 To use the option you select on an ongoing basis select the Set as default check box If you do not select this box the option you select applies only the next time you synchronize Thereafter information is updated according to the default setting Synchronize the files Click OK and then click Done y Done Select the application you want to customize a Double click the Palm Desktop icon gy in the Palm folder b From the HotSync menu select Conduit Settings c From the User pop up menu select the appropriate username d Select an application e Click Conduit Settings Y Continued 96 ab or Tip You should generally keep the default setting Synchronize the files for all applications Choose an overwrite option only if you have a specific reason for sending updates only one way Choose Do Nothing if you never use an application Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Choose how information is updated during the next synchronization HotSync action for Photos O Synchronize the files
139. your maximum message size only part of the message is displayed Tap the More button to view the entire message From Angela Yee lt angyee7 1 hotmail com gt Subj review comments for your approval There are now three new levels of MSN Hotmail Extra Storage Learn more v Tap More to view the Os enire fieeeane 329 CHAPTER 18 Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Selecting whether to receive messages as HTML or plain text By default the VersaMail application is set to receive mail in HTML format This means that any e mail messages sent as HTML are displayed on your handheld with basic HTML formatting intact including the following e Boldface e Italics e Underlining e Colored words e Bullet lists e Numbered lists e Line breaks For certain types of graphics for example J PEG or GIF files the graphic may be displayed as a URL in the body of the e mail message In some cases you can tap the URL to open the graphic Messages sent as plain text are displayed as plain text only and any text stripped of its HTML formatting is displayed as plain text as well You can set the application to receive all messages as plain text only regardless of the format in which they were sent If you choose this option only the text of any messages sent in HTML format is displayed NOTE The VersaMail application sends all messages as plain text only with all HTML tags stripped even i
140. 0 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Zire 72 Handheld 6 amp OPTIONAL If the web page is larger than your screen you can tap and drag the stylus to move the web page in any direction to view different parts of the web page This feature is disabled when you turn on Writing Area Preferences and use the full screen for Graffiti 2 writing b Done 451 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Bookmarking your favorite pages Bookmarking your favorite web pages allows you to quickly return to those pages Key Term Bookmark A pointertoa web page The actual page is not stored only the URL Also called a Favorite in some browsers Tip You can set your bookmark list as your start page Zire 72 Handheld Adding a bookmark 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Go to the web page that you want to bookmark Open the Bookmark Page dialog box a Open the menus b Select Page and then select Add Bookmark amp OPTIONAL Change the bookmark name URL or category Select Save b Done 452 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Viewing a bookmarked page Tip You can also view your 1 list of bookmarks by selecting View Bookmarks from the Page 2 menu Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Tap the Bookmark icon A 3 View the page Bookmarks iy Category All a Select the name of the bookmarked page you want to visit b Select Go
141. 1 CHAPTER 3 Moving Around in Applications In this chapter Opening applications Using menus Using the 5 way navigator Finding information Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Have you ever been to a new city and felt a bit lost until you figured out that the numbered streets run North South and the avenues run East West Learning to move around your handheld is similar Most Palm OS applications use the same set of application controls So once you learn how to use these standard controls you ll be driving all over town and you won t even need a map Benefits of your Zire 72 handheld e Find and open applications quickly e Access extra features with menus e Move around applications with one hand using the 5 way navigator e Locate information in any application with the Find feature 32 oa Did You Know You can reassign the application buttons to open whichever applications you choose Tip Handheld on already Tap the Home icon to go to the Home screen Did You Know You can use a favorite photo as the background for your Home screen Tip Don t want to scroll through icons on the Home screen Write the first letter of the application name in the input area to jump to the first application that begins with that letter Zire 72 Handheld Moving Around in Applications Opening applications You can open applications with the application buttons on
142. 1 FE on the navigator or tap Press the Contacts application button the Quick Look Up icon at the top of the screen to open the Quick Look Up 2 line Press Up and Down Search for the contact Contacts 302 555 9512M to select the letter of the a Tap the Look Up line at the Malita JT jtm jtm com name you want in each bottom of the screen and gt Nguyen Mai 555 3434 W box and press Right to enter the first letter of the Nosuch Don donn example com j Sanagala Srivinas 954 555 1234 H move to the next box Haine YO Wane tonne Speier Lane 831 555 7534M 650 555 9278 W p Did You Know b Enter the second letter of the The Phone Looku name and so on until you Venkat Raja raja anyisp com ee can easily scroll to the contact feature lets you add contact information directly into certain other applications on your 3 handheld For example you can add a name and phone number to a b Done memo or task you want Select the contact to open it Zire 72 Handheld 121 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Deleting a contact Tip You never know when 1 re a you re going to need to Press the Contacts application button look up an old business associate If you save an archive copy of your 2 Open the Delete Contact dialog DelakeCantace deleted contacts you can box Pelete selected refer to them later by Contact i i a Locate the contact you want importing them y M
143. 12 Performing Calculations sssnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 199 Calculator DUECONS asic sce eseeesteascceeaet ae E eee AEE 200 Viewing recent calculations s iiiccsiecssncessctotacsdetseneduvdaenssodete eea 201 Related TOPO CS zae aeee aaa deta aany aa E aa 202 Chapter 13 Managing Your EXpensSesS s sssssssssssessseees 203 Adding AN EXPENSE cecssssecessecessseeceseeeesenecesenseesecaeeesenueeseeeessaaeesseneeess 204 Choosing CULFENCY OPTIONS si cic ceessnesesseadneeesseneetenveenee eeetstiiaaeestenier eee 206 Customizing the currency Pick list c ec eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 206 Presetting the currency symbol o eeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 207 Creating a currency symbol cece cette eeeee eee e test tees eeeee sees eeeaeeeaaees 208 Deleting EXPSNSES inp an iaaa a i ena aa aaa aaiae 210 Deleting an individual expense ssssssssssssrssrssresrrssrrrerrressrnnseseses 210 Deleting an entire category Of expenses esieeessrerrrererrreree n 211 Customizing the expense liSt ssssseesssessssresesssrrresssrssrnntnsrnrstnernnetnnnnen 212 Working with Expense on your COMPUTES sssssesseessiesrssrrrrrreersrrrsressrn 213 Related tOpiGS misinis inoia sitolacsactviaeeci alvdeveccasdutduaes sladeeneeiuialeanclvaetes 214 Chapter 14 Recording Voice MeMOS s1ssssssssssssseeee 215 Creating a VOICSIMEMIO ssanie a aaa a aa aiaa 216 Creating a quick voice memo using the applicat
144. 13 620 uniform resource locators See URLs uninstalling applications 621 Palm Desktop software 547 unplugging power adapter 6 unread e mail messages 152 161 357 Unread pick list 342 unrecognized devices 278 unscheduled events 136 unscheduled time slots 161 untimed events 115 135 136 140 162 unvisited links 473 Unvisited Links pick list 473 up arrow controls 25 updating information 60 73 74 93 owner information 587 software 10 third party applications 8 upgrades 4 7 299 536 uploading from web sites 444 photos 463 uppercase letters 46 47 580 URLs accessing web pages with 444 447 changing 452 454 connecting to Internet from 455 456 e mail and 352 sending 462 setting auto completion option for 472 specifying Home page 467 tapping from other applications 455 visiting cached pages from 464 USB connectors 22 680 USB port 8 23 77 Use APOP check box 406 Use calling card check box 599 Use proxy server check box 480 Use Secure Connection option 308 311 user profiles 11 16 User s Guide xx xxii 643 usernames assigning to handhelds 11 dial up accounts and 284 e mail accounts and 299 301 e mail addresses and 598 encrypting 406 finding in e mail addresses 305 hard resets and 613 network connections and 292 searching for 121 service profiles and 601 setting 288 synchronizing 76 303 upgrades and 7 validating 316 Users folder 547 user specific information 11 vacations 140 validating use
145. 13 14 1516 17 1819 2021 2223242526 2728293031 Scroll arrows Month View icon Do any of the following to view a yearly calendar e Tap the year selector to scroll to the previous or next year or tap Go To to choose a specific year e Tap the scroll arrows to see months that don t fit on the screen e Tap a month to go to that month in Month View Ry Done 158 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Finding events that overlap When an event starts before a previous event finishes the events overlap You can spot events that overlap in Week View and in Day View ORAA sM W Es gt events Customizing your calendar Control the appearance of your Calendar screens Choose display options for Agenda View Day View and Month View The options you choose for each View apply only to that View You can also choose alarm and start and end time settings Zire 72 Handheld 159 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Customizing display options for your calendar 1 2 Zire 72 Handheld T Press the Calendar application button Open the Display Options dialog Display Options 77 box Default View v Agenda a Open the menus O Day Month M Show Due Tasks M Show Messages M Background i b Select Options and then select Display Options Tap the Default View pick list and select the view you want to see when you open Calendar Y Continued 160 CHAPTER 8 Managing Y
146. 16 system requirements for 2 timing out 625 troubleshooting 585 617 turning itself off 621 turning on accidentally 588 turning on and off 6 33 588 upgrading 4 7 viewing applications on 19 533 viewing information on 19 waking up 296 handwriting 623 See also Graffiti 2 writing hard resets 513 613 614 620 header options e mail 409 headphone jack 21 611 664 headphones 611 headsets 21 586 611 help xxi 17 25 52 512 643 Help menu 624 hiding action bar Web Pro 450 address fields 445 450 currency symbols 212 private entries 504 506 High Quality option 471 highlighting menu commands 40 See also selection highlight high resolution images 471 high speed connections 286 high speed data services 597 high speed wireless carrier 277 hints 25 512 See also help History dialog box 201 464 History list 464 Holiday Files folder 165 holidays 135 137 139 Home icon 24 33 34 home page 448 466 468 Home Page check box 467 Home Page icon 466 Home Page option 468 Home screen customizing 565 displaying 24 33 37 displaying icons on 622 632 moving around in 37 opening applications on 33 opening category lists on 105 returning to 37 Zire 72 Handheld selecting applications on 26 37 switching between applications on 34 viewing application list for 26 hosts 602 HotSync cable connecting to networks from 82 connecting to PCs with 8 23 disconnecting 77 79 624 reconnecting 79 synchronizing with 76 77 83
147. 183 Memos icon 26 Memos list 183 184 185 menu bar 34 Menu icon 24 34 622 menu shortcuts 35 menus 24 34 40 messages See also e mail text messages adding multimedia files to 416 attaching photos to 422 423 668 automatically resending 333 connection types for 277 creating multimedia 255 416 displaying unread 152 161 downloading large 361 363 getting 429 430 432 receiving 277 recording voice 21 removing confirmation 196 sending plain text 330 331 setting alarms for 561 synchronizing 304 Messages application benefits of 416 installing 28 opening 417 retrieving messages 429 430 432 sending multimedia messages 419 424 sending text messages 417 troubleshooting 442 Messages application icon 28 Messages option 320 microphone 22 235 Microsoft Exchange accounts 371 376 Microsoft Internet Explorer See Internet Ex plorer Microsoft Outlook See Outlook Microsoft Windows systems See Windows information Microsoft Word application 185 Microsoft Word documents 28 74 298 359 457 Mini view Web Pro 450 missing applications 26 622 missing icons 622 Zire 72 Handheld MMS format 419 MMS messaging 28 mobile devices 117 123 mobile phones accessing e mail accounts from 314 accessing Internet with 277 attaching modems to 591 beaming to 300 connecting to 277 280 286 596 634 connecting to Internet from 286 creating trusted pairs for 280 634 dialing 125 126 482 dialing in to networks from 82 f
148. 2 161 174 178 179 unread messages 152 161 URLs 447 videos 29 228 237 238 web pages 449 453 457 459 460 World Clock 27 562 views Calendar 154 156 157 158 views multimedia files 236 virtual private networks 301 302 virus scanning software 617 visited links 473 Visited Links pick list 473 Voice Memo application additional information for 226 backing up information in 28 opening 27 216 217 overview 215 playing messages from 220 saving memos to expansion card 224 setting alarms 222 troubleshooting 226 Voice Memo button 21 27 216 Voice Memo list 220 voice memos 10 21 22 216 volume adjusting alarm 561 586 adjusting modem 594 adjusting speaker 221 disabling speaker 586 Volume setting connections 594 VPNs 301 302 WwW Wait For command 605 Wait For Prompt command 605 Waiting for sender message 629 waking up handhelds 296 Warn over option 440 warnings 621 647 warranty 619 web addresses 444 462 472 See also URLS web browsers 277 470 web pages accessing 444 445 446 bookmarking favorites 452 464 caching 475 changing bookmarks for 452 454 changing link colors on 473 clearing cache for 476 displaying 459 460 downloading 457 479 exchanging 481 finding information on 447 hiding address fields for 445 450 loading from e mail 352 loading last viewed 468 moving 451 moving through 448 opening 459 460 470 removing from History list 464 renaming saved 458 resizing cache for 476 retri
149. 2 World Wide Web See web pages web sites writing area 19 23 46 48 52 Writing Area Preferences screen 579 writing in your own handwriting 189 writing tool 21 610 writing with Graffiti 2 characters 45 56 580 X XLS files 359 Y Year View 158 year selecting 554 576 yearly events 137 yearly tasks 171 173 Z ZIP files 360 628 Zire handhelds See handhelds zoom camera 230 zoom controls 242 zoom options M edia 243 zoom settings photos 235 zooming in and out of photos 242 Zire 72 Handheld 684
150. 201 contacts 114 116 120 files 457 information 70 photos 253 255 501 service profiles 598 videos 255 501 copying and pasting 70 copy protected applications 109 corporate e mail accounts 299 301 302 country information 578 CPUs backing up system information for 75 configuring e mail accounts on 306 connecting to 8 277 287 copying information to 501 customizing connections for 594 displaying primary settings for 88 entering information with 60 entering network information for 83 managing schedules from 165 overwriting information on 95 97 preinstalled software for 27 removing Palm Desktop software 547 synchronization options for 90 92 synchronizing with 74 75 76 289 630 transferring music from 259 262 troubleshooting synchronization problems 624 updating information from 95 97 Cradle Cable setting 594 creating appointments 133 bookmarks 452 464 business cards 119 categories 527 company specific information 11 connections 593 594 contacts 67 113 116 121 391 461 e mail accounts 303 307 371 e mail attachments 463 e mail messages 330 334 461 463 expense records 204 206 207 filters 392 images 422 login scripts 604 657 memos 182 183 184 multi day events 140 multimedia messages 255 new locations 557 notes 190 244 owner information 587 passwords 288 507 508 513 personal calendars 133 personal signatures 310 338 photo albums 246 playlists 267 268 plug in applications 607
151. 3 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Working with root folders For IMAP accounts if you want to synchronize e mail messages on your handheld with messages on the mail server folder you need to enter the root folder for the account on your handheld Depending on your e mail provider the root folder could be a single folder or it could bea subfolder of the Inbox If this is the case you need to enter inbox lt foldername gt as the root folder Check with your e mail provider to find out the root folder for your IMAP account Using Secure Socket Layer SSL Secure Socket Layer SSL is a protocol designed to ensure that data you send or receive over a network or the Internet is secure and authentic The VersaMail application uses SSL to help guarantee the secure transmission of e mail messages that you send or receive When you set up an account in the VersaMail application you are given the option of selecting SSL for incoming and outgoing mail IMPORTANT For most e mail providers that support SSL you must select SSL for both incoming and outgoing mail If you select just one or the other your messages cannot be sent or received successfully Keep the following in mind regarding SSL e If you set up an account that uses an SSL connection on Outlook Outlook Express or Eudora then SSL is supported in the VersaM ail conduit when you synchronize with that account as well e You cannot use auto get m
152. 535 540 marking private entries in 505 moving around in 32 not finding 26 622 opening 24 33 37 60 105 571 organizing 42 527 532 overview 535 related topics for 42 550 removing categories in 529 removing connections for 593 renaming categories 528 selecting 26 33 37 setting preferences for 570 573 setting primary location for 553 setting secondary locations for 556 soft resets and 620 specifying connections for 591 switching between 10 34 105 synchronizing 75 77 93 626 transferring information from 75 transferring to expansion cards 542 transferring to handheld 28 uninstalling 621 updating information for 60 73 74 93 updating third party 8 upgrading 536 appointments See also Calendar application events adding to calendar 133 adjusting for location 573 color coding 142 combining tasks with 132 displaying 155 156 157 entering from Outlook 10 removing from calendar 149 Zire 72 Handheld saving 134 scheduling 133 134 setting alarms for 560 setting duration of 134 setting timeframes for 163 sharing 20 viewing duration of 161 viewing unscheduled time slots for 161 archive folders 66 archived items 66 149 177 ASF formats 228 Ask before connecting option 478 assigned passwords 598 assigning actions to pen stroke 572 passwords 504 509 513 598 usernames to handheld 11 asterisk characters 113 Attach Signature check box 310 338 attachments adding 365 366 368 463 downloading 359 360 363
153. 56 displaying free 161 displaying recording 231 displaying specific periods of 161 entering current 56 entering display options for 163 incorrect 621 resetting 147 573 575 scheduling periods of 134 setting current 576 setting for alarms 146 170 194 560 setting location specific 27 554 573 unscheduled events and 136 time bars 161 time formats 577 578 time stamps 235 time zones 556 558 573 574 timed events 162 timeout intervals 407 Timeout option 407 timeout setting camera 230 tips xxi 17 25 Tips icon 24 25 To Do lists 167 168 170 See also tasks toolbars 36 top arrow controls 25 top panel controls 20 Zire 72 Handheld touch screen See screen TouchTone dialing 594 tracking expenses 26 203 transfer options 615 transferring applications 28 542 audio files 259 265 files 28 64 298 457 from outside sources 17 information 20 64 67 75 wirelessly 277 Trash folder 355 356 407 travel expenses 212 travel guides 102 trial software 538 troubleshooting 8 77 585 617 trusted connections 288 292 Trusted Devices option 293 trusted pair defined 280 trusted pairs 277 278 280 293 TSV files 64 turning handheld on and off 6 33 588 590 turning off alarms 561 turning off HotSync Manager 91 turning sounds off 586 tutorial 7 TXT files 64 U underlined links 448 underlined words in documentation xxi Undo icon 36 Unfiled category 528 unfiled items 498 unfreezing handheld 611 6
154. 564 619 external data sources 17 external devices 20 277 591 external files 99 external speaker 586 F fade setting 161 566 FAQs 617 FCC Statement 645 fields 25 116 117 118 File Link feature 99 file names 109 file types 228 540 files accessing 479 Zire 72 Handheld attaching to e mail 257 365 367 368 copying 457 displaying contents 458 displaying on expansion cards 107 460 downloading 359 457 installation prerequisites for 536 installing on handheld 74 540 541 installing on Mac computers 543 installing on Windows computers 540 locating 542 opening on expansion cards 106 opening text 359 removing 66 110 restoring archived 66 saving 457 sharing 277 synchronizing with external 99 transferring to handheld 28 64 298 457 troubleshooting uninstalled 627 filing events 134 filtering e mail 322 392 394 396 Filters dialog box 392 394 finances 203 527 See also Expense application Find dialog box 24 41 Find icon 24 41 Find More button 41 Find on Page command 447 finding contacts 121 files 542 information 24 41 overlapping events 159 firewalls 302 flow control connections 595 Flow Ctl pick list 595 Folder Synchronization Options setting 382 folders 344 346 382 542 625 Font command 568 font styles 568 fonts 332 342 449 567 568 Force GSM text option 440 forgetting passwords 512 form fields web pages 472 Format Card command 110 formats audio files 259 e mail messages 330 informat
155. B port on your computer and then insert the other end into the mini USB connector on your handheld b Make sure your handheld is on c Tap Star O 2 Select the profile you want to load on the handheld and E click OK User P Select User Done The next time you synchronize that handheld Palm Desktop software prompts you to assign a usemame to the handheld Zire 72 Handheld 16 CHAPTER 1 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great N o tips software accessories Synchronizing e Synchronizing your handheld with Palm Desktop software or Microsoft and more visit Outlook on your computer www palmOne com e Synchronizing wirelessly using Bluetooth technology on your myzire72 handheld e Using your company s network to synchronize information Support If you re having problems e Choosing whether or not to synchronize information for a specific with setup or anything else application on your handheld go to www palmOne com Transferring information to your handheld from an outside source such su zire72 as a file containing your company s phone list Installing and e Adding applications to your handheld Removing e Installing additional software from the CD e Deleting applications from your handheld e Viewing application information Customizi
156. BIS O Macintosh overwrites handheld Pa O Handheld overwrites Macintosh BE O Do Nothing Default setting Synchronize the files Make Default Cancel Cox Synchronize the files Information that is changed in one place your handheld or computer is updated in the other during synchronization Desktop overwrites handheld Information that has been changed on your computer is updated on your handheld during synchronization If information has been changed on your handheld it will be replaced by the information from your computer and you will lose the changes you made on your handheld Handheld overwrites Desktop Information that has been changed on your handheld is updated on your computer during synchronization If information has been changed on your computer it will be replaced by the information from your handheld and you will lose the changes you made on your computer Do Nothing No synchronization occurs so any changes made on either your handheld or your computer are not updated in the other location Y Continued 97 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer 3 To use the option you select on an ongoing basis click M ake Default If you do not select this box the option you select applies only the next time you synchronize Thereafter information is updated according to the default setting Synchronize the files 4 Click OK and then close the Conduit Settings window y Done Zire 72 Han
157. Category Enter a new category name Personal b Enter or edit the category name c Tap the color you want to give this category d Select OK and then select OK two more times Done The category name and its color coded marker appear on the category list 144 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Assigning a color code to an event Did You Know In Day View and Month 1 View you can set the Display Options to show the category list so that you can view all your 2 events or just the events for a single color code TE Press the Calendar application button Enter the event you want to color code 3 Tap the category marker next to the description and then select a category from the list Aug 31 06 KIBO BEC BEN ii category 8 0C Holiday marker 9 0C o Personal 10 0C o Unfiled 3 W100 aasiiiaionis Aug 31 06 KIBO GEC gt ik 8 00 X 9 00 10 00 11 00 12 00 1 00 2 00 3 00 4 00 FO cssssnnnnmnannnannnnannnne Done In Agenda View and Day View the category marker next to the event is color coded In Week View and Month View the symbol for the event is color coded Zire 72 Handheld 145 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Setting an alarm Tip You can customize your alam settings in the 1 Press the Calendar application button Calendar Preferences dialog box 2 Enter the event you want to assign an alarm to and the
158. Copying and pasting information on your handheld is similar to editing with word processing applications on your computer 1 2 Select the information you want to copy Copy the information a Open the menus b Select Edit and then select Copy Tap where you want to paste the information Select Edit and then select Paste b Done 70 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Deleting information Delete all or part of an entry with the Cut command Tip Delete information with 1 Graffiti 2 writing Select Select the information you want to delete the information and then draw a line from right to left in the input area 2 Delete the information a Open the menus b Select Edit and then select Cut b Done Zire 72 Handheld 71 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Related topics Community Click a link below to learn about these related topics To explore the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com Moving around e Opening applications myzire72 e Using menus 5 4 Sharing Beaming or sending information to another Palm OS handheld uppo If you re having problems Customizing e Selecting alternate ways to write some Graffiti 2 characters entering information or with anything else on your e Using the entire screen to write Graffiti 2 characters handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 e Creating your own Graffiti 2 ShortCuts Common Answers to frequently asked questio
159. D installation you chose a desktop software application to synchronize with your handheld You may have chosen Palm Desktop software at that time But if Microsoft Outlook already contains all of your contacts appointments tasks and notes you can change your synchronization method so that your handheld synchronizes with Outlook instead You can also change from Outlook to Palm Desktop software NOTE If you choose to synchronize with Microsoft Outlook Windows only information from Contacts Calendar Tasks and Memos is synchronized with Outlook Other information such as photos videos voice memos and notes is synchronized with Palm Desktop software 1 Insert the CD into your computer 2 Select Change your synchronization method 3 Follow the onscreen instructions for the desktop software you want to use b Done 10 CHAPTER 1 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Using Profiles Suppose your sales organization wants to distribute two dozen handhelds that all have a common company phone list a set of memos and several key applications A user profile can be created to install this information before the handhelds are distributed to employees When the employees synchronize for the first time this common information becomes part of their user specific information A user profile enables you to install the same information onto multiple Palm OS handhelds before each handheld is individualized with a unique username and us
160. Graffiti 2 writing the numeric keypad in the Create Password dialog box or the onscreen keyboard Zire 72 Handheld Keeping Your Information Private Creating a password 1 Open Security a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs c Select Security 2 Create a password a Tap the Password box b Enter a password and then select OK Y Continued Preferences Password Password box Auto Lock a Private Records v Show Create Password Enter letters or numbers 508 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Tip In Palm Desktop software you can require password entry for private info to display Open the Tools menu and select Options and then select Security Zire 72 Handheld 3 Confirm the password and enter a hint a Enter the password again and then select OK b Enter a hint to help you remember the password if you forget it and then select Done Select Done y Done Changing a password You can change your password at any time You must enter the current password before you can change it 1 Open Security Preferences a Go to the Home D screen Password Password box Quick Unlock b Select Prefs Pay Auto Lock c Select Secu rity Private Records v Show Y Continued 509 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Zire 72 Handheld Enter your current password Current Password Enter cur
161. HAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Tip Do you still need to add 9 something to a message Save the message in your drafts folder and finish it later Open the menus select M essage and then select Save as Draft When you want to work on it again select the categories pick list in the upper right corner and select Drafts 10 11 Zire 72 Handheld amp OPTIONAL Add text to your message a Select Add a caption b Enter the text tap Done and then select Done Show for 2 seconds amp OPTIONAL Add more slides to your message a Tap the Plus icon amp b Add text images or other features to the message Select to add acommon phrase Select to add an emoticon c Tap the Show for pick list and select the time you want each slide to show before moving to the next slide Select Send y Done 424 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Requesting a receipt for sent text messages Did You Know Wondering if your text 1 Go to the Home screen and select Messages B message was received Requesting a receipt assures you that your 2 message got through Open the Advanced Settings dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Advanced Settings 3 Set request setting Advanced Settings a Select Text O Leave Messages On SIM O Force GSM Text b Select the Req
162. HAPTER 4 Entering Information How can enter information Graffiti 2 writing see below The onscreen keyboard Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook on your computer Import information from other applications e Phone Lookup Note Pad e Visit www palmOne com myzire72 and click the Accessories link to get an accessory keyboard additional fees may apply e Receive information beamed from another Palm OS handheld Bluetooth technology Install Documents To Go from the CD to transfer files in Microsoft Word Excel or PowerPoint to your handheld The most popular methods are using Graffiti 2 writing the onscreen keyboard and Palm Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook on your computer Entering information with Graffiti 2 writing You can enter info directly on your handheld with Graffiti 2 writing Graffiti 2 writing includes any character you can type on a standard keyboard Entering these characters on your handheld is very similar to the way you naturally write letters numbers and symbols But instead of using a pen and paper you use the stylus and the input area on your handheld With only a few minutes of practice you can learn to use Graffiti 2 writing and help is always only a tap away Zire 72 Handheld 45 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Whiting Graffiti 2 characters a Did You Know You can set up your handheld so you can write on the entire scre
163. HotSync icon 26 571 HotSync log 77 HotSync Manager See also synchronizing infrared option missing 629 not responding 627 restoring information from 614 starting 26 91 290 turning off 91 HotSync Manager icon 76 624 HotSync menu 544 HotSync Online Troubleshooting Guide 624 HotSync technology 76 how to information xx HTM files 359 460 HTML files 359 455 458 460 HTML messages 330 331 352 hyperlinks 448 473 See also URLs l ICES Statement 646 icons application 26 565 571 Command toolbar 36 input area 23 missing 622 selecting 33 VersaM ail application 328 340 384 ICS files 64 359 idle timeouts 602 image files 228 359 455 460 540 images changing download preferences for 470 compressing 471 creating 422 displaying 228 470 downloading 359 selecting download quality 471 IMAP mail folders 412 413 414 IMAP mail servers 372 377 IMAP protocol 301 304 IMAP servers 305 307 358 importing contacts 131 information 12 64 99 Inbox 311 326 341 Inbox icons 328 incoming mail options 307 400 401 Incoming mail server option 399 incoming mail servers 300 305 incompatible applications 640 incorrect dates and time 621 indicator light 21 Info command 536 Info dialog box 536 information accessing 36 504 backing up 5 8 27 75 102 beaming 496 500 categorizing 526 530 caution for entering 21 caution for hard resets and 613 changing categories for 531 combining in different categories 528 copying and p
164. IOS sisone aoina taii ari 53 Writing Graffiti 2 symbols and other special characters s s s 54 Graffiti 2 symbols and Special characters ccscecssessssesssseeeeenees 55 Writing Graffiti 2 SHOrCUtS ass c sisscccactivsssegesnstessdinieee ceded naiai 56 Graffiti 2 SMOPCUIS sicessssisteccseeiseccess ters cunaease caer etestueseivaseecdsifeniecgecness 57 Entering information with the onscreen keyboard c ceeeeeeeeeeees 58 Entering information with your COMPUTET ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteteeeeees 60 Importing information from other applications eceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 64 Restoring archived items ON your COMPUTED ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeteeees 66 Entering info from Contacts into another application s s s 67 Zire 72 Handheld iv Editing informati Misesa aaki 69 Sele ting INformations isena ginei taitaia 69 Copying and pasting information sssirssrrriiiviianerisiuin resinas 70 Deleting information cece eee eeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeestieeeeaeeeaee 74 Related TOPICS issiria araa aa San 72 Chapter 5 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your COMpuUter sssssenssonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 73 Why synchronize information sssssssissis isisisi asnan 74 What information iS synchronized s ssssssssesssissrrsrrerissrrnrrnsrrsrrnsrrsnrnens 75 HOW do I SYNCHIONIZE isisisi tapasan apk niani 76 Synchronizing with a cable sssssssssssssrssisssissrrsrnesesennsensnnrener
165. MB available hard disk space e Monitor that supports screen resolution of 800 X 600 or better e One available USB port e CD or DVD drive for installing Palm Desktop software from the CD that came with your handheld or you can download Palm Desktop software by visiting our web site at www palmOne com support intl Ry NOTE Palm Desktop software that is downloaded from the palmOne web site does not include additional software available on the CD Zire 72 Handheld 3 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Step 1 Charging your handheld Before You Begin If you re upgrading from 1 another PainvOs Plug the power adapter into your new handheld and into an outlet handheld synchronize Do not connect the HotSync your old handheld with cable to your handheld until your old desktop later software Tip After the initial charge charge your handheld at least half an hour every day 2 Charge your handheld for three hours Be sure your handheld is fully charged before going on to Step 2 b Done Zire 72 Handheld 4 Zire 72 Handheld Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer What you should know about your handheld s battery While your handheld is charging take a minute to learn about the battery e If you see an alert on the screen warning you that the battery is low synchronize to back up your information then recharge your handheld This helps prevent accidental loss of infor
166. MP TIFF uncompressed and GIF on your handheld or from an expansion card inserted into the expansion slot NOTE There is no palmOne Media desktop application on Mac computers You can view videos on your handheld from an expansion card in MPEG 1 and ASF MPEG 4 file format On a Windows computer send the video to the expansion card from the palmOne Media desktop application or palmOne Quick Install by synchronizing The videos are converted to a format your handheld can play and are optimized for viewing on the handheld On a Mac computer drag the video to the Send To Handheld droplet and then synchronize Videos are converted to MPEG 1 format from a Mac For both Windows and Mac computers note that there are numerous video formats and even many variations within the MPEG 1 and ASF M PEG 4 formats If you insert an expansion card containing a video file into your handheld s expansion slot your handheld may not be able to view the video The same is true if you try to view a video file using the palmOne Media desktop application on your Windows computer If you are unsure if a format is supported try viewing it with the desktop application first if you can view the video file there the chances are greater that you can view it on your handheld as well IMPORTANT For information on converting videos on a Mac to download to your handheld see the Photo Video Audio readme file in the documents folder on the CD included with your h
167. Mail conduit configuration screen a Click the HotSync Manager icon GI on the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen b Select Custom c Select VersaM ail from the list and then click Change Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 372 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages I alo A Sy Did You Know An active account is an account you ve set up for synchronization Tip Select the check box Enable Informational Logging if you want the HotSync log to record information such as errors encountered about the conduit during synchronization Zire 72 Handheld y Done Select Synchronize Active Accounts e ni on Foi t File Help ioe Saausty Ejea VersaMail E Work Email HotSync Action For YersaMail E VersaMail Attachment Conversion oe Qu B C Do Nothing Set Selection As Default Synchronize Active Accounts T Enable Informational Logging m Current HotSync Configuration For YersaMail Permanent Synchronization Preference Synchronize Active Accounts Temporary Synchronization Preference Synchronize Active Accounts Occurs on next HotSync only x Available Accounts 3 Configured Accounts 1 Active Accounts 1 amp OPTIONAL If you want to include active e mail accounts every time you synchronize select the check box Set Selection As Default Otherwise active accounts are included only the next tim
168. Managing Your Tasks Setting an alarm Before You Begin Create atask and assign it 1 a due date A task must have a due date to set an Go to the Home screen and select Tasks 6 alarm 2 Open the Set Alarm dialog box Tip You can customize the a Tap the task you want to assign an alarm to alarm sound for your tasks in the Task b Tap Details Preferences dialog box c Tap the Alarm box Did You Know Set Alarm When you set an alarm a e eTe Alarm little alarm clock appears Priority M2 3 4 5 to the right of the task Category Unfiled description Due Dater Alarm Time p i Alarm N Repeat j Next alarm Private O Sun 5 7 06 OR Crea ee m MOLCOUAMaWN gt Cancel Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 169 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks 3 Set the alarm a Tap the Alarm check box b Enter how many days before the due date you want the alarm to sound c Tap the time columns to set the time the alarm sounds d Select OK and then select OK again b Done Scheduling a repeating task standard interval Tip Repeating tasks are a great way to add tasks that happen over and over again like taking out the T salectintarvale suchas trash every Thursday night or making monthly mortgage or rent payments the 2nd Tuesday of every month or the 3rd Thursday in November of 1 Go to the Home O screen and select Tasks 6 every year see Scheduling a repeating task unusual i
169. Messages Tip To delete messages on 3 Delete the message or messages the server when you empty the trash on your a Open the menus handheld select the Delete Msgs on Server b Select Delete from the Message menu setting in the VersaMail Preferences M any e mail providers have size restrictions for mail storage If your mailbox on the server becomes full messages are d Select OK returned to the senders Ry Done c Tap Also delete message s on server if you want to delete the messages from the server now IMPORTANT If you delete a message on the server you cannot retrieve it and view it again later Tip You can also tap the message icon next to a selected e mail message Deleting old messages and then tap Delete 1 Open the Delete Old Messages dialog box a Open the menus b Select Delete Old from the Message menu Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 353 Tip Messages you delete from a folder move to the Trash folder and remain there until you empty the trash Zire 72 Handheld Choose settings for deleting old messages a Tap the Folder pick list and then select the folder that contains the messages you want to delete b Tap the Older than pick list and then tap One Week One Month or Choose Date If you tap Choose Date select a date from the calendar Delete messages a Select Delete b Select Also delete message s on server if you want to delete
170. Open Graffiti 2 Preferences Preferences Graffiti 2 Select a character below to tune it a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs amp c Select Graffiti 2 2 Select alternate strokes Graffiti 2 Tuner a Tap a character to view its 12 alternate stroke y b Select the check box to use sale orna aro the alternate stroke and then select Done 3 Repeat step 2 for each stroke you want to reassign and then select Done b Done 581 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Setting up ShortCuts Tip Are you looking for a quicker way to enter information on your handheld Use ShortCuts to define abbreviations for any words letters or numbers that you enter often You can use your ShortCuts You may want to adda Me anywhere you enter info with Graffiti 2 writing Space character after the last word in your ShortCut text This way a space automatically 1 Open ShortCuts Preferences follows the ShortCut text Preferences ShortCuts a Go to the Home screen Tip To learn how to use b Select Prefs 6 as oee and Time Stamp ShortCuts while entering me Meeting information see Writing c Select ShortCuts ts Time Stamp Graffiti 2 ShortCuts Y Continued Did You Know Your ShortCuts are backed up on your computer when you synchronize Zire 72 Handheld 582 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Tip The ShortCut Text can be 45 characters long That s 2 Create a ShortCut ne En
171. P settings authentication information enter your a On the Mail Servers screen tap Details username tap the Password box enter a b Tap the Options pick list and then select Advanced Outgoing password and then A Mail S i select OK Check with ohn Mail Servers 9 Options v Address Servers Options w Advanced Outgoing you re mail service Port Number Incoming Mall pana provider for O Use Secu ee adc Haan O Use Secure Connection SSL authentication username M My serve thenrecrnoltie rin M My server requires and password authentication ESM IP authentication ESMTP Username Username info rmation username IRIE AERC username Password c Do any of the following Port Number The defaultis 25 the port number most SMTP servers use If you are not sure about the correct port number check with your mail server administrator Use Secure Connection To send outgoing mail over a secure Secure Socket Layer or SSL connection select the Use Secure Connection check box Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 404 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Cont d My server requires authentication ESMTP Select this check box if the outgoing server SMTP requires ESMTP authentication Check with your system administrator before selecting this option If you select this option username and password fields appear These fields are already filled in based on the account information you entered previo
172. PN to access your corporate e mail account See the following section for details When setting up a corporate e mail account keep in mind the following Usemame and password This might be your Windows 2000 username and password your Lotus Notes ID username and password or something else Check with your company s server administrator to obtain the correct username and password The VersaMail application provides strong 128 bit AES encryption for your password Protocol Most corporate mail servers use the IMAP protocol for retrieving mail In rare cases your company server may use the POP protocol Check with your company s server administrator to verify the protocol Incoming and outgoing mail server settings Check with your company s server administrator to obtain these settings Zire 72 Handheld 301 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages With a corporate e mail account you can access the following types of mail servers among others e Microsoft Exchange e Lotus Domino e Sun iPlanet VPNs If you want to access e mail on your handheld using your corporate e mail account you may need to set up a virtual private network VPN on your handheld A VPN enables you to log in to your corporate mail server through the company s firewall Security layer Without a VPN you cannot break through the firewall to gain access to the mail server You need to set up a VPN to access corporate e mail in either of the
173. PTER 16 Listening to Music Tip You can also use a card reader accessory sold separately to transfer MP3 files from your computer to your expansion card Create an SD_ Audio folder in the root directory of the card and store your MP3 files in this folder Zire 72 Handheld Transferring MP3 files to an expansion card The RealOne software that comes with your handheld is compatible with the popular MP3 audio file format If your MP3 files are already on your computer s hard drive you need to transfer them to an expansion card to listen to them on your handheld WINDOWS ONLY 1 Prepare your computer and your handheld a Connect your handheld to your computer with the HotSync cable b Insert an expansion card into your handheld Select the MP3 files you want to transfer a Drag and drop the file s or folder onto the palmOne sal From My Computer or Windows Explorer select the MP3 files you want to transfer Quick Install icon on the Windows desktop When the confirmation dialog box appears confirm your username the file name and the destination card and then click OK Y Continued CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music 3 Synchronize your handheld with your computer NOTE Be patient transferring music to an expansion card can take several minutes 4 Done Tip MAC ONLY You can also use a card reader accessory sold separately to transfer M P3 1 Prepare your compu
174. Palm OS applications 32 Palm OS handhelds adding user information to multiple 11 beaming to 111 166 exchanging memos with 188 exchanging messages with 442 exchanging photos and videos with 257 exchanging voice memos with 226 exchanging web pages with 481 sharing information with 30 sharing notes with 198 sharing tasks with 181 upgrading from 4 Palm Quick Install icon 541 Palm Quick Install window 542 Palm Reader 29 palmOne Quick Install software 74 540 628 palmOne technical support 17 palmOne Web Pro software See Web Pro application paper clip icon 360 361 363 parts handheld 2 passkeys 282 288 292 294 634 Password check box 305 671 passwords changing 398 509 creating 508 513 deleting 512 e mail accounts and 301 encrypting 406 entering 284 305 598 601 forgetting 512 locking handhelds with 513 587 losing 513 network connections and 292 omitting 598 opening web pages and 446 overview 507 passkeys and 282 requiring 509 security options for 504 setting 288 troubleshooting 638 validating 316 Paste command 70 Paste icon 36 pasting information 70 201 patches 546 pausing video recording and playback 232 233 PC Setup dialog box 287 289 291 PC Setup option 287 PCs See personal computers PDAs 18 PDF files 29 pen 191 Pen selector 190 pen widths 190 pencil tool 422 Zire 72 Handheld percentage button Calculator 200 performance 610 period character 580 peripheral devices See external devic
175. Playlist dialog box 267 editing 69 184 190 195 See also changing Effects option 234 electrical discharge 611 electrostatic discharge 648 649 e mail See also e mail accounts accessing 28 277 282 285 300 326 adding addresses to contacts 391 adding attachments to 365 366 368 463 adding signatures 310 338 addressing 117 335 336 337 407 583 attaching events to 131 166 481 attaching memos to 188 502 attaching notes to 198 attaching photos to 257 attaching tasks to 181 attaching voice memos to 226 automatically checking for 318 automatically emptying trash 407 changing fonts 332 342 changing header information for 409 changing Inbox folders for 341 changing maximum size 320 changing messages 340 composing 330 334 461 463 connecting to Internet from 455 Zire 72 Handheld creating folders for 346 deleting 307 352 353 355 downloading 307 318 320 410 downloading attachments 359 360 363 emptying Trash folder for 355 356 407 filtering 322 392 394 396 forwarding 348 370 including web addresses in 462 logging in to accounts for 463 manually marking 357 moving messages 344 reading 329 reading files attached to 364 458 receiving 285 304 318 320 related topics for 415 removing attachments 368 replying to 349 350 saving attachments for 364 sending 285 304 330 333 334 461 463 setting display options 342 setting maximum size 308 380 setting notification options
176. Repeat v Daily until 11 25 06 Private 0 Continued OK Caneel Gate 141 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Zire 72 Handheld 4 amp OPTIONAL Enter the note Family reunion a Tap Note b Enter the note text c Select Done 5 Select OK 4 Done The location name and a note icon appear next to the event description in Agenda View and in Day View Color coding your schedule Use color coding to quickly spot different types of events For example make all your family appointments green your work appointments blue and your appointments with friends yellow Selecting your color codes Each colorcode represents a category of events You can assign each category a name and select which color you want to assign to it 142 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Zire 72 Handheld Open Day View a Press the Calendar oF application button b Tap the Day View icon E Open the Edit Categories dialog box a From Day View tap the event description b Tap Details c Tap the Category pick list and select Edit Categories Y Continued marker L Day View icon Alarm O Location Category Business Repeat Personal oUnfiled Private BR idee elas OK Cones Beee E 143 CHAPTER 8 Zire 72 Handheld Managing Your Calendar 3 Select the color code for the category a Tap New or select a category and tap Edit Edit Categories i Edit
177. SD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your handheld build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from palmOne is that you take this precaution before connecting your handheld to your computer placing the handheld in a cradle or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your mobile device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground 648 e For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences
178. Set 3 Set the alarm Alarm dialog box by l selecting a note and a Open the menus tapping the right edge of the screen next to the b Select Options and then select Alarm note title c Tap the Date box and then tap the year month and date you want the alarm to sound Set Alarm 4 2006 gt Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun M Auo Sep Oct Nov Dec SM TW T F S 1 41 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 d Tap the time you want the alarm to sound e Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 194 Tip Sort the Note Pad list alphabetically by date or manually Open the Options menu select Preferences and then tap the Sort by pick list If you sort manually you can rearrange the list by dragging notes to another position in the list Zire 72 Handheld Writing Notes in Note Pad Viewing and editing a note 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Note Pad Ss Open the note a Select Done to display the Note Pad list b Select the note you want to view or edit 1 Welcome to Note Pad 7 2 2 Groceries 7 5 3 Bob 77 5 4 Flowers 7 5 5 Bank 7 5 Read or edit the note and then select Done b Done 195 Tip You can also Delete a note by opening the Record menu and selecting Delete Note Tip Want to get rid of those deletion confirmation messages Open the Options menu select Preferences and then uncheck the Confirm note
179. Technical support If after reviewing the self help resources you cannot solve your problem go to www palmOne con support zire72 or send an e mail to your regional Technical Support office Before requesting technical support please experiment a bit to reproduce and isolate the problem When you do contact Technical Support please provide the following information e The name and version of the desktop operating system you are using e The actual error message or state you are experiencing e The steps you take to reproduce the problem e The version of handheld software you are using and available memory To find version and memory information follow these steps 1 Go to the Home screen 2 Open the menus 3 Select Info from the App menu 4 Select Version for version info and Size for memory info Zire 72 Handheld 644 SSS EEE ee Product Regulatory Information FCC Statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment
180. The Power Preferences screen enables you to set power consumption options 1 Open Power Preferences A EE a Go to the Home screen Auto off after v 2 minutes On while Charging v Off b Select Prefs 8 Beam Receive v Off c Select Power Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 589 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld 2 Tap the pick lists to change any of the following settings and then select Done Auto off after Select how quickly your handheld automatically turns off after a period of inactivity 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes or 3 minutes On while charging Select whether your handheld stays on continuously when it is connected to the power adapter When this option is off you can still turn on your handheld to view your info while your handheld charges but it turns off automatically after a period of inactivity Beam Receive Select whether you can receive beamed information on your handheld Turn this setting on to receive beamed info or turn it off to prevent receiving beamed info b Done Zire 72 Handheld 590 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Connecting your handheld to other devices Connection Preferences let you connect your handheld to other devices You can use preset connection settings modify the preset settings or create your own connection settings from scratch The list of preset connections varies depending on the applications you ve added to your handheld For example you can create a
181. To combine expenses from different categories rename one category to match the other category s name Did You Know There is another way to delete a category Tap the Category pick list and select Edit Categories Tap the Delete command to delete the selected category and move all of its entries to the Unfiled category Zire 72 Handheld Managing Your Expenses Deleting an entire category of expenses 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Expense amp Open the Purge Categories dialog box Purge Categories New York a Open the menus b Select Purge on the Record menu Delete the category and all of its items a Tap the category you want to delete b Tap Purge c Select Done Ry Done 211 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses Customizing the expense list You can change the appearance of the expense list Did You Know Customizing the expense list makes it easy to see how much you spent on each type of expense For example to see how much you spent on taxis sort your expenses by type so that all your taxi expenses appear together in the list Use categories to further refine your list Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 3 Go to the Home O screen and select Expense amp Tap Show Tap the pick lists to change any of the following items and then select OK Sort by Sort expenses by date or type Show Options Li Sort by v Date Distance Show distance in miles
182. Word and Excel files and more e Save messages from your computer to view at a convenient time 298 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Upgrading an existing e mail account If you have already used the VersaMail application or the earlier MultiMail application on a Before you can set up an different handheld and kept your old username you can upgrade your existing e mail account for e mail account on your use on your new handheld handheld you must do the following e Install the VersaMail 1 Before You Begin ERF Synchronize your new handheld application from the with your computer Select the ee installation CD onto your username associated with your handheld old handheld this contains your e If you don t already existing account information have one establish an account with an Internet service provider such as Earthlink or a wireless carrier such as Cingular You can also use a corporate e mail account 2 Go to the Home screen and select VersaMail a e For wireless accounts only Have active service with a wireless carrier and a mobile phone equipped with Bluetooth technology You must also setup a phone connection on your handheld Not required if you want to access email over your company s Bluetooth network Users Pilo EEL a UFIE P Tap Yes to accept the upgrade y Done Zire 72 Handheld 299
183. Yahoo many of the required settings during the account setup are automatically configured For other ISPs you need the following information e The protocol used for incoming mail such as Post Office Protocol POP or Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP e The name of the incoming mail server Zire 72 Handheld 300 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages e The name of the outgoing mail Simple Mail Transfer Protocol or SMTP server e Your account s security feature if it has one such as Secure Socket Layer SSL Authenticated Post Office Protocol APOP or Extended Simple Mail Transfer Protocol ESMTP e Your e mail address and password e The login script if any that you need for connecting to your ISP or mail server Go to your e mail provider s web site or contact their customer support to obtain this information Using a corporate e mail account If you want to access e mail on your handheld using your corporate e mail account you create this account on your handheld in exactly the same way as any other account with one exception for a corporate e mail account you may need to set up a virtual private network VPN If your company has a Bluetooth network located behind the corporate firewall or if you are using an 802 11b also called Wi Fi SDIO card sold separately in your handheld and your company has an 802 11b network located behind the corporate firewall you may not need to set up a V
184. You can purchase Capture and view videos Capture videos with the built in digital camera and store them on expansion cards View them anytime by simply inserting the card into the expansion slot a variety of carrying Listen to music Store songs on expansion cards and use the included RealOne software to cases Visit listen to music on your handheld www palmOne com myzire72 and click the Back up info Make a copy of your important information for safe keeping in case your handheld Accessories link becomes damaged or is stolen Backup card required sold separately Add games and other software Purchase popular games dictionaries travel guides and more To check out the variety of expansion cards available for your handheld visit www palmOne com myzire72 and click the Accessories link Add accessories Attach SDIO accessories such as a presentation module to your handheld Store all your info Never worry about running out of space on your handheld Purchase as many expansion cards as you need to store your music photos videos and other information Expansion cards come in a variety of capacities and they re very small easy to store and affordably priced Zire 72 Handheld 102 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Inserting an expansion card 1 Insert the card into the expansion slot with the label side facing the front of the handheld 2 Push the card in with your thumb until you hear the confirmation
185. Your Computer What s in the box HotSync cable Power adapter SOS palmOne Zire 72 handheld E System requirements The installation CD contains Palm Desktop software and other applications you need to set up and use your handheld Palm Desktop software lets you easily manage your information at your computer To use Palm Desktop software your desktop computer must meet these requirements WINDOWS ONLY e A PC with a Pentium II processor or higher and one of the following operating systems e Windows 98 e Windows ME e Windows 2000 requires administrator rights to install Palm Desktop software e Windows XP requires administrator rights to install Palm Desktop software e Internet Explorer 4 01 with SP2 Service Pack 2 or later e 60 megabytes MB available hard disk space CHAPTER 1 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer e VGA monitor or better e One available USB port e CD or DVD drive for installing Palm Desktop software from the CD that came with your handheld or you can download Palm Desktop software by visiting our web site at www palmOne com support intl NOTE Palm Desktop software that is downloaded from the palmOne web site does not include additional software available on the CD MAC ONLY e Mac computer or compatible with a PowerPC processor e Mac OS 9 2 2 or Mac OS X version 10 2 or 10 3 Mac OS X requires administrator rights to install Palm Desktop software e 25
186. Your Expenses Adding an expense Did You Know I Expense is not just for business Use it to help 1 Go to the Home screen and select Expense amp plan your budget by figuring out how much you spend each month on 2 Enter the expense things like entertainment and dining out a Tap New Tip b Enter the amount of the expense Add an expense simply by writing the first letter of the expense type For example entering D opens a dinner item with today s date c Tap the Expense type pick list and select a type N NOTE You must select an Expense type if you want to save the item Expense Expense type To enable this feature on type pick list your handheld open the Options menu and select Preferences Check the automatic fill box Tip Change the date of an expense by tapping the date of the item Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 204 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses 2 Tip Add extra information to your expense items Select the item and tap Details Then tap Note and enter the information Tip Tap Lookup in the Attendees list to pull names from Contacts Did You Know After you synchronize you can send your expense information to a spreadsheet on your computer Zire 72 Handheld 3 Enter the details of the expense a Tap Details Receipt Details Category v Unfiled b Tap each field where you want to Types Dinner enter information an
187. a as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss IMPORTANT Please read the End User Software License Agreement with this product before using the accompanying software program s Using any part of the software indicates that you accept the terms of the End User Software License Agreement Software Download Available Palm Desktop software is supplied on a CD If you do not have access to a CD drive for your computer you can download Palm Desktop software from www palmOne com support intl v 1 1 Table of Contents About This Guide i iiscrnvsenissinnesicianwsnesviedivennewinesriyeisvivannsesinpenn XX What sin this guide sees asec edesesdeesteseszandteas sdaggacis sacavccedeeansectatennsacenmnsestan ens XX Step by step iNStrUCtiOnS iseci nhaid iiia aeaea n XX LINKS ee a E S a a a tame xxi SIGS GIS aiaia aa R a aaa E a e eaae xxi Tips for viewing this guide in Adobe Acrobat Reader xxii Chapter 1 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer 1 W AES the DOX irice ionisoi aaaea aeaoe anai 2 System reg irementS eee escececeeeeeteeeceeeeeeaeeeaeeeaaeesaaecaaaesaaeseeeeeaaeteeeseeetens 2 Step 1 Charging your handheld eeeceesceeececeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeseaeeeaeeeeeeseeetees 4 What you should know about your handheld s battery 0000 5 Step 2 Turning on your handheld for the first tiMe c esses eeeeees 6
188. active the time changes according to the rule for the primary location For example in North America the time changes at 2 00 a m in Europe it changes at 1 00 a m Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 3 Go to the Home screen O and select World Clock O Tap Set Date amp Time Set the date SaeDaks Year a Tap the Date box TERY Feb Mar Apr May Jun Month Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec b Tap the arrows to select the SM TWT current year 5 Da 12 13 14 15 16 y 19 20 21 22 23 c Tap the current month 26 27 28 30 d Tap the current date Y Continued 554 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings 4 Set the time a Tap the Set Time box b Tap the hour and minute boxes and then tap the arrows to change them Hour Set Time Minute c Tap AM or PM and then select OK 5 Select Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 555 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Choosing secondary locations for other time zones Tip Set World Clock to display the date and time for two other locations If you have friends family or colleagues in another time zone select 1 a city in their zone as your secondary location Go to the Home screen O and select World Clock O When you need to 2 contact them you can Tap the pick list next to one of the easily check to see what secondary locations v San Francisco 3 40 pm Thu Dec 18 2003 time it is where they are Pick list London 8 40 am New York
189. advanced browser options Zire 72 Handheld You use the web for so many things checking e mail finding driving directions getting news buying gifts Now you can take the web with you almost anywhere you go Use your handheld to make an Internet connection through your mobile phone and palmOne Web Pro opens the entire web to you Benefits of Web Pro e Carry the web with you e View web pages in handheld friendly format e Store pages for offline viewing 443 Before You Begin Install the palmOne Web Pro software Insert the CD and follow the onscreen instructions for installing extra software To browse the web you must set up a connection to the Intemet from your handheld Key Term URL Stands for uniform resource locator the technical name for a web address For example the URL for Palm is www palmone com rip You can also use Web Pro to upload photos and videos you take with the camera from your handheld to a web site you choose Zire 72 Handheld CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Accessing a web page You can open web pages navigate the pages and do the things you can with a desktop browser Accessing a web page using the action bar 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Go to the web page you want to view a C Select Open URL www yahoo com 7 Go YHOO v botet Enter for a chance to win a Ad
190. ail Messages Key Term Protocol Settings your e mail provider uses to receive e mail messages Most providers use the Post Office Protocol POP a few use the Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP Tip If your e mail provider appears on the Mail Service picklist you don t d need to select a protocol The correct protocol is automatically displayed e Enter the basic account information a Select the Mail Service pick list Account Setup i Enter aname for this account In the Account Name field enter e g My Mail and select settings a descri ptive name Account Name YersaMail Mail Service Yahoo Protocol POP and then select your e mail provider Select Other if your provider is not listed O Synchronize Only Account If you chose Other select the Protocol pick list and then select POP or IMAP Select the check box if you intend only to synchronize e mail for this account on your handheld with a mail program on your computer such as Microsoft Outlook Outlook Express or Lotus Notes If you intend to ever send or receive e mail for this account wirelessly from your handheld even if you will also synchronize e mail leave the check box deselected Select Next Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 304 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip Your username is usually 4 Enter the account username and the part of your e mail password address appearing
191. ail with notification or scheduled sending retry of e mail with accounts that use an SSL connection Zire 72 Handheld 414 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Related topics My handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great anes tips software accessories Getting Using the Graffiti 2 command stroke in e mail messages en Around and more visit www palmOne com Entering Info Cutting copying and pasting text from an e mail message myzire72 Synchronizing Downloading e mail messages from your computer to your handheld Support Connecting Setting up a phone connection for sending and receiving e mail wirelessly If you re having problems Customizing Setting preferences for connecting to a network with the VersaM ail application or with anything Common Answers to frequently asked questions about the VersaMail application else on your handheld go to uestions www palmOne com support zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 415 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages In this chapter Creating and sending messages Viewing a text message Responding to a text message Saving a phone number to Contacts Setting options for text and multimedia messages Zire 72 Handheld If you need to get a short message to a friend or coworker fast send a text message from your handheld via your mobile p
192. al up account c Tap the Password box enter your account password and select OK This is the password you use to access your dial up account d Select Next and then select Done 4 Done You now have set up your phone connection to browse the web and send and receive e mail messages Zire 72 Handheld 284 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Accessing e mail and the web wirelessly After you set up a connection with a mobile phone you can send and receive e mail or browse the web wirelessly using this connection Ry NOTE Bluetooth functionality must be on if you want to use wireless features You must also set up an e mail account on your handheld before you can send or receive e mail messages Did You Know You can select the 1 Bluetooth indicator on Open the e mail application or the web browser the Command toolbar to quickly open the Bluetooth settings screen 2 Verify Bluetooth status from any application on your handheld a Draw the Command stroke and select the Bluetooth indicator to open the Bluetooth settings screen You can tap the indicator even if itis dimmed Tip meaning that Bluetooth is currently Off You can also check the Bluetooth indicator next to the battery indicator at Bluetooth the top of the Home screen to see if Bluetooth ison d 3 Bluetooth indicator Service Cingular Bluetooth Device Name b Make sure On is selected Y Continued
193. ame of the attachment you want and then tap Unzip The file uncompresses and the files it contains are listed Tap the name of the file you want to view or install and then tap View or Install Attachments max sentences doc 22 KB Viewer Documents Viewer pick list Type MSWord Button displays View Install or Unzip depending on the attachment file type Y Continued 362 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 5 When you finish with the attachment do one of the following Done button appears on screen Select Done This returns you to the Attachments dialog box where you can select another attachment No Done button appears Go to the Home screen and select VersaM ail as to return to the Inbox of the account you were in Ry Done Downloading large attachments Downloading and viewing a message with a single attachment that exceeds your maximum message size or a message with multiple attachments whose total size exceeds your maximum message size requires some extra steps Tip When you see both a red 1 paper clip icon and the To download a single attachment GEENE AE hiore buttoninthe that exceeds the maximum The remaining message message size and or attachment is Message screen that 32K Do you want to continue to download aaa eae i a On the message screen select it attachments to this More z message were Gi D downloaded but others b Select Yes to continue downloading the entire me
194. ame that has an existing record The procedure is the same as for adding a new Contacts record If you select Add to Contacts from the body of an e mail message and a record already exists for the recipient name you are prompted either to update the e mail address for the recipient or to create a new record for the recipient Zire 72 Handheld 1 Open the Add Contact dialog box a Open the message you want En b On the message screen open the menus c Select Options and then select Add to Contacts amp OPTIONAL If a Display Name exists for this Contacts record the dialog box displays the name in the Last name and First name fields If the Last name and First name fields are blank enter the first and last name associated with the From e mail address Tap OK to add the e mail address to Contacts and then tap OK in the confirmation dialog box y Done CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Creating and using filters Filters provide efficient ways to manage e mail retrieval and storage When you tap Get Mail or Get amp Send filters determine which e mail messages are downloaded to your handheld and in which folder the downloaded messages are stored Tip Create a filter for example so that whenever you receive e mail about sales meetings it goes immediately into a folder you create called Sales Or create a filter so that stock quotes sent to you by your online brokerage
195. and ready to use The CD that came with your handheld includes lots of other applications to make your handheld even more useful and more fun You can install these applications at any time Did You Know WINDOWS ONLY Addit is a handheld based catalog of some of the best software 1 Insert the CD into your computer applications available for your handheld Install Addit from the CD and use it to easily find an application such as anew 2 game or business 3 4 On the Discover Your Handheld screen click Add software to your handheld application Download a Follow the onscreen instructions to install the applications you want to install trial version of the application the next time you synchronize If you like it Addit makes it easy to buy it with just one tap of the stylus Synchronize your handheld with your computer b Done Zire 72 Handheld 538 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications MAC ONLY 1 Insert the CD into your computer Double click the Essential Software folder Install the applications you want to install A W N Synchronize your handheld with your computer 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 539 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Installing other applications and files Did You Know You can also install applications and files on your handheld that did not come on the CD For any files that you install there must be an application on your handheld that can read t
196. andheld If you have installed the CD this folder and file are also in the Palm folder on your desktop 228 CHAPTER 15 Tip Customize any picture you capture or view on your handheld by using the drawing tool to annotate the photo Tip Tap the palmOne Media button to view all photos and videos in the current album Did You Know The photo capture screen also displays the approximate number of photos you can capture based on your handheld s available memory and the amount of charge in the battery This number may change depending on the amount of information in of the photos you have captured If battery power is low the indicator turns red and you should recharge your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 2 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Capturing a photo 1 Press the Camera Fo application button Set up the camera to take the photo a Select photo mode if itis not already selected b Tap the album pick list and select the album to which you want to save the photo c Tap the resolution pick list if you want to select a different resolution for the photo NOTE Captured resolution of photos and videos may be lower Y Continued Media button Album pick list Photo mode Shutter 1 640 x 480 button Photos Battery remaining indicator Resolution Zoom options digital pick list zoom enabled 229 CHAPTER 15 Tip To save photos auto
197. ange or Direct IMAP from the list Internet during synchronization Microsoft Exchange account on your handheld with Microsoft Outlook on your computer If you otherwise it will fail If selected the Synchronize Only Account check box when you set up the account on your handheld you will not be connected select Microsoft Exchange in the Mail Client pick list Otherwise select Direct IM AP to the Internet during synchronization select If the Mail Profile field displays only one profile do nothing If the field displays a pick list click the POP from the Protocol list and select your Exchange server profile pick list and select Lotus Notes Trom the Maii Tap the Mail Password box and enter your Outlook password This might be your Windows login password or a different password Client pick list a Any account other than a Microsoft Exchange account on your handheld with Microsoft Outlook Tip or Outlook Express on your computer If you selected the Synchronize Only Account check box If you are synchronizing when you set up the account on your handheld select Microsoft Outlook or Microsoft Outlook with an account with Express in the Mail Client pick list depending on your mail client Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express on your Also select Microsoft Outlook or Microsoft Outlook Express if you did not select the check box and computer you must also your e mail account uses the POP protocol If you did not select the check box and y
198. ansion card and then go to the Home screen Open the Copy dialog box Copy From v Handheld ss c Open the menus To BMy Card 13 7M Free Bgnd Service 37K F DGraphConverter amp 163K d Select Copy on the App menu Documents 342K DSLib Font Library GraphicsLibrary LibInstall Select the application to copy NOTE A lock appears next to applications that are copy protected You cannot copy or beam these applications a Tap the Copy From pick list and select Handheld b Tap the application you want to copy c Tap Copy d Select Done 4 Done 109 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Removing all information from a card Formatting a card removes all of its info and prepares it to accept new applications and files Zire 72 Handheld IMPORTANT We do not recommend formatting backup cards Formatting removes the backup application and tums the card into a blank memory card 1 2 Insert an expansion card Go to the Home screen and select Card Info b Format the card a Open the menus b Select Format Card on the Card menu c When asked if you want to format the card select OK b Done Format Card A Formatting this card will destroy allits data Do you want to format this card 110 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely you
199. aps of paper and write important reminders in Note Pad You can use Note Pad to do everything you might do with a piece of paper and a pencil Note Pad gives you a place to draw freehand and take notes in your personal handwriting which is even faster and more flexible than creating a memo on your handheld Benefits of Note Pad e No learning curve e Capture information in the moment e A picture is worth a thousand words e See reminders when you set alarms 189 CHAPTER 11 Writing Notes in Note Pad Creating a note Before You Begin Make sure full screen 1 writing is tumed off You cannot create or edit notes in Note Pad when full screen writing is on 2 Go to the Home screen and select Note Pad amp Create a note Category box Tip a Use the stylus to write your Teorii Tap the pen selector to note directly on the handheld change the pen width or screen Saita to select the eraser To clear the screen completely tap the note anywhere but the title open the Edit menu and select Clear Note b Select the time at the top of the screen and enter a title using Graffiti 2 writing or the onscreen keyboard Eraser Pen selector Did You Know 3 amp OPTIONAL Assign the note to a category by tapping the Category box in Prevent others from the upperright corner and then selecting a category viewing your notes by marking them as private 4 Select Done Done That s it Your ha
200. are in order for HotSync Manager to run Programs Navigate to Manual You must manually turn HotSync Manager on each time you want the Palm Desktop your computer to respond to a synchronization request software program group and select HotSync Manager 3 Click OK Note that if you turn HotSync Manager on it y Done stays on until you turn off your computer Zire 72 Handheld 91 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Setting synchronization options MAC ONLY 1 Open the synchronization options screen a Double click the HotSync Manager icon in the Palm folder b Click the HotSync Controls tab 2 Select the synchronization options you want 09c HotSync Software Setup f Hotsyne Controls Connection Settings 69 HotSync Enabled O Disabled Status HotSync software is enabled To disable the HotSync software click the Disabled jio button above Listening on USB and PalmConnect Ls HotSync Options M Enable HotSync software at system startup C Show more detail in HotSync Log Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 92 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Cont d HotSync Enabled Disabled Sets your computer to respond to synchronization requests from your handheld Enable HotSync software at system startup Sets your computer to automatically respond to synchronization requests each time you start your computer If this option is not selected you
201. arrow controls 25 letter keyboard icon 23 24 58 letter selection 33 liability ii lightning bolt icon 620 line selection 69 line styles 422 line tool 422 links documentation xxi links web pages 448 473 List icon 238 list screens 38 List view Media 236 238 249 listening to music 21 102 258 Zire 72 Handheld listening to voice memos 220 lists See also song lists clearing History 464 creating company phone 11 creating To Do 167 168 170 customizing expense 212 customizing Tasks 178 displaying applications icons in 565 displaying bookmarks in 453 displaying pick 25 finding items in 557 moving between items in 38 40 opening category 37 105 145 161 opening History 464 ordering memos in 185 rearranging items in 185 scrolling 40 selecting items in 24 25 38 40 loading user profiles 15 16 Local Area Networks See networks locating contacts 121 controls 42 files 542 information 24 41 overlapping events 159 Location field 141 Location pick list 557 574 location settings World Clock 553 556 558 locations deleting 559 location specific preferences 573 578 Lock Handheld dialog box 514 lock icons 109 499 lock options 515 locking handheld buttons 588 handhelds 513 516 587 log files 77 logging in to e mail accounts 302 463 logging in to network servers 604 Login Script dialog box 604 605 login scripts 604 607 Look Up line Contacts 121 Lookup screen 336 418 420 433 losing han
202. arthlink net enter the reply to address here Reply To Address makes it look as though the e mail came from the address you entered BCC Select the BCC check box to send a blind copy of any e mail message you send to another e mail address The blind copy e mail address is not seen by the other recipients of the message For example if you want a copy of all messages you send from your handheld to be sent to your corporate e mail account enter that e mail address b Select Next Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 309 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip a 3 Add a signature IE ersalvial f Outgoing Mail Options Mirmaerto all outgoing a Tap the Attach Signature to a oe ae messages messages check box and then enter the text of the signature b Select Next Y Continued Cancel Zire 72 Handheld 310 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip 4 If you need to enter new a T Set additional outgoing mail options i authentication i P PETTEE information enter your a Select any of the following username tap the O Use Secure Connection SSL Password box enter a Port Number The default is 25 the uf Sanath eal password and then port number most SMTP servers Username select OK Check with use If you are not sure about the isused your e mail service correct port number check with Password i ini Tap done to complete setup provider for your mail server admi
203. asting 70 creating owner 587 creating user specific 7 11 defining abbreviations for 582 583 deleting 66 71 110 513 621 displaying 19 25 533 duplicating 120 editing 69 entering 19 44 45 74 579 importing 12 64 99 keeping private 503 505 losing xx 5 39 75 619 managing 27 not finding 623 organizing 42 526 password protecting 507 508 509 receiving from outside sources 17 related topics for 72 502 525 restoring 512 513 614 saving 34 66 623 searching for 24 41 selecting 19 69 setting up multiple handhelds for 7 11 sharing 20 111 114 182 490 501 synchronizing 5 8 75 624 transferring to expansion cards 501 updating 60 73 74 93 upgrades and 7 viewing by category 533 infrared option 629 Zire 72 Handheld infrared port See IR port Infrared setting 594 629 initialization strings modems 408 595 input area 19 23 46 579 inserting expansion cards 20 103 installation CD 2 7 27 538 617 installation prerequisites 536 installing additional software 27 538 540 applications 27 74 105 535 540 folders 542 Palm Desktop software 3 7 27 related topics for 17 VersaM ail software 461 Web Pro software 444 instant messenger IM accounts 117 Int l button 59 interactive tutorial 7 international keyboard 59 Internet See also web sites accessing 277 299 browsing 277 connecting to 277 456 598 controlling access to 477 disabling connections to 468 disconnecting from 455 e mail account
204. at can open the file in its original format For example your handheld contains Documents To Go which lets you open Microsoft Word documents without needing to convert them therefore you can download Microsoft Word files with Web Pro 1 ul A A U N Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Go to the web page you want to view Select the link of the file you want to download amp OPTIONAL To download a file to an expansion card select the check box Select Save and then select OK b Done 457 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web J Did You Know Web Pro also functions as a viewer enabling you to quickly view certain files while working in other applications For example if you read an e mail messagethathas a file attached in HTML format tap the file and Web Pro opens so that you can view the file Tip Saving a web page on your handheld allows you to view a web page without being online Zire 72 Handheld Saving a web page If you want to save a web page such as a travel itinerary or Internet order receipt indefinitely you can create a saved page The copy is stored on the handheld until you delete it 6 1 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Go to the web page you want to save Go to the Save Page dialog box a Open the menus b Select Page and then select Save Page Save the web page Save Page a Change the page name or category if
205. ation buttons Music Screen Displays the applications and information on your handheld The screen is touch sensitive Input area Lets you enter info with Graffiti 2 writing or open the onscreen keyboard 5 way navigator Helps you move around and select info to display on the screen Application Open the Calendar Contacts Camera and Music RealOne Mobile buttons Player applications 19 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Top and side panel controls gt gt Key Term IR port Stylus IR Short for infrared Beaming uses infrared Expansion technology to send card slot ai ac information between two Indicator light IR ports that are within a few feet of each other Power button Did You Know Beaming lets you quickly share appointments addresses phone Voice Memo numbers and more button IR port Beams information between handhelds and other devices that have an IR port Expansion card Lets you insert expansion cards sold separately to play music back slot up info and add memory applications and accessories to your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 20 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Power button Turns your handheld on or off and lets you turn Keylock on if active Indicator light Lets you know the charging status when your handheld is attached to the power adapter and notifies you when alert messages appear Headphone jack Lets you connect a standard 3 5 mm stereo headset sold separately to y
206. before the symbol not your a Enter the username you use entire e mail address to access your e mail Check with your ISP if you are not sure what b Select the Password box username to enter enter your e mail account password and then select OK Did You Know Your incoming mail server is also called your POP or IMAP server your outgoing mail server is 5 If you chose a common e mail also called your SMTP provider from the Mail Services server pick list on the Account Setup screen this screen is already filled in If not enter the names of the incoming and outgoing mail servers c Select Next Tip If you selected the Synchronize Only Account check box in a Enter your e mail address step 3 you need to configure this account on b Enter the names of your mail your computer before servers you can send or get e mail messages c Select Next Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld VersaMail Enter a username and password for this account Username VersaMail Review your settings and edit if necessary Email Address Outgoing Mail Server smtp mail yahoo com CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 6 Zire 72 Handheld Do one of the following Finish setup Select Done to finish setup and go to the Inbox of the account you set up where you can begin getting and sending e mail IMPORTANT If you set up a synchronize only e mail account you need to config
207. both on your handheld and in Palm Desktop software on your computer For Excel files to Documents example you can quickly enter a contact list on your computer and then send it to your handheld To Go on your computer instead of re entering the information and then synchronize your handheld Your files are transferred to N NOTE During CD installation you can choose to synchronize your handheld with Microsoft Outlook on your computer Windows only If you do information from Contacts Calendar Tasks and Memos is synchronized with Outlook Other information such as photos videos voice Documents To Go on memos and notes is synchronized with Palm Desktop software You can insert the CD at any time your handheld In some to choose synchronization with Outlook if you did not do so during the initial installation cases you can even transfer a PowerPoint T Palm Desktop presentation to your handheld Crlenden Thursday August 31 2006 E 6 Contacts i 1712 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 A 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 WSS 4 Memos Voice Memo dl Note Pad Expense Install applications and files You can use palmOne Quick Install to send files to certain applications on your handheld or to install additional software when you synchronize Zire 72 Handheld 74 Before You Begin Complete the following Initial handheld setup In
208. c send retry succeeds the message is moved to the Sent folder Tap the notification to view a detailed error message Viewing the e If automatic send retry fails after the third try you have to send the message manually error message deletes the Send retry notifications notification from the If automatic send retry fails after the third try a notification appears on the Reminders screen Reminders screen Send retry notification features include the following e A broken envelope icon shows that automatic send retry has failed A separate notification appears for each e mail account e You can choose to disable notifications for send retry failures e The Reminders screen shows only the most recent notification for an e mail account no matter how many automatic send retries have been attempted for that account Zire 72 Handheld 339 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Modifying messages in the Outbox Tip A message in the Outbox waiting for the next automatic send retry can be edited moved or If you perform a soft reset deleted However if you edit the message you must manually send the message If the manual send fails you can choose to store the message in the Outbox to wait for the next automatic send or synchronize during send retry the retry cancels You must During automatic send retry any message that the VersaMail application is trying to send is in a manually send amy locked state You
209. can use this b Tap the pick list and select the the screen stroke as a quick way to action you want to assign to q Sratfiti2 Help do a selected task such the full screen pen stroke tal Pick list as opening the Graffiti 2 help screen c Select OK 4 Tap Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 572 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Setting the date and time You can set the date time and location for all the applications on your handheld that require this information You can also select the format in which the date time and numbers appear Selecting a location You can set the current date and time based on your location When you travel to a new time zone change the Location setting to quickly reset the date and time Your appointments stay at the time you entered them no adjustments for time zones So always enter your schedule based on the time zone you will be in on the day of the event Did You Know The location you select 1 also appears as the Open Date amp Time Preferences primary location in World a Go to the Home screen Clock b Select Prefs c Select Date amp Time Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 573 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Tip You can rename the 2 Select the location Edit Location amp location to the city where Name field you live Tap the Name a Tap the Location pick list and field and then modify the select a city in your time zone b location
210. card icon does not a If Album view is not displayed appear tap the Album icon in the Taptosort Name Bl Content byname lower left corner of the screen F All Handheld 3 Files AIPOSESIo ___8Files b Do one of the following i 0 Files i 0 Files Sort by name To list albums by aa sa name in ascending A Z order tap en ie Name To list items by name in M descending Z A order tap Name BHE again Sort by location To list all albums on an expansion card first in the list tap the card icon B To list all albums on an expansion card last in the list tap the icon again Sort by contents To list albums from those containing the greatest number of files to those containing the smallest number tap Contents To list albums in the reverse order smallest number of files to largest tap Contents again b Done Zire 72 Handheld 250 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Personalizing a photo Did You Know Use the drawing tool to add a personal touch to a photo Create multicolored art by drawing on a photo selecting a different 1 Go to the Home screen and select Media ri drawing color and then drawing in the new color The first drawing stays in 2 the original color Personalize a photo Draw on Photo a Open the menus Tip Tapan hola the uneven b Select Photo and then select tool button to change line Draw on Photo size Tap and hold the text tool button to
211. cation Alarm box World Clock v San Francisco 1 1 24 am Thu Dec 18 2003 v Tokyo v London 4 24am 7 24pm Fri Dec 19 Thu Dec 18 Set Date amp Time Y Continued 10 OK ermo 11 a 560 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Tip To turn off an alarm before it sounds tap the Alarm box and then tap Alarm Off Zire 72 Handheld 3 amp OPTIONAL Select the alarm sound and volume a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Alarm Preferences c Tap the pick lists to select the alarm sound and volume NOTE This volume setting does not affect the other sounds on your handheld including the alarms you set in Calendar You can change the volume of these other sounds in Preferences d Select OK Ry Done Responding to the alarm clock When the World Clock alarm sounds select one of these three options OK Cancel the reminder message and return to the current screen Snooze Close the alarm reminder message and return to the current screen The message appears again in five minutes In the meantime an indicator blinks in the upper left corner of the screen to remind you of the upcoming alarm GoTo Cancel the reminder message and open World Clock 561 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Changing the clock display 1 Go to the Home screen O and select World Clock O 2 Open the Display Options dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and
212. ccess Disconnecting from the Internet 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Disconnect from the Internet a Open the menus b Select Page and then select Disconnect Ry Done 455 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Connecting to the Internet Tip If the connection is not x established do one of the 1 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro Gg following Tap Cancel to stop the 2 connection process Connect to the Internet Tap Change Network to a Open the menus select a different service to connect to b Select Page and then select Connect Alternately you can also enter a URL on the address line and tap Go b Done Zire 72 Handheld 456 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Downloading files and pages You can download files or save files for viewing when you are not connected to the Internet Did You Know You can download any type of file to an expansion card regardless of whether an application to open that type of file exists on your handheld You can then copy that file to your desktop computer to read Tip If you decide that the download process is taking too long you can stop it To stop a web page from downloading select the Stop icon inthe Web Pro action bar To stop a file from downloading select Cancel in the Download dialog box Zire 72 Handheld Downloading a file Web Pro can download a file as long as your handheld has an application th
213. ccount only Select Get unread mail ONLY to mail on the server and download only unread mail to your handheld If you don t choose this option and you tap Get amp Send all of your messages on your provider s mail server are for example read downloaded to your Inbox including messages you have already read messages from your Yahoo account on your handheld the messages are still visible the next time you check your Inbox on Yahoo com Leave mail on server POP account only To get e mail on your handheld but leave it on the server so you can view it later on your computer select the Leave mail on server check box Delete messages on server To delete messages on your provider s mail server when they are deleted in the VersaM ail application select the Delete messages on the server when they are deleted in VersaM ail check box Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 307 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Cont d Port Number The port number setting defaults to 110 for POP and to 143 for IMAP servers You may need to change the port number if you choose to retrieve incoming mail over a secure connection see the next item If you are not sure about the correct port number check with your mail server administrator Use Secure Connection To retrieve incoming mail over a secure Secure Socket Layer or SSL connection select the Use Secure Connection check box If you select the check box the port number
214. ce or deselect the Always connect using check box If you deselect the Always connect using check box the e mail account Earthlink connects using the default handheld service Bluetooth in this example The Always connect using check box changes the connection service for the selected e mail account only You must follow the procedure for each e mail account whose connection you want to switch from the default connection on your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 314 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip If there is an existing service connection it is disconnected and the new connection is initiated The VersaM ail application sends and checks for any new e mail using the new connection Zire 72 Handheld Open the Account Details dialog box a From the Inbox of the account you want to switch tap Get Mail b Tap Details Select the new service a Tap the Always connect using check box A pick list of available services appears The currently used connection is displayed by default b Select the connection you want to switch to from the Service pick list c Tap OK and then tap OK again y Done Details Get only M unread mail Max Message Size O Always connect using Details M Get unread mail ONLY M Download Attachments O Use FMEA O Auto l Compuserve Max Mess Earthlink 315 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Adding ESMTP to an account So
215. ceiving Text and Multimedia Messages sssssssssssssssssssssssscccessssssssssesssseseess 416 Creating and sending MESSAGES eeceeeeeeee cette eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeaeteaeed 417 Creating and sending a text MESSAGE eect eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeetaees 417 Creating and sending a multimedia MESSAGE cssceeseeeesseeeeneees 419 Requesting a receipt for sent text MESSAGES s s s 425 Setting delivery options for a multimedia messages s s 426 Adding a signature to a message 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeteeeeeeeenees 428 Viewing a text MESSAGE oo eeeeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeaeeteaeesaaeseaeesaeeseeenaes 429 Responding to a text message cescescececeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeaaeseaeeeaaeteaeeaes 430 Replying to a text message eeeeeseeeseeceeeeeseeeaeeeaeeteeeeeeeeteeesteeeens 430 Forwarding a MESSA siinne aeaa a 432 Saving a phone number to Contacts sessseesesresrserisrreerrserrrrnsernrrnsens 434 Setting options for text and multimedia messages 436 Changing the List view and display ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteneees 436 Setting how messages are deleted 0 0 ceeeeeeeseeceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 438 Setting how your receive text MESSAGES ou eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeetes 439 Changing your service account settings ceeeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 441 Related TOPICS sazs ce sccsaszetskccogsessacteguensaceagensibecatnesteexcigenad aia ra aI aE ADAS 442 xiii Zire 72 Handheld
216. ces Key Term GPRS Acronym for General Packet Radio Service a method of sending information wirelessly athigh speeds Select Yes in step 7 only if you havea GPRS account for your mobile phone Zire 72 Handheld 6 Determine if you want to be set up with a network a Select Yes to begin network setup Go to step 7 b Select No if you want to use your phone connection only to dial phone numbers from your handheld or_send text messages You have finished setup Begin network setup a If you select Yes go to step 8 b If you select No go to step 9 c Select Next Y Continued Network Service Do you want to setup your handheld to connect to the Internet and send e mail Network Service Setup Do you subscribe to high speed data service GPRS from your carrier v Yes 283 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Tip Contact your ISP for 8 alae AOL or If you selected Yes in step 7 NecwarkServiceseiseo Select th h Earthlink Or YOST a Tap the pick lists and select phone service is registered wireless carrier for the correct information for v USA example Orange or your cellular carrier l Cingular if you are not Select your carrier sure about any of these b Select Next and then select il aes settings Done 9 If you selected No in step 7 a Select Next b Enter the phone number you use to dial in to your ISP and the username for your di
217. change font c Select the photo that you want Text tool SIZE to personalize Brewinatogi Tip d Draw on the photo using the Co orbutten Use the eraser selection following tools on the drawing tool to erase drawings only tap Undo to delete text You can only use Undo once to delete text for a given photo If you need to delete text after using Drawing tool Draw anywhere on the photo using the stylus Text tool Enter text in the field Tap anywhere on the screen to open a text field in a new location Color button Select a drawing color Undo tap Done and do e Select Done not save the photo and then open the photo and Y Continued try again Zire 72 Handheld 251 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 3 Select one of the following to save f SaveNewPhoto or rej ect changes You have drawn on this photo What do you want to i Replace Original Saves the photo eo sd with drawing in place of the original Cisne onan photo with no drawing the original photo is lost Don t Save Changes Save as New Photo Saves both the photo with drawing and the original photo with no drawing You will be asked to enter a name for the new photo You can also tap the pick list to save the updated photo to a different album Don t Save Changes Saves only the original photo with no drawing Cancel Returns to Draw on Photo screen Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 252 CHAPTER 15 Tip Copy an entire album by ope
218. cked turn it your handheld A hard reset deletes all of the information on your handheld including your on Enter your password password but you can restore the information by synchronizing your handheld with your and then select Done computer Zire 72 Handheld 513 Keeping Your Information Private Locking your handheld automatically 1 Open Security Preferences a Go to the Home qm screen b Select Prefs amp Auto Lock box c Select Secu rity Private Records Show 2 Open the Lock Handheld dialog box a Tap the Auto Lock box b If necessary enter your password and then select OK Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 514 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Tip The number of password 3 p Select one of these lock options attempts must be Lock Handheld i between 5 and 99 Never Always leave your Automatically lock handheld handheld unlocked N Eer When power is off When power is off Automatical ly lock your Automatically lock handheld when handheld whenever you turn it power is off off Atapreset time Setatime when your handheld will automatically lock After a preset delay Seta period of inactivity after which your handheld will automatically lock 4 Select OK and then select Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 515 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Locking your handheld manually 1 Open Security Preferences a Go to the Home screen Passw
219. cluded with your phone for information The documentation might refer to a Bluetooth connection as a Bluetooth pair Bluetooth link or bonded pair If you need additional information about pairing your phone and handheld refer to the Phone Pairing Handbook at www palmOne com support intl My handheld cannot connect to my mobile phone Use the following steps to test the connection 1 Draw the Graffiti 2 writing Command stroke and select the Bluetooth indicator to open the Bluetooth settings screen You can select the indicator even if it is dimmed 2 Make sure On is selected 3 Tap the Service pick list and select the service that you want to use to connect to your phone 4 Tap Connect If the connection is successful open the application that requires the connection and complete the desired task If the connection is not successful try the following steps Zire 72 Handheld 634 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions e Make sure that your phone is equipped with Bluetooth technology that Bluetooth is enabled and that the power is on e You may need to set up a connection with your phone See the documentation included with your phone for assistance with completing the connection setup process If you need additional information about connecting your phone refer to the Phone Pairing Handbook at www palmOne com support intl My phone connection drops before I finish using it You need to increase the Idle timeo
220. complete the task Show Due Dates Display each task s due date in the list if you assigned one and display an exclamation point next to each task that is overdue Show Priorities Show the priority setting for each task in the list Show Categories Show the category for each task in the list Alam Sound Select a sound for the alarms you assign to your tasks b Done Zire 72 Handheld 179 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Working with Tasks on your computer Use Tasks on your computer to view and manage your tasks Check out the online Help in Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Tasks on your computer The online Help includes info about the following topics e Learning about the parts of the Tasks window e Entering editing and deleting tasks e Creating repeating tasks e Marking tasks private e Showing masking and hiding private tasks e Assigning tasks to categories e Printing your task list e Selecting how to view tasks e Sorting tasks by due date priority level or categories WINDOWS ONLY To open Tasks on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop and then click Tasks on the launch bar MAC ONLY To open Tasks on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder and then click To Dos Zire 72 Handheld 180 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld u
221. connection between the IR port of your handheld and a modem so that you can dial in to your ISP or corporate network The modem can be attached to or within a mobile phone or other device containing an IR port Tip You can use your handheld s built in A Bluetooth technology to Some infrared phones can act as modems To set up a phone connect to other devices connection you must have a GSM or GPRS mobile phone without using Connection enabled with data services and a driver for your phone Check Preferences www palmOne com for available phone drivers or contact the phone manufacturer Key Term ISP Acronym for r g z intemetsericepr did r Changing the preset connection settings This is the service you The following steps show you how to adjust the communication speed in the preset IR to a PC use to connect to the Handheld connection setting You can similarly edit other connections or settings Internet such as AOL Compuserve or Earthlink 1 Open Connection Preferences Did You Know You cannot rename or delete the preset b Select Prefs 2 connection settings Preferences Connection Available Connections a Go to the Home screen PAIGE IR to a PC Handheld c Select Connection Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 591 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld 2 Open the Edit Connection dialog Edit Connection box Name IR to a PC Handheld a Select the IR to PC handheld Connect to v
222. creen J a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences c Select the System tab Select the Backup ALL Databases check box and then select OK Preferences i General Advanced b Done M Backup ALL Databases 411 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Did You Know Synchronizing IMAP mail folders wirelessly You can synchronize If you create an IMAP folder in an account on your handheld that matches a folder on the mail folders whose names are server you can wirelessly synchronize e mail messages that you move into or out of the IMAP up to 16 characters in folder or delete in the folder length You can synchronize up to 11 When you synchronize a folder any e mail messages in the selected folder on the mail server are downloaded to the same folder on your handheld Any messages moved out of the selected folder custom folders you on your handheld or deleted on your handheld are moved or deleted in the folder on the mail create in addition to the default folders Inbox ee Outbox Drafts Sent and Trash Prerequisites for wireless IMAP folder synchronization i Depending on how you have set up IMAP folders on your handheld and or the mail server you Tip may have to do some steps before you can wirelessly synchronize e mail messages between your If you have a folder on handheld and the server as follows your handhel
223. creen to dial numbers that are not in Contacts e Keep your call history on your handheld ee dial numbers using speed ia 482 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld Dialing a number Before You Begin Tapping in a number on your handheld is sometimes easier than using your mobile phone Before you can dial a number you must set up Entering a number a phone connection on your handheld p 1 Go to the Home screen and select Dialer 2 Tap the telephone number on the keypad Digits appear in the numeric display Enter phone number and tap Dial Tap Clear to delete last digit from numeric display Tap and hold to clear entire numeric display Tap and hold the 0 key to add a plus to the number sequence 3 Tap Dial y Done Zire 72 Handheld 483 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld Redialing the most recently used number Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Dialer Dial the most recently used number a Tap Dial to display the most recently used number The most recently dialed displays BIE P m 8 WXYZ Tap Dial b Tap Dial again to dial the number 4 Done 484 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld Dialing a number from the Call History List Did You Know igi Palm Dialer keeps a list of 1 Go to the Home screen and select Dialer L of the most recently dialed number
224. cting events 161 conformity declaration 646 Connect to setting 594 connecting headsets to handheld 21 586 to Bluetooth devices 23 277 279 594 to dial in servers 598 to mobile phones 280 286 to networks 82 87 597 600 to other devices 276 277 591 to personal computers 8 277 287 to power adapter 22 590 619 See also connecting adding login scripts for 604 adding trusted 288 292 authentication servers and 607 automatically stopping remote 408 closing Internet 455 closing network 600 creating 593 594 deleting 593 disabling Internet 468 disconnecting HotSync cable 79 dropping 602 losing 620 omitting passkeys for 280 pairing with network services 314 precautions for 611 648 preset setting for 591 596 restricting 278 retrying Internet 456 selecting 598 setting flow control for 595 setting preferences for 478 setting timeout intervals for 407 setting up mobile 280 284 setting up network 283 291 600 setting up secure 388 404 414 setting up wireless 276 289 synchronizing from 76 82 87 conserving power 5 279 588 619 Contact Details dialog box 123 Contact Edit screen 116 118 contacting ISP providers 284 entering information with 60 entering network information for 83 managing schedules from 165 overwriting information on 95 97 to power sources 620 to the Internet 277 456 598 Connection pick list 598 Connection Preferences screen 591 593 Zire 72 Handheld 656 contacts See also C
225. ction required Zire 72 Handheld 28 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Zire 72 Handheld A AudiblePlayer G RealOne Player Windows Media Player Direct X J ava Technologies 4 Handmark Solitaire ET powerOne Calculator jt Adait Ei Adobe Reader for Palm OS Palm Reader Listen to newspapers books public radio language instruction and more additional fees may apply Windows only Carry music on an expansion card sold separately create playlists and listen to music on your handheld This application also includes desktop software Windows only Both Mac and Windows users can use RealOne Player on the handheld Works with the palmOne Media application You need to install this software on your computer to view videos in Palm Desktop software Windows only N NOTE You cannot view video clips that you capture on your handheld on a Mac computer For more information go to www palmOne com support zire72 Access more software and functions after you download WebSphere Micro Environment to run J ava J 2ME on your handheld Download requires Internet connection Enjoy hours of entertainment with this solitaire game Calculate math and business solutions with this enhanced calculator Preview try and buy software for your handheld Windows only and web access required View PDF files that are tailored to fit your handheld s screen Purchase and download eBooks from the web
226. cts du ring a search To Accessories eve paimanecamM continue the search tap Technical Su www palmone com M Calendar Find More Tasks Don t forget to register 3 Tap the text that you want to review 4 Done The entry you tapped appears on the screen Zire 72 Handheld 41 My Handheld Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories and more visit www palmOne com myzire72 Support If you re having problems with your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld Moving Around in Applications Related topics Click a link below to learn about these related topics Explori e Locating the controls on your handheld e Discovering the built in software on your handheld and the additional software on the CD e Getting familiar with the input area and onscreen application controls Entering e Entering information with Graffiti 2 characters and shortcuts Infomation e Entering contact information in other applications Sharing Beaming information and applications to other Palm OS handheld users e Sending information and applications to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth technology on your handheld Privacy Keeping information private by turning on security options Categories Creating categories and organizing your applications and information Installing and e Adding and deleting applicatio
227. d Subject Font Tap the Font field Tap each pick list in the Select Font dialog box Font Size Style and select the option you want Default is Palm 9 Plain Read and unread message color Tap the Read and Unread pick lists and then select the color you want for each type of message Default for both is black Y Continued 342 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Zire 72 Handheld 3 Tap OK If you selected one line summary view in step 2 change the size of columns in the message list a Tap and hold the stylus on the column divider b Drag the column divider to change the width of the column Ry Done yet 1 5 v Inbox o BS revised instruc Les Ne 5 36a o BS these are funny Travis 5 30a o M review comme Angela 5 28a M cool site Travi 5 2 o M ALC Account Fo monica 3 33a Column divider 343 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Moving messages between folders Tip You can move one or more e mail messages between folders You can use the navigator to move a single message Select the 1 In the Inbox or on another folder message you want to screen tap the folder pick list in move press Right to the upper right corner and select open the Message menu the folder containing the and then select Move To message s you want to move Then select the folder you want on the folders list Y Continued Tip To select a group of
228. d enter it Payment Unfiled Currency v Category Select a category to sort Vendor your expenses City Attendees Type Enter the expense type Payment Select how you paid for the expense Currency Select the currency used to pay the expense You can preset this symbol Vendor and City Enter the vendor and city associated with the expense For example a business lunch might be at Rosie s Cafe in San Francisco Attendees Enter the people associated with the expense c Select OK That s it Your handheld automatically saves the expense Make sure you have a current backup Synchronize often CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses Tip If you travel a lot update the currency pick list so that you can quickly getto the symbols you need Did You Know Use separate categories for related expenses For example create a London category for a trip to London After you file your expense report for the London trip you can easily delete the related expenses with the Purge command Zire 72 Handheld Choosing currency options Expense is even easier to use when you customize the currency list You can choose what currencies appear in the pick list what symbol automatically appears in new expenses and even create your own currency symbol Customizing the currency pick list Place the currency symbols that you use most often in the currency pick list 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Expen
229. d entries 507 menus 24 Note Pad 27 190 onscreen keyboards 24 58 59 photo albums 237 238 RealOne Mobile Player 27 274 Reminders screen 326 text files 359 text messages 429 430 432 web pages 459 460 470 operating systems 2 optional information xx Zire 72 Handheld options 25 40 90 See also preferences security options order forms 472 Organize Albums icon 247 organizing applications 42 527 532 information 42 526 Outbox 334 339 340 Outbox icons 340 outgoing mail options 309 311 402 404 Outgoing mail server option 399 outgoing mail servers 301 305 Outlook entering information from 60 marking completed tasks and 175 setting as default mail program 378 synchronizing with 10 94 304 547 625 Outlook Express 304 378 Overdue task icon 153 overdue tasks 152 161 174 179 overlapping events 159 owner information 587 Owner Preferences screen 587 P pager 117 paging through documentation xxii Palm Desktop Installer icon 7 Palm Desktop software completing repeated tasks and 175 creating user profiles from 12 13 described 2 28 downloading 3 entering information in 60 61 63 importing information to 64 66 installing 3 7 27 online help for 60 opening applications in 60 62 requiring password entry for 509 restoring archived items to 66 synchronizing with 10 74 76 system requirements for 2 troubleshooting 617 uninstalling 547 upgrading handhelds and 7 Palm Dialer software See Dialer application
230. d palmOne Representative David Woo Manager palmOne Inc World Wide Compliance Date November 4 2003 Battery Waming Do not mutilate puncture or dispose of batteries in fire The batteries can burst or explode releasing hazardous chemicals Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions and in accordance with your local regulations Waming Explosion Hazard e Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class Division 2 e When in hazardous location turn off power before replacing or wiring modules and e Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non hazardous Vaming Eksplosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte Anv nd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren Kassera anv nt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion Advarsel Lithiumbatteri Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig h ndtering Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type Lev r det brugte batteri tilbage tilleverand ren Varoitus Paristo voi r j ht jos se on virheellisesti asennettu Vaihda paristo ainoastaan valmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin H vit k ytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti Advarsel Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefait av apparatfabrikanten Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner Waarschuw
231. d port number Preferences Proxy Server M Accept cookies Select OK Select OK b Done 480 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories Moving Opening applications and more visit Around Usna menis www palmOne com 7 myzire72 Sharing e Exchanging web pages with other palmOne handheld users by beaming them Support e Sending web pages to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth If you re having problems technology on your handheld with Web Pro or with N anything else on your Connecting a a ae peed using the Bluetooth technology on your handheld go to andheld to browse wirelessly www palmOne com E mail Using e mail with your browser support zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 481 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld In this chapter Dialing a number Using speed dial Zire 72 Handheld You have been using Quick Connect in Contacts to set up client meetings and you now you are feeling hungry You can quickly dial the local pizza parlor even if their number is not in your Contacts list Tap out the number on the Dialer keypad tap Dial and your mobile phone begins dialing Your call history stays on your handheld for easy access later Benefits of Dialer e An easy to use keypad on your handheld s
232. d that matches a folder on the e If you need to create a folder on both your handheld and the server create the folder on your mail server you do not handheld and select the Also create on server check box need to do anything before synchronizing e If there is a folder on the mail server but you need to create it on your handheld you do not need wirelessly to select the Also create on server check box You can turn folder synchronization on or off during a Get Mail operation and set synchronization options from a menu Zire 72 Handheld 412 Did You Know After you select the folders to synchronize a connection is made to your e mail service provider to update the server with changes from your handheld and to have your handheld updated with changes from the server Zire 72 Handheld CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tuming IMAP folder synchronization on or off 1 2 From within an IMAP e mail account tap Get Mail Select or deselect the Sync IMAP Folders check box and then select OK Subjects Only M Sync IMAP Folders en Get Mail Options il Synchronizing handheld mail server IMAP folders from the Options menu 1 Open the Sync IMAP Folders screen a In the Inbox or on another folder screen of an IMAP account open the menus b Select Options and then select Sync IMAP Folders Select the folder or folders you want to synchronize from the pick list Ry Done 41
233. dar Scheduling a repeating event standard interval Tip There s no need to re enter events that take place on a regular basis J ust set up a repeating event To select intervals such as This is a great way to block out time for things like a daily walk with the dog a weekly team the 2nd Tuesday of every meeting a monthly game night with friends and annual events like anniversaries and holidays month or the 3rd Thursday in November of sae J year oon r 1 Press the Calendar oF application button Scheduling a repeating event unusual interval 2 Enter the event you want to repeat and then tap the event description 3 Set the repeat interval a Tap Details b Tap the Repeat pick list and Location repeats Daily until Every week Repeat Every week Every other week Every month Private O or Every year OK Caneel Gaete NOTE if you select Daily a dialog box appears for you to select the end date c Select OK 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 137 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Scheduling a repeating event unusual interval Some events don t fit neatly into the preset repeat intervals so you need to set up your own repeat intervals For example set aside time for a trip to the gym every other day schedule a class that meets on the 1st Wednesday of each month or enter annual holidays that occur during a particular time of month such as the 1st Monday in September or the 3rd week of November
234. dcnesciiennecsatrenaee 128 Working with Contacts on your COMpUtEr ssssessesseesrssrrerrserrerrereisern 130 Related tO PICS spies scivzinessscetviedesceniieyeazetvivyesceiieeeeientti vee eateeanes Ee 131 Chapter 8 Managing Your Calendar s secsssssssssseeees 132 Scheduling Events ccicssesscccesxeaszeteeystst cadupesvactansesnatycscen sac eatae nigen iara 133 Scheduling an APPOINTMENC sisii 133 Scheduling an event without a Start time 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 135 Scheduling a repeating event standard interval sesse 137 Scheduling a repeating event unusSual interval sesser 138 Scheduling an event that is longer than a day essees 140 Entering a location or a note for an event suser 141 Color coding your schedule c ciisscsssuadeesceetesnieseeeeteseaeevie deeceeenvineenetin 142 Selecting your color codes oo eeceesceseceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaaeeeaeeseeeteeeeeeeenses 142 Assigning a color code to an event ou eeececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteneetnaeeeaaes 145 Setingan ALAM sirsenis ieies eagai isk E E a a a oii oan 146 Rescheduling an CVENE sssrinin ai ai iada daraa 147 Deleting events 2s sisccucics tere ca canscesaspendzcncesstasdeacnestord caseseentecateesiieracertearacunses 149 Deleting a specific event 0 eecceececesecesceceeeeeseeeaaeeeaeeteeeeteeetneeteeeeeaes 149 Zire 72 Handheld vi Deleting all your old events 0 eeceecceeeeeeesee eee eeneeeeaeeeaseeeeeeteeeeteeeeses 151 Checking your schedule ceeceecc
235. dd more information to your service profile 1 Open Network Preferences a Go to the Home O screen b Select Prefs 8 Password Connection IR to Nokia 6310i c Select Network 2 Open the Details dialog box Details Connection type PPP a Tap the Service pick list and select the service you want to add details to Idle timeout 1 Minute Query DNS b Tap Details IP Address M Automatic Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 601 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld gt gt Key Term DNS Domain name system The Internet uses this system to translate the names of host computers into IP addresses A DNS number identifies the server that handles the translation Each IP address has four numbers from 0 to 255 that are separated by periods gt gt Key Term IP_ Internet protocol Everyone who logs in to the Internet needs a unique identifier an IP address Some networks dynamically assign a temporary IP address upon login while others assign a permanent IP address Zire 72 Handheld 3 Adjust any of the following settings NOTE Ask your ISP or system administrator if you need information on any of these settings Connection type Tap the pick list and choose the communication protocol for this service PPP SLIP or CSLIP Most e mail application use PPP or SLIP protocols Idle timeout Tap the pick list and select how long your handheld waits before dropping the connec
236. delete check box Zire 72 Handheld Writing Notes in Note Pad Deleting a note 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Note Pad Ss Open the note a Select Done to display the Note Pad list b Select the note you want to delete 1 Welcome to Note Pad 7 2 2 Groceries 7 5 3 Bob 7 5 4 Flowers 7 5 5 Bank 7 5 Select Delete and then select OK to confirm deletion b Done 196 Zire 72 Handheld Writing Notes in Note Pad Working with Note Pad on your computer Use Note Pad on your computer to view and manage the handwritten notes you create on your handheld Check out the online Help in Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Note Pad on your computer The online Help includes info about the following topics e Learning about the parts of the Note Pad window e Viewing copying and deleting notes e Editing note details and titles e Setting an alarm for a note e Marking notes private e Showing masking and hiding private notes e Printing notes e Changing between the List and note Preview views e Sorting notes e Sharing notes WINDOWS ONLY To open Note Pad on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop and then click Note Pad on the launch bar MAC ONLY To open Note Pad on your computer double click the Note Pad icon in the Palm folder 197 CHAPTER 11 Writing Notes in Note Pad Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about t
237. dheld 98 Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Synchronizing with an external file WINDOWS ONLY The File Link feature enables you to import Contacts and Memos information to your handheld from a separate external file such as a company phone list You can set up File Link to check for changes to the external file and then import those changes to your handheld during synchronization With File Link you can import information stored in any of the following formats e Comma separated csv e Memos archive mpa e Contacts archive aba e Text txt For information on how to set up a file link see the Palm Desktop online Help 99 My Handheld Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories and more visit www palmOne com myzire72 Support If you re having problems with synchronization or with anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com support zire72 Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Related topics Click a link below to learn about these related topics Installing and Using palmOne Quick Install or Send to Handheld droplet to add Removing applications to your handheld Common Answers to frequently asked questions about synchronization Questions 100 Expanding Your Handheld In this chapter What type of expansion cards can use How can expansion cards help me
238. dheld 587 information xx 5 39 75 619 passwords 512 513 Lotus Notes 304 371 376 low batteries 5 619 Low light option 234 Low Quality option 471 lowercase letters 47 580 low resolution images 471 M Mac information creating contacts 130 creating notes 197 creating user profiles 13 described xx displaying tasks 180 displaying videos 228 entering information 62 handheld system requirements 3 installing handheld software 7 539 543 545 listening to music 260 mobile connections 281 opening calendars 165 synchronizing handheld 75 80 92 96 synchronizing with user profiles 16 troubleshooting problems 618 turning off IR port 81 uninstalling Palm Desktop software 548 writing memos 187 Mac OS X systems 543 magnify tool 243 magnifying glass Adobe Reader xxii magnifying pictures 242 243 Mail Client pick list 377 mail databases 410 mail folders 344 346 382 mail servers 301 302 305 Mail Servers command 316 397 Mail Servers screen 317 398 399 400 Mail Service pick list 304 Mail Services pick list 305 mail See e mail mailto link 461 maintenance information 610 Make Default check box 98 Manual synchronization option 91 manually locking handhelds 513 516 marking information as private 505 masking private entries 504 506 507 math calculators 26 29 199 Max cache size option 476 Maximum Message Size option 308 380 MCI connections 599 Media application backing up information in 28 bene
239. dress 20K Signing Bonus v Previously Viewed Search Local Jobs Post Q www google com Resume More y 7 www com net org More Yahoo Search New Y Education features Choosing a school for your child H A Elama Retentions Aenean Plewatfia da v Enter the address of the web page you want to visit Use the buttons in the Open URL dialog box for quick entry of characters commonly used in web addresses If Web Pro recognizes the address that you are entering due to a previous entry it automatically completes the address Select Go b Done 444 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Accessing a web page using the address field Tip You can also hide the 1 address field to show more of the web page Open the menus select 2 Options and then select Go to the web page you want to Display Options Select view the Hide address field check box a Enter the address of the web page in the address field b Select Go b Done Zire 72 Handheld Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Address field palmOne com wiraiess Palm com Wireless Edition Handhelds Palm Press Room Support palmOne com Wireless Edition For complete product and company information visit www palmOne com fram varv dacltan camnutay 445 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Using a password to access a web page Some web sites require you to use a password
240. e c Enter anew category name and then select OK d Select OK again 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 528 CHAPTER 24 Using Categories to Organize Information Deleting a category If you delete a category the items in that category will move to the Unfiled category Tip In Expense you can delete a category including its contents with the Purge command Zire 72 Handheld 1 e To delete a category within an application open that application e To delete a category for applications go to the Home screen O Delete the category a In Calendar select an event and then select Details b Open the list of categories Calendar Tap the Category pick list All other applications Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and then select Edit Categories c Select the name of the category you want to delete and then select Delete d Select OK 4 Done 529 CHAPTER 24 Tip You can also enter new information into a category by opening the application and then selecting the category from the upper right corner Tap New and enter the information Zire 72 Handheld Using Categories to Organize Information Placing information into a category You can place individual entries into categories within an application For example you may want to place some of your contacts into a category called Medical You may also find it convenient to view applications in groups You may want all of y
241. e 72 Handheld Handheld Settings Overview screen 384 Handheld view Web Pro 450 handheld based software catalog 538 handhelds accessing features 24 34 adding additional software 102 538 540 adding applications to 1 74 111 607 adding owner information 587 adding user information 7 11 backing up e mail databases from 410 beaming to See beaming benefits of 18 charging battery for 4 590 610 620 checking space on 536 components of 2 connecting to other devices 591 connecting to PCs 8 23 connecting to power adapter 22 590 619 controls described 19 customizing 11 17 27 564 disconnecting from HotSync cable 77 79 624 do s and don ts 610 freeing up space on 66 151 546 621 getting additional information about xxi getting help with 643 getting unexpected results 585 locking 513 516 587 losing 587 maintenance information for 610 naming 279 not making sounds 621 not responding 588 611 619 620 630 opening 619 preinstalled applications for 26 protecting 278 282 recharging battery 4 5 590 619 reconnecting HotSync cable 79 related topics for 17 30 removing items 66 replacing information on 95 97 resetting 22 513 611 620 restoring information on 614 running out of space on 102 setting auto off delay for 590 setting idle timeouts for 602 setting power preferences for 588 590 setting up 1 6 7 17 synchronizing 73 89 512 synchronizing wirelessly 277 289 synchronizing with user profiles 11 14
242. e Account dialog box to delete the account and all associated e mail messages b Select OK Ry Done Account Setup To setup an account tap New or select an account to edit Delete Account Q Are you sure you want to permanently remove the Work Email account 313 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Selecting a different service for an e mail account When you set up a phone connection on your handheld you pair each connection with a network service You also select one of these services to be the default for all network activity on your handheld including sending and receiving e mail For any given e mail account however you can switch to a different service for that account only For example the default service you have selected for your handheld may be called Bluetooth and may use your handheld s built in Bluetooth functionality to make a connection to your corporate mail server However for your Earthlink account you may want to switch to the service called IR which uses your handheld s IR port to make a connection to your e mail service provider through your mobile phone When you exit the VersaM ail application the service disconnects unless you are using the default service for your handheld When you reopen the application the e mail account you selected Earthlink in this example continues to connect using the new connection IR in this example until you either select a new servi
243. e History list contains a record of the last 50 web pages you visited and is saved even when you exit gt Yy Key Term Cache A temporary storage of the most recently visited web pages Tip You can delete all pages saved in the History list by selecting Clear Pages you ve recently visited are still available in the cache and you can visit those pages by using the Back and Forward icons Tip Create a bookmark to save the location or a saved page to save the content of a web page indefinitely Zire 72 Handheld Web Pro The recently visited web pages can either be cached pages or stored URLs Cached pages are stored in cache memory and have a Cached icon next to the name in the list These can be viewed off line Because cached pages are stored the information may not be current When you select to view a cached page you are asked if you want to view the stored page or if you want to view the current page using the URL Only the URL is stored for the pages that don t have a cached icon so you always go directly to the current page 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Open the History dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select History Y Continued 464 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web You 3 Yol can alo access the Go to the web page you recently cached web pages by visited History using the Back and ra eu joogie ji m Yaho
244. e HotSync Manager icon G in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of must meet the following the screen requirements in order to synchronize by b Select Network connecting with a computer on the network Ry NOTE You must select Network on both the computer to which you are connecting and the computer with which you want to synchronize e To connect using your handheld s IR port the computer to which you are connecting must be IR compatible Y Continued e The computer to which you are connecting must have a version of Palm Desktop software that is compatible with your handheld e The computer with which you want to synchronize your own computer must be turned on Zire 72 Handheld 87 Tip Click TCP IP Settings to display the primary settings for your computer Check that these settings are correct on your handheld by selecting the HotSync icon on the Home screen and then selecting Primary PC Setup from the Options menu If the settings do not match restart your computer and synchronize using the cable or IR port before synchronizing by connecting to a computer on the network Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer 2 On the computer with which you want to synchronize your own computer only do the following a Select Setup from the HotSync Manager menu b Click the Network tab and make sure your username has a checkmark next to it If the checkmark is
245. e palmOne Media on your computer to view and manage the photos and videos you capture on your handheld Check out the online Help in Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Media on your computer The online Help includes info about the following topics e Learning about the parts of the Media window e Using Photo Editor to view crop rotate or enhance a photo e Using Video Editor to create or trim a video clip e Editing photo and video details and titles e Adding notes to a photo or video e Printing photos and videos e Switching between the Thumbnail List and Details views e Creating slide shows of photos and videos e Sorting photos and videos e Organizing your photos and videos into albums To open Media on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop and then click Media on the launch bar N NOTE There is no palmOne Media desktop application on Mac computers 256 CHAPTER 15 My Handheld Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories and more visit www palmOne com myzire72 Support If you re having problems with palmOne Media with the built in camera or with anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Related topics Click a link below to learn about these related topics E mail Messages Common uestions e Opening applications e Using menus
246. e phone into a mode where it can accept a key exchange for bonding in a trusted pair See the documentation included with your phone for information Trusted Devices i BluetoothSecurity i Enter passkey for T616 Select Done b Done 294 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Setting advanced Bluetooth features These advanced settings are used in special circumstances Tip If the remote device name has changed disabling device name cache forces your handheld to retrieve the new device name Zire 72 Handheld Storing recently found device names When you enable or disable the device name cache you control whether or not your handheld retrieves the names of remote devices each time the discovery process takes place By default the device name cache is enabled which means the names of devices that are found are stored in cache The next time the device is discovered the name appears very quickly 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Bluetooth Open the menus Select Options and then select Disable device name cache The selection on the Option menu toggles to Enable device name cache This indicates that the cache is disabled b Done CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Allowing your handheld to wake up when it is tumed off You can set your handheld to receive information through Bluetooth connections when your handheld is turned off The radio remains
247. e server Select Both Select Yes if you want to update the server now To delete the message from only your handheld now Select Handheld y Done 355 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting the trash to be emptied automatically Did You Know By default Auto Empty 1 Mail from Trash is selected and the time interval is set at Older Than 1 Week Open the VersaMail Preferences a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences 2 Select the settings for automatically Preferences qa emptying the trash General Advanced System M Enable Smart Addressing a Select the Advanced tab W Auto Empty Mail from Trash wv Older Than 1 Week Timeout b Select the Auto Empty check box O Auto Disconnect if itis not selected O Disconnect on Exit Modem Wait 0 c Tap the pick list and then select one of the following e E mail messages are automatically emptied from the trash immediately when they are deleted from a folder e Messages are automatically emptied from the trash after the time interval you specify one day three days one week or one month d Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 356 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Marking messages as read or unread When you tap a message to read it it is automatically marked as read You can alSo manually mark messages as read or unread Did You Know In one line view read 1 messages app
248. e specific voice memos on an expansion card or to configure your handheld to always store voice memos on an expansion card when one is present Saving a specific memo to an expansion card 1 2 3 4 2 Go to the Home screen and select Voice Memo D Open a voice memo Tap the category pick list in the upper right corner and select Card Select Done y Done 224 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Automatically storing all voice memos on an expansion card 2 1 Go to the Home screen and select Voice Memo D 2 Open the Alarm dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences 3 Select the check box Record r automatically to expansion card Preferences if present Sort by Manual Alarm Sound v Alarm M Confirm V Memo deletion M Record automatically to expansion card if present 4 Tap OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 225 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great Movi Gecki licati tips software accessories MrOVING penmg appiicaons and more visit Around Usina menis www palmOne com g myzire72 Categories Organizing voice memos by arranging them into categories and sorting them Privacy Keeping voice memos private by turning on security options Support f Ti If you re having problems Sharing Exchanging voice memos wit
249. e the b Use the left and right arrows Country reminder and then select to move to and select the birth Birthday OK year Hold down either arrow Custom f to scroll quickly through the Did You Know years Birthdays you enter in Contacts appear as untimed events in Calendar If you update the birthday in Contacts 5 it automatically updates in Calendar as well c Select the month and date After you finish entering all the information you want select Done y Done That s it Your handheld automatically saves the contact Make sure you have a current backup Synchronize often Zire 72 Handheld 115 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Entering additional contact information The Contact Edit screen displays certain fields by default You can customize the Contact Edit screen to display additional fields Tip Additional fields appear in acontact only if you enter info into them If you leave a field blank it does not appear the next time you open the Contact Edit screen Also additional fields apply only to the current contact you can duplicate contact information if you need to apply the same fields to multiple contacts Did You Know Each field type can be displayed a certain number of times up to a preset maximum Once you reach this maximum the field type no longer appears on the pop up list For example you can display up to seven Phone Email fields Tip Tap the Note icon next to
250. e updates to your computer e If you are upgrading from an older Palm OS handheld remove any previous version s of Palm Desktop software e Uninstall and then reinstall the current version of Palm Desktop software Zire 72 Handheld 618 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Handheld IMPORTANT Do not open your handheld there are no serviceable parts inside Opening your handheld voids the warranty and is not recommended under any circumstances I want to see how much battery life I have left A battery gauge fam appears at the top of the Home screen Check the gauge periodically to see if your handheld needs to be recharged If the battery becomes low a message appears on the screen prompting you to recharge the battery I m not sure when I need to recharge my handheld We recommend that you recharge your handheld for at least half an hour every day Ideally connect your handheld to a power source every night and recharge it while you sleep My battery is drained If the battery is drained to the point that you cannot turn on your handheld your information is Safely stored for approximately five days In this case there is enough residual energy in the battery to store the information but not enough to turn on your handheld If your handheld does not turn on when you press the power button you should recharge it immediately for a few hours My battery drains too quickly You can conserve battery life by doing any of
251. e you synchronize Your computer is now set up to synchronize e mail Use the next procedure to set options for each e mail account you want to synchronize 373 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting synchronization options for your e mail account Read the Setup Notes box 1 for helpful setup information or error Open the synchronization options screen a On the VersaMail Configuration For User screen click the plus sign to the left Mesage of the account you want to configure Tip b U i il Cli Under the account name click Mail Client Sync Setup You can set advanced p synchronization options k aasbnasaimnnaa LS LL rT such as how many days esas Bejek VersaMail a Speakeasy worth of messages to synchronize downloading attachments and Mail Client Sync Setup Speakeasy Advanced Sync Options Handheld Settings Work Email IV Check this box to synchronize this mail account when you perform a HotSync operation VersaMail Attachment Conversion nt l Mail Cent Microsoft Outlook Express x synchronizing e mail Mail Profile Eee fo ders Mail Password SSS m Setup Notes In order to synchronize with Outlook Express you must first properly set up MAPI in Outlook Express The MAPI setting can be found under Options in the Outlook Express Tools menu 3 Outlook Express version 4 or earlier Check the box Make Outlook Express my default e mai
252. e72 Common Answers to frequently asked questions about Bluetooth uestions Zire 72 Handheld 297 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages In this chapter Upgrading an existing e mail account About e mail accounts Creating an account Managing e mail accounts Getting and reading e mail Sending an e mail message Working with e mail folders Working with e mail messages Working with attachments Synchronizing e mail on your handheld with e mail on your computer Advanced VersaMail application features Related topics Zire 72 Handheld If you already know how efficient e mail is for staying in touch with personal and business contacts VersaM ail personal e mail software brings you a new level of convenience e mail on the go If you are a new e mail user you will enjoy the ease and speed of communicating with friends family and colleagues anywhere you can make an Internet connection You can attach files such as photos to e mail messages as well as Microsoft Word or Excel files created in Documents to Go on your handheld or receive any of these file types as attachments to view and edit at your convenience You can also synchronize e mail messages on your handheld with e mail on your desktop computer _ _ S Benefits of the VersaMail application e Access e mail on the go e Send and receive photos sound files
253. ead or edit the memo and then select Done Tip E You can change the size v Done of the text in Memos to enhance readability Zire 72 Handheld 184 CHAPTER 10 Writing Memos Moving memos in your memos list Did You Know You can move memos up or down in your memos list For example you might want to keep all If you use Palm Desktop memos on a certain topic grouped together software for synchronizing you can siete ladies bl 1 Go to the Home screen and select Memos 6 computer by synchronizing and then open the memo on your 2 computer in an application such as Move a memo Microsoft Word for a Locate the memo you want further editing formatting and so on 1 Power Tips 1 Power Tips Rig ht click the memo on 2 Action Items 11 5 2 Action Items 11 5 3 Quote of the Day 3 Quote of the Da your computer click Send 4 Birthday Wish List 5 Edits for Draft 2 5 Birthday Wish List To and then select the 6 Edits for Draft 2 application to which you want to send the memo b Move the memo up or down by dragging the stylus across the screen A black dotted line appears to represent the memo you are moving c When the line is in the location you want for your memo lift the stylus 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 185 CHAPTER 10 Writing Memos Tip Need to retrieve that holiday recipe you stored If you save an archive copy of your deleted memos you can refer to them later by importi
254. ear in plain text in the message list unread messages appear in bold text Select the message or messages to mark a In the Inbox or on another folders screen tap the folders pick list and then select the folder containing the message you want to mark b Tap the icon next to the message you want to mark To mark multiple Did You Know messages tap the bullets next to the messages you want to mark POP mail servers do not support the read or unread message feature 2 For POP accounts messages that you mark Do one of the following to mark the message or messages appear in plain or bold Single message Select Mark text on your handheld Read or Mark Unread on the list EETA but the difference is not recognized on the server Multiple messages Open the on menus select Message and then Reply select Mark Read or Mark pda Diet Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 357 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip Selecting Both and then OK also processes any other pending actions on the server such as deleting messages not yet deleted Zire 72 Handheld 3 For IMAP accounts only select one Mark Read of the following Would you like to mark the selected messages To mark the messages as read or read on both the handheld and server or unread on your handheld only on just the handheld Select Handheld To mark the messages on both your handheld and the server and have the messages
255. eceeeeeeseaeetaeseeesnaeeneeeeaes 107 RENAMING a CANA sesiis niaii a a a seeds 108 Copying applications to an expansion card ssssesssssssesssrrrsrresinsrrerees 109 Zire 72 Handheld v Removing all information from a card eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeteeeeees 110 Related TOPICS ixiesesisccsasscasidseceey sandenaeynateatessasewadnequececscenutenaseteuascesacedteitvataeras 111 Chapter 7 Managing Your Contact ssssssscsssssssssssees 112 Addi g a C NtaC ispijosininenn eaaa aaa aar N ANENE 113 Entering additional contact information ssesssseesesrerreerierrreneen 116 Selecting contact field types esceeeecseeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeaeeeeeeteeeseeeeeees 117 Defining custom fields 2 eecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaaeeeaeeteeeeteeeteeeeteeeeaes 118 Selecting a contact as your business card ou ecessseseeteeeeseeeseneeess 119 Copying contact information into multiple contacts 120 Locating a contact on your IS vis ccisessdecscderiveeesiiiseniivasveresseisecesieveyee 121 Deleting a GONtACK lt ccccsaszceleecess coestecndeccsentevkecdusvistereccesetetsageeastensceauberaonsss 122 Customizing the Contacts list sssrinin aa 123 Making connections from COntacts c cccseeseeseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeees 125 Using QUICK CONNECliss cesses deters eieagiedinniyi enna aii ales 125 Customizing Quick Connect settings eeeeeeeeeee eee eteeeeeeeeeeeees 127 Using Tapto CONNEC scciscssvecciineseyescveiddesarviedeyentenersi
256. eck box 96 Set Country dialog box 578 Set Date amp Time button 554 Set Date dialog box 554 576 Set the default connection type option 321 Set Time dialog box 134 555 576 setting alarms 146 169 194 560 setting cache size 475 476 setting up e mail accounts 300 setting up handhelds 1 6 7 17 setting up wireless connections 276 settings See preferences setup 617 Setup Devices option 280 287 289 291 sharing files 277 information 20 111 114 182 490 501 photos 255 usernames caution for 76 videos 255 web pages 481 sharing FAQs 639 Short header option 409 Short Message Service SMS 417 short messages 416 ShortCut strokes Graffiti 2 writing backing up 582 changing 584 deleting 584 described 56 57 setting up 582 ShortCut Text line 583 shortcuts xxi 25 35 70 572 ShortCuts Preferences screen 582 584 Show History command 201 Show Multiple Locations setting 562 Show Private Records dialog box 507 Show videos in Slide Show option 239 Shutter sounds option 235 side panel controls 20 sidebars documentation xxi signatures 310 338 Silent profile 586 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol See SMTP servers sketching 189 Slide Show Delay pick list 239 slide shows 236 239 248 422 slider 24 25 small fonts 568 small icons 565 Smart Addressing feature 337 407 SMS messaging 28 417 SMTP servers 305 316 Snooze setting 561 soft resets 611 620 software See also specific application accessing additional 17 29 addin
257. ect Filters c Select the name of the filter 2 Do one of the following Edit Revise your entry in the Name field your selections in the pick lists and or the text in the edit line Select OK Delete Select Delete select Yes to confirm the deletion and then select OK 3 Tap OK y Done Zire 72 Handheld 396 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Managing settings for incoming and outgoing mail You can configure advanced mail settings such as server information incoming and outgoing mail Zire 72 Handheld server options and more for each e mail account 1 Select the account whose settings you want to manage a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus b Select Options and then select Mail Servers c Tap the Account pick list and then select Edit Accounts d Select the name of the account whose settings you want to manage and then select OK Y Continued Mail Servers i Account v FE Raf Yahoo Work Email Username Speakeasy Edit Accounts Protocol v O Always connect using CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip hated ae n tor 2 On the Mail Servers screen do Mail Servers a typically te first part o any of the following Account v Yahoo your e mail address E l rotocol v POP which appears before the Protocol Tap the Protocol pick ee symbol list and then tap POP or IMAP Did You Know Usemame Enter a n
258. ect Outgoing Mail Mail Servers i Mail Servers i Options v Address Servers Options w Outgoing Mail Your Name ENEE Your Name for display only Advanced Outgoing O Reply To Address O Reply To Address O BCC Outgoing Msgs to O BCC Outgoing Msgs to Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 402 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Cont d Zire 72 Handheld c Do any of the following Display Name Enter the name you want to appear on your outgoing messages such as J oe Smith Reply To Address Enter the e mail address that you want recipients to see and reply to on your e mail messages only if it is different from the e mail address from which you are sending the message For example if you are sending a message from me yahoo com but you want recipients to reply to me earthlink net enter the reply to address here Reply To Address makes it look as if the e mail came from the address you entered BCC Select the BCC check box to send a blind copy of any e mail message you send to another e mail address The blind copy e mail address is not seen by the other recipients of the message For example if you want a copy of all messages you send from your handheld to be sent to your desktop e mail account enter that e mail address d Select OK Y Continued 403 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip If n to enter new 7 f yor csa ENEMIES Manage advanced outgoing mail server SMT
259. ect PalmConnect A Buss usB lt A IR Port IR Port As fast as possible f Settings d Select the On check box next to IR port e Close the HotSync Software Setup window Y Continued 80 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Did You Know You can continue to use 2 the HotSync cable even if your computer is set up Synchronize your handheld with your computer for IR synchronization a Go to the Home screen and select HotSync 8 Tip HotSync icon Mac Turn off the IR port b Select Local when you re not using it IR to aPC Handheld to increase the speed of c Tap the pick list below the cable synchronization HotSync icon and select IR to a PC Handheld Tap pick list d Position the IR port of your handheld within a few inches of the IR port of your computer e Tap the HotSync icon on your handheld f When synchronization is complete a message appears at the top of your handheld screen Be patient synchronization may take up to a few minutes b Done Zire 72 Handheld 81 Before You Begin The following setup must be done before you can synchronize over a network e Your computer must have TCP IP installed e Your company s network system and its remote access server must support TCP IP e You must have a remote access account Check with your system administrator for assistance To synchronize by dialing in to anetwork you m
260. ect a theme and then select Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 570 CHAPTER 27 Tip To restore all the buttons to the original palmOne settings tap Default Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Giving your favorite applications a button or icon Tired of going to the Home screen to open an application you use a lot Use the Buttons Preferences screen to reassign the applications associated with the buttons on the front of your handheld and the HotSync icon For example if you use Memos often you can assign Memos to a button or the HotSync icon so that you don t have to scroll through the Home screen whenever you want to use that application 1 Open Buttons Preferences a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs amp Preferences Select an application to customize each button C Calendar Camera S Pick list E Contacts c Select Buttons HotSync a w RealOne amp wv Voice Memo 2 Tap the pick list next to the button or icon you want to reassign and select the application that you want to assign to that button Y Continued 37 1 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld gt gt Key Term Full screen penstroke A 3 stroke that is drawn from the bottom of the input area to the top of the Assign the full screen pen stroke Select a feature you can access by dragging your a Tap More stylus from the graffiti 2 writing area to the top of screen You
261. ed pairs 294 Bookmark icon 453 454 Bookmark Page dialog box 452 bookmarks adding 452 464 changing 454 displaying list of 453 Bookmarks dialog box 468 Bookmarks option 468 bottom arrow controls 25 brightness 23 567 619 brightness icon 23 broken envelope icon 326 browsing options 470 472 473 474 browsing the web 28 285 444 464 budgets 204 built in applications 26 546 built in camera See camera business applications 538 Business Card command 497 business cards 119 497 business expenses 205 See also Expense application buttons activating 39 580 assigning to applications 571 calculator 200 locking 588 not responding 580 588 611 620 opening applications from 33 34 reassigning application 33 571 restoring defaults for 571 selecting dialog box 39 selecting record 232 tapping command 25 Buttons Preferences screen 571 653 C cables 611 cache 295 464 475 476 cache size 475 476 Cached icon 464 465 cached web pages 464 475 478 Calculator application benefits of 199 buttons described 200 categorizing with Expense 527 copying and pasting from 201 displaying calculation history 201 opening 26 re entering numbers 200 related topics for 202 troubleshooting 202 Calculator icon 26 calculators 26 29 199 calendar adding appointments to 133 changing events on 147 156 changing repeat intervals for 147 color coding appointments 134 142 customizing 159 160 578 displaying appointments for 152 155
262. eeeteeeeteeeteeeees 580 Customizing Graffiti 2 strokes 0 eceeceeeeee tenet tees eeeeeeeee sees eeeeeeaees 581 Setting up SHOPCUIS assirian ikiii Eana 582 CHANGING SHOMCOUIS ssid inona t rianais 584 Correcting problems with tapping ssssssssssssssssssissresrsrnnrinsrnnrrnerrsns 585 Selecting sound settings s sssseessessssssessissrtstnsttisntttnotnntnnntnntnntnorenstnnnns 586 Entering your Owner iNfOrMatiOn ccceceeeeeeeeeceee cece seat eteaeeteeeteeeeeeeeeses 587 Conserving battery DOWED eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeee eee eeeeeteeeteeeeteeeseeeeeaeeeaee 588 Preventing your handheld from turning on by accident 588 Selecting power saving Settings ee eeeeeeeeceeceteeteeeeteeteeeeeeeeteeeeees 589 Connecting your handheld to other devices cccceccessstessesseeessteeeeeees 591 Changing the preset connection Settings eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 591 Creating your OWN CONNECTION Settings 00 cece eeeeeeeeeteeeetteeeeeees 593 Connecting your handheld to a mobile phone eee 596 Customizing network SettingS ceeceeseeeceeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeneeeeaees 597 Setting up a Service profile oo eee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeesaeeeaeeteeeteeesteeeees 597 Connecting to YOU SCPViCO oie eeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeaaeeeneeteneeteeeens 600 Adding details to a service profile 0 0 eee cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenees 601 Deleting a service profile sissc cccieiieecciseiteecsteveeeecse
263. een not the printed page number For example to print the page you are reading right now select page 22 the file page not page xxii the printed page Zire 72 Handheld xxii CHAPTER 1 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer In this chapter What s in the box System requirements Step 1 Charging your handheld Step 2 Tuming on your handheld for the first time Step 3 Installing your software Step 4 Connecting your handheld to your computer Switching to another desktop software application Using Profiles Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Congratulations on the purchase of your new palmOne Zire 72 handheld You re about to discover so many things about your handheld that will help you better organize your life and have fun too As you become more familiar with your handheld you ll probably personalize the settings and add applications to make it uniquely yours While you re likely to get years of enjoyment from your handheld it only takes four easy steps to get up and running Benefits of setup e Start using your handheld right away e Establish a link between your handheld and your computer e Set up your handheld for optimal use CHAPTER 1 gt gt Key Term Palm Desktop software The software that lets you enter update review and synchronize information on your computer Zire 72 Handheld Setting Up Your Handheld and
264. eeseceeeeeeeeeecaeeeaeeeaaeseaeeeaaeteeeaeeeeteneeenaaeed 152 Viewing your appointments and tasks together 152 Viewing your daily schedule 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eter eeeeeeeeeetaeeneeenees 154 Viewing your weekly schedule 0 02 eeceeeeceeeseeeeeeeeseeeaeeeaeetaaeeeaeetaees 156 Viewing your monthly schedule occ eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeetteeeteeenees 157 Viewing a yearly calendar eeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeeeaeeesaeeeaeeeaaeseaeetees 158 Finding events that overlap 20 eeecceeeeee cee e sete tect eeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeeeeee 159 Customizing your Calendalt sssini a 159 Customizing display options for your calendar cccssecessteeeereees 160 Setting alarm and time Options cece cece eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteneseeeeees 163 Working with Calendar on your COMPUtE r ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeees 165 Related OPi CSia aa i atai 166 Chapter 9 Managing Your TasKS ssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 167 Creating STAS Kooi sass cae oghtstaae ona sonvaecuas at ganuusg aena eaea iaa Et ERASE 168 Setting AN alarmi ses csseestivesgereaiesgaewi iena E Sa EEA ENENGENA aN 169 Scheduling a repeating task standard interval s 170 Scheduling a repeating task unusual interval sses 172 Organizing YOUr TASKS sssasririrersrists ergas niriana 174 Marking a task COMPpIete sisremare aS 175 Deleting tasks srren ero ia eeo Eaa Or EEEIEE TEE EE EENS 176 Deleting a Specific task scrissi inica aa 176 Deleting all your Completed tasks
265. eeteceteeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeesteeeeses 512 Locking your handheld eee eesceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaesesaeeaeeeaaeesneeteeeseeeeeees 513 Locking your handheld automatically cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 514 Locking your handheld manually cccceceeeeeeeeee esse eeeeeeeeeeteeeenes 516 Using Quick UNIOCK ireira nata 517 Creating a Quick Unlock combination ssesssssssssrresrrrrssrrsrrrersrrsrre 517 Deleting your Quick Unlock COMbINAtION eee eee eet ee 519 Encrypting your information ccccccccceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeees 520 Limiting the number of password attempts ccecceeeeeeseeesteeeeeeeees 522 Related Ol CS s sszves E T 525 Chapter 24 Using Categories to Organize Information 526 Adding a category micin iaa ae os a ia a ie 527 Renaming a Category ii etoccds sentoliec sa dansedati avast eii eni anaiai iaoiai 528 Deleting a Categ ry ssie rane ea aa a Ea eaa aeae a a e Ee aaia 529 Placing information into a category sessssseesssrrssrssrisrrssrnrirerinssrnnreses 530 Placing an entry into a category s sssssssesssessssrrsrrsressrnerensrnsennnensn 530 Placing an application into a category ssssessesssssessrreseesrrrererrnrene 532 Viewing information by category essssssssssesssesssssresrrnsenssrrrensesrnnnensns 533 Related TOPICS isisa nnen iea ee aa aa a aaa 534 Chapter 25 Installing and Removing Applications 535 Checking space and Version NUMDELS
266. eeyecestieisecesneesee 603 Creating lOgin SCriIPts 00 2 eeceee eee eeeeeeeseeeeseecaeeeeeeeeaeeteeesteeetenesteeeees 604 Adding plug in Applications sissies 607 Related OCS sccsicc a benes toassccsndestersysedestansessudet OEE EAE EOE E EEEN 609 Chapter 28 Maintaining Your Handheld ssssssssssnsnnnnnnnnnnnn 610 Handheld do s and dOn US sissies aa 610 Handheld AOS irristan saonniriginnriaensinai eases iaoei niea 610 Handheld dOn TS sirosis oaa aaa adeny 611 Resetting your handheld ecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seas secaeseaeesaeeteeseeeeeeeeas 611 Doing a Soft resetointi ani ai taaan aa ETa EEA 611 Doing a Nard reSet ee ceeceeeceeeeceeeeteneseeeeeeaeeeeaeseaaeeaeeeaaeseeeeeaaeseeetees 613 Restoring your information after a hard reset 614 Related tO PICS x sce sccsveecacseiatecosec oxek anes ureragassunecsiocsnesceunes case susuedtapsasoeasebbentoeens 616 Zire 72 Handheld xviii Chapter 29 COMMON QUESTIONS ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 617 SONU Pits arinena ngia iadaaa ana oat aad aa aaa iaaa aa eaaa 617 TEINONEN e EAE E E E E E E T 619 Moving aro ndl iseseisana ai aai aa a 622 Entering iNfOrmat oM 2 2 2 sees ecdsncsaxces e aaea na aidia inaia 622 SVNCALONIZIMNO ce setin ics etees aneen aia eaae a sank Giatieas saueeteteaahbaves 624 Calendare aeaaea ah tase aea aa ceate cael tatu ceeshtateeea menttescucanitegs 630 LEa S AE E E E E E EE taacediaecaeaedsiige nd 631 NOTES acids i s E E E EEA EE EA 632 PHOLOS
267. eld start pages See Home page Start with pick list 468 starting HotSync Manager 26 91 290 locked handhelds 513 Outlook applications 94 RealOne Player 266 static electricity 611 648 649 stereo headsets 21 stopping downloading operations 457 information searches 41 Internet connections 456 playback 266 video recording 232 storage 101 102 storing device names 295 MP3 files 259 web pages 475 stylus 6 21 46 251 610 Subject fields 334 420 subject lines e mail 318 334 Subjects Only option 320 summary view e mail 343 supported file types 228 switching between applications 10 34 105 symbols 54 55 58 113 580 Sync IMAP Folders screen 413 synchronization control 24 synchronization options applications 75 93 e mail 374 376 379 handheld 10 76 90 98 synchronization software 93 547 synchronize defined 8 Synchronize Active Accounts option 373 Synchronize incoming e mail option 381 Synchronize Only Account check box 305 320 376 Synchronize to local check box 377 Synchronize unread mail only option 381 synchronizing applications 75 77 93 626 caution for 547 e mail 304 371 372 374 376 379 handhelds 73 89 512 IMAP mail folders 412 413 414 information 5 8 624 installing applications and 540 541 low battery and 5 messages 304 multiple e mail accounts 387 over networks 76 82 87 prerequisites for 82 related topics for 17 third party applications and 8 troubleshooting problems 77 624 630
268. en with Graffiti 2 writing Did You Know Graffiti 2 writing automatically capitalizes the first letter of a sentence or a new entry Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Open an application you use to enter information like Calendar Tap the screen where you want your character to appear Position the stylus in the correct part of the input area Write letters here Write numbers here IMPORTANT If you don t make Graffiti 2 strokes in the input area your handheld does not recognize them as text characters Write capital letters across the middle Write the characters exactly as shown in the tables that follow these steps Be sure to start each stroke at the heavy dot Lift the stylus at the end of the stroke When you lift the stylus from the screen your handheld recognizes the stroke immediately and prints the character at the insertion point on the screen 46 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Keys to success with Graffiti 2 writing Keep these guidelines in mind when using Graffiti 2 writing Did You Know e Write the characters exactly as shown In the following tables Don t write the dot It s only there Grafiti 2 characters made to show you where to begin writing the character with 2 strokes are recognized after the second stroke e The Graffiti 2 writing area has two sections Write lowercase letters on the left numbers on the right and capital letters across the middle F e Write a
269. en 244 photo mode 229 photos See also Media application adding notes to 244 245 adding to albums 247 adding to contacts 114 adjusting fade setting for 566 attaching to e mail 369 attaching to messages 422 423 beaming 498 browsing 463 capturing 229 copying 253 255 501 deleting 247 254 displaying 228 237 238 e mailing 257 enlarging or shrinking 242 finding 237 moving 248 previewing 230 235 236 rotating 241 saving 228 229 230 246 selecting 38 selecting as backgrounds 161 566 setting slide show delay option 239 sharing 255 sorting 249 storing 102 106 synchronizing 10 taking 37 uploading 463 viewing details of 244 245 viewing in slide shows 240 Photos application See Media application Photos icon 632 photos tool 423 pick lists 24 25 40 See also lists Picture box 114 pictures See photos plain text messages 330 331 352 playing back video clips 237 playing music 258 266 269 632 playlists creating 267 deleting songs on 271 displaying 265 Zire 72 Handheld editing 270 naming 267 removing 272 reordering music on 271 selecting music from 266 269 troubleshooting 633 plug in applications 607 POP protocol 304 POP servers 301 305 307 357 372 Port Number option 308 311 portable keyboards 184 ports 20 23 Post Office Protocol POP 304 See also POP servers power adapter 6 22 610 620 power button 6 21 power connector 22 power consumption options 589 power preferences 588 590 Power Pref
270. en Imported instructions to map the fields fields in your file to the fields in Palm Desktop software and import the file palmOne Inc 408 555 2453 415 555 9873 1789 Market St San Francisco Ca A Scan Records gt Record 2 To change the field order click a field name on the left and drag it up or down the list to match the data on the right If the ALL category is selected before importing records the category field will be available in the field list Drag the category field to match the data position on the right Only existing categories will be matched Unmatched categories will be placed in Unfiled Source file character set windows ANSI z 3 Synchronize your handheld with your computer Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 65 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Zire 72 Handheld MAC ONLY 1 Save the file on your computer in one of the accepted formats 2 Import the file into Palm Desktop software a Double click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder on your computer b Click the icon on the toolbar for the application into which you want to import information c Click File and then click Import d Follow the onscreen instructions to import the file 3 Synchronize your handheld with your computer b Done Restoring archived items on your computer In many applications you can save a copy of an item that you deleted from your handhe
271. en you want Updater application p PP a Bluetooth connection Windows only and tap on Home Phone Link Phone Link Updater is installed on your desktop 1 Go to the Home screen and select Bluetooth 8 computer when you install Palm Desktop software from the CD 2 Open the Phone Setup dialog Key Term box Phone Setup i Trusted pair Two Select a phone to connect to devices for example a Select Setup Devices your handheld and your mobile phone that can connect to each other because each device can find the same passkey on d Select Next the other device Once you form a trusted pair N Continued with a device you do not need to enter a passkey to connect with that device again Manufacturer v Select b Select Phone Setup c Select Phone Connection Zire 72 Handheld 280 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices IID If you receive a message that your phone is not ready to accept a connection check to make sure that your phone is prepared to make a Bluetooth connection See the instructions included with your phone Zire 72 Handheld Select the phone you want to connect to a Tap the Manufacturer and Model pick lists select the correct entries for your phone and then select Next The Connection Setup screen displays all Bluetooth phones within range If your Phone did not show up on the discovery results select Find More to search again Windows on
272. ences as described in the previous section Tip Right after you write a character your handheld interprets a quick tap on the screen as a period character If you want to tap a button either wait a few seconds or temporarily turn off full screen writing by tapping the shaded box in the lower right corner The shaded box changes to a box outline when Writing Area Preferences are off Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Using the full screen writing area 1 Open the entry where you want 7 SEA 7of7 gt to enter information a Open an application b Select a record or tap New Shaded box indicates Writing Area is on Position the cursor where you want the characters to appear and do any of the following e Write lowercase Graffiti 2 letters anywhere on the left side of the screen e Write numbers anywhere on the right side of the screen e Write uppercase letters in the middle of the screen e Write the Punctuation Shift stroke before writing symbols and other special characters e Use buttons and other controls that appear on the screen by tapping and holding the button or control until it activates 4 Done 580 CHAPTER 27 Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Customizing Graffiti 2 strokes There is more than one way to write certain Graffiti 2 characters Use the Graffiti 2 Preferences screen to select an alternate stroke shape for these characters 1
273. ences to see that Private Records is set to Show private records e Open the Options menu and select Preferences Make sure Show Completed Tasks is selected I don t know how to save the info entered in an application Each time you complete an entry such as a contact memo or note your handheld automatically saves the information you entered You don t have to do anything special to save your info To protect your info and create a backup of your info we recommend that you synchronize your handheld with your computer often Zire 72 Handheld 623 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Synchronizing I can t synchronize my handheld with my computer e Make sure the HotSync cable is connected aby k securely Tip Need more help with synchronizing your e Make sure the date on your computer matches the handheld Open d ate on your handheld Palm Desktop software go to the Help menu and Read the HotSync log for the user account for select HotSync Online which you are synchronizing Troubleshooting Guide WINDOWS ONLY Click the HotSync Manager G icon in the Windows taskbar in the lower right corner of your screen Make sure Local USB has a checkmark next to it If not click it ORL 237M N NOTE If you don t see the HotSync Manager icon click Start on the Windows taskbar and then select Programs Go to the Palm Desktop program group and select HotSync Manager MAC ONLY
274. entry phone number e mail address and so on from a contact s information screen To use Quick Connect with your handheld s Using Quick Connect Sune Biyetnam If you have a compatible mobile phone sold separately that includes Bluetooth technology you egy you must set can use Quick Connect to dial a phone number address an e mail text or multimedia message up a phone connection go to a web site or send an instant message requires additional software sold separately To use it with your directly from a contact handheld s IR port run Phone Link Updater and then use the Phone Link 1 5 application to set up a Press the Contacts Z application button phone connection Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 125 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Zire 72 Handheld Make a connection using Quick Connect a Select the contact you want b Press Right on the navigator or tap the Quick Connect icon G at the top of the screen to open the Quick Connect dialog box Quick Connect i Lee Tsai Mobile 555 2349191 SSMS 555 2349191 SJ Email tsailee example com Work 555 234 1939 obile 555 234 9191 mail tsailee example com c Select the type of connection you want For example select a phone number to dial the number on your mobile phone or select an e mail address to open the e mail application to a new message containing that address in the To field Ry Done 126
275. eo playback Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Save or delete the video a If video review is enabled select Play to review the video b After review do one of the following Save the video Select Save The video is saved on the expansion card to the album selected from the pick list Delete the video Select Trash b Done 010604_ 0 01 0 07 a a g a Play Pause Status indicator Trash 233 CHAPTER 15 Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Adjusting the camera settings 1 Press the Camera Fo application button 2 Adjust the basic camera settings a Select photo or video mode and then select the Options button Photo Settings i Photo capture Options button White balance Automatic Low light Normal ry Video Settings 36 43 Left Video recording White balance v Automatic Options button law liaht w Narmal l b Select the options you want White balance Select the light type for your subject Low light Select if you are in a low light environment Effects Select an effect for your image such as black and white Resolution Selecta higher resolution if you want a clearer picture however a higher resolution creates a larger file size when you save the photo or video Y Continued 234 CHAPTER 15 Tip Tap Default on the Advanced Photo Settings screen to return to the preset cam
276. er Y Continued 161 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar 6 Tap Month and set any of the A i Display Options i following Month View options O Show Category List Default View v Agenda Show Category List Display the Day Month category pick list By default the Show M Timed Events Category pick list doesn t appear E UE AS M Daily Repeating Events Timed Events Show events that are scheduled for a specific time Untimed Events Show events that are scheduled for a specific date but not a specific time Daily Repeating Events Show events that repeat every day 7 Select OK NY Done Zire 72 Handheld 162 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Setting alarm and time options Tip You can view and 1 d ys schedule events Fitime Press the Calendar application button slots that are before or after the start or end time You just need to scroll to 2 Open the Preferences dialog box those time slots a a Open the menus b Select Options and then O Alarm Preset select Preferences Alarm Sound Alarm Remind Me v 3 Times Play Every v 5 minutes 3 Select the timeframes that appear in Day View and Week View a Tap the arrows next to the Start Time box to set the time that your daily schedule typically begins b Tap the arrows next to the End Time box to set the time that your daily schedule typically ends Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 163 CHAPTER 8 Managi
277. er specific information A handheld that has a user profile installed can be given to anyone because the handheld is not yet identified by a unique username When the new user synchronizes for the first time he or she gives the handheld a unique username NOTE Handhelds that are synchronized with a user profile must be either new ones that have never been synchronized or handhelds that have had their usernames and information removed by a hard reset Zire 72 Handheld 11 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Creating a user profile WINDOWS ONLY Did You Know Save time by using the 1 File Link feature or importing to quickly add information to a profile Open the New Profile screen a Open Palm Desktop software b From the Tools menu select Users c Click Profiles and then click New oie bg Select a profile x New Enter a new profile name Peme Doo Ce Enter a unique name for the profile and click OK twice 3 Select the profile from the User list and create the info in Palm Desktop software for the profile n 2 8 EditUsers Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 12 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer MAC ONLY 1 Open the New Profile screen a Open Palm Desktop software b From the User pop up menu select Edit Users c Click New Profile 090 User
278. era settings Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Cont d Review photos videos Select whether to review a photo or video before saving it Date stamp Photos only Select whether to mark your photos with the date and time they are taken Auto naming Select Custom to specify a new naming system for photos and videos default is photo_mmddyy_xxx and then enter the new auto name Digital zoom Photos only Select Disabled if you do not want to be able to zoom in when taking a photo Shutter sounds Select Off if you do not want to hear a sound when taking a photo or recording a video Microphone Videos only Select whether to enable recording of sound using the microphone while recording a video amp OPTIONAL Adjust advanced camera settings Advanced Photo Settings a Select Advanced at the bottom of the Photo or Video Settings screen Contrast Brightness b Use the stylus to drag the aan slider to adjust the contrast arpnessi brightness saturation and sharpness Y Continued ale oie CHAPTER 15 Tip If the camera is open you can open the palmOne Media application by tapping the palmOne Media button on the left of the screen or by pressing the Camera application button Tip In Media tap the Camera icon in the bottom right corner of the Thumbnail or List view screen to open your handheld s built in camera Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Ph
279. erences screen 589 powerOne Calculator 29 power saving settings 589 590 PRC applications 607 precautions 611 619 648 predefined service profiles 601 preferences 564 609 See also customizing Preferences command 163 Preferences screen 27 Prefs icon 27 preinstalled applications 26 546 prerequisites xxi preset connections 591 593 preset delays 515 preset formats 577 previous arrow icon 25 Previous View icon Adobe Reader xxii Previously Viewed pick list 467 primary location 553 554 559 562 Primary PC Setup command 83 88 printing expense reports 26 online documentation xxii prioritizing tasks 168 179 privacy FAGs 638 privacy levels 506 privacy settings applications 42 calendar 147 166 contacts 131 information 504 memos 188 notes 198 tasks 181 voice memos 226 442 web pages 474 Private check box 505 profiles 11 16 programs See software applications Prompt command 606 prompts 605 protecting handheld 278 610 protecting information 75 102 503 505 513 protocol defined 304 Protocol pick list 304 proxy servers 470 479 480 punctuation marks 47 50 Punctuation Shift indicator 54 Punctuation Shift stroke 54 580 673 Purge Categories dialog box 211 Purge command 151 177 211 Purge dialog box 151 177 purging items 621 Q quarterly tasks 172 Query DNS check box 602 questions and answers 617 Quick Install icon 259 541 Quick Install software 28 74 540 628 Quick Install window 542
280. erright corner of your screen b Make sure that Infrared is selected Y Continued 78 Tip You can continue to use the HotSync cable even if your computer is set up for IR synchronization If you disconnect the cable after selecting Infrared on a Windows computer be sure to click the HotSync Manager icon and select Local USB before reconnecting the cable Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer 2 Synchronize your handheld with your computer a Go to the Home O screen and select HotSync 8 Tap Local Tap the pick list below the HotSync icon and select IR to a PC Handheld Position the IR port of your handheld within a few inches of the IR port of your computer IR to a PC Handheld Tap pick list Tap the HotSync icon on your handheld HotSync icon When synchronization is complete a message appears at the top of your handheld screen Be patient synchronization may take up to a few minutes Ry Done 79 Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer MAC ONLY 1 Prepare your computer for IR synchronization a Double click the HotSync Manager icon G in the Palm folder b In the HotSync Controls tab select Enabled c Click the Connection Settings tab 6680 HotSync Software Setup HotSync Controls On Settings bed B Internal Modem Internal Modem nknown gt modem vw lt PalmConn
281. es personal computers backing up system information for 75 configuring e mail accounts on 306 connecting to 8 277 287 copying information to 501 customizing connections for 594 displaying primary settings for 88 entering information with 60 entering network information for 83 managing schedules from 165 overwriting information on 95 97 preinstalled software for 27 removing Palm Desktop software 547 setting usernames and passwords 288 synchronization options for 90 92 synchronizing with 74 75 76 289 630 transferring music from 259 262 troubleshooting synchronization problems 624 updating information from 95 97 personal digital assistants PDAs 18 personal information 474 507 personalizing contact information 118 personalizing handheld 1 17 See also customizing phone connections 280 284 phone drivers 591 Phone Link Updater application 280 281 Phone Lookup 67 121 phone numbers adding speed dial entries for 486 entering 483 485 487 601 getting from contacts 67 117 121 organizing emergency 527 redialing 484 sharing 20 temporary storage for 189 phone settings 598 Phone Setup dialog box 280 Phone Setup option 280 phones 294 591 594 See also conference calls mobile phones photo albums accessing from Internet 463 arranging photos in 248 249 creating 246 moving photos to other 248 organizing 247 removing photos 254 scrolling through 244 selecting 237 238 photo capture options 234 Photo Details scre
282. esaeeeaeetaeeseeeetenentieeees 458 Viewing a saved PAGE sx cecevasccgstasnee deevieeedcenetd nakanai kaaien 459 Viewing a saved file ON an expansion card sssesscsersrererer 460 Communicating with other USerS sssssssssssssssssssrsrnesensinsnsrnnsrnsrenenntnnnt 461 Sending e mail using VersaMail essssssssssiesrsrrisrsssrrrrssrrsrrsrrnsrrnes 461 Sending a web address via VersaMail cccescccsessessereeessteesssreeess 462 Sending e mail via an Internet e mail ACCOUNT n se 463 Returning to a web page you recently visited ssesereeeeereeerreesen 464 Changing your home and Start PAagGeS eeseceeseeeeeeteeneeeneeeeeneeeeeeeaeens 466 Changing your HOME page a s cscccsscesseeesereeeceeeneesceeeateeeeteneeneseeenenie 466 Changing your Start page ou eceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseaaee 468 Setting advanced browser Options cccceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 470 Changing how images are downloaded cesccecsstecesseeeessteeeseneees 470 Setting whether to automatically complete web addresses ANG form TEAS ci scccvseeesscaeaseiseeoesyensedocks oi sistaustesdensyieddolextecetedeceigenss 472 Changing liNk COOKS sisscccsiszisseersecusvers cquvseres etvgtesaivaaevencdaiyeeeieneee 473 xiv Zire 72 Handheld Allowing web sites to remember personal information 474 Setting preferences for storing WED pages seeseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 475 Setting preferences for connecting to
283. eseeeesneeteeeteeeeeees 559 Setting the alarm ClOCK ispisna ieee aienie ae eee 560 Responding to the alarm ClOCK cecceeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 561 Changing the clock display 3 cississcaiissveeseiviinesenndyesieeeiestenendesseiende 562 Related O01 CS vopsea idene enea iraa o EO E o o Eie EEN aain 563 Chapter 27 Customizing Your Handheld ss0sss0 564 Customizing the Home screen ssssssssssssrssrrseisrirsrnesensinntnsnnstnnrnnennntnnen 565 Making the screen easier to read ssssssseserssresresrssrnrrsrirrinernnrnnrnsn 567 Changing the Screen fOMS seiis ccissyeneeeeieeeeieai esses edeninienerncde 567 Adjusting the brightness cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesnaeeeeeenees 569 Changing Screen COONS sssiisseccsedisverscecvveres aevengersatieardeseseteevyeeeternves 570 Giving your favorite applications a button OF ICON eeseeseteeeeeteeeeees 571 Setting the date and time sisiring 573 Selecting a location oo eee eet cee eeeeeeeeeteeaeeeaeeesaeeaeesaaeeeaeeseeeeeeeseeeeeaes 573 Resetting the date and time ececceeeseeseeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 575 Selecting formats for dates times ANd NUMbETS ccceeeeeeeeees 577 Zire 72 Handheld xvii Customizing the way you enter information eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 579 Choosing the input area ee eeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeteeeeeeeetenesteeeees 579 Using the full screen writing AFC ee eeceeeeeseeeeeet
284. essage s status mM Only the subject header information is downloaded Part or all of the message text is downloaded gS Part or all of the message text and attachment information is downloaded Zire 72 Handheld 328 CHAPTER 18 Tip Use the navigator for one hand message viewing 1 Press Select on the navigator to highlight the first message displayed on the screen and then press Up or Down to scroll one message at a time to the message you want to read 2 Press Select to open the message 3 After reading the message press Select to close the message Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Reading e mail messages To read e mail tap the e mail message in the Inbox or the folder where the message is located LLT 5 5 o S Les Newman revised instructions for creatin o B8 Travis Washington 5 30a these are funny M Angela Yee 5 28a review comments M Travis Washington 5 24a cool site M monica_lewis 3 33a ALC Account Form Reminder If you chose to get messages by subjects only tap the More button M to view the body of the e mail message plus any attachments up to the maximum message size you select If the downloaded message exceeds your maximum message size only a partial message is displayed Tap the More button to view the entire message If you chose to get entire messages the body of the message is displayed However if the downloaded message exceeds
285. et and Send failures check box Leave the check box selected if you want to receive notifications of both successful and failed auto get mail and automatic send retries c Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 325 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Viewing and using the Reminders screen The Reminders screen on your handheld shows info about new e mail messages It also shows alerts from other applications such as Calendar appointments To view the Reminders screen tap the blinking asterisk when it appears in the upper left corner of any screen If you set up a scheduled auto get mail and you receive new e mail messages they are downloaded into the Inbox If you are working with e mail messages in the Inbox the Reminders screen doesn t display a reminder for new messages because they are already displayed in the Inbox A broken envelope icon Ei appears next to a notification when an auto get mail fails You can do any of the following e Tap the check box to clear a reminder from the list e Tap the reminder either the mail icon or the text description to go to the Inbox of that account or to read a detailed error message e Tap Done to close the Reminders screen and return to whatever you were doing on your handheld before the Reminders screen appeared e Tap Clear All to delete all reminders on the Reminders screen When a notification appears on the Reminders screen tap the notification to go to t
286. et the date and time if needed To do a soft reset use the tip of the stylus or similar object without a sharp tip to gently press the reset button inside the hole on the back panel of your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 611 CHAPTER 28 Maintaining Your Handheld Reset button If a soft reset does not unfreeze your handheld you need to do a hard reset Zire 72 Handheld 612 CHAPTER 28 Maintaining Your Handheld Doing a hard reset Only do a hard reset if a soft reset doesn t solve your problem or if you want to clear all of your information from your handheld IMPORTANT A hard reset deletes all records and entries stored on your handheld including the usemame that identifies the handheld Before you do a hard reset be sure to synchronize 1 Press and hold the power button 2 While holding the power button use the tip of the stylus or a similar object without a sharp tip to gently press and release the reset button inside the hole on the back of your handheld 3 Wait for the Palm Powered logo to appear then release the power button When you see the message that warns you about erasing all of the info on your handheld do one of the following e Press Up on the navigator to finish the reset and show the Digitizer screen e Press any other button to do a soft reset Done Zire 72 Handheld 613 CHAPTER 28 Maintaining Your Handheld Restoring your information after a hard reset If
287. events e Marking events as private and hiding them e Printing your schedule e Working with Day View Week View Month View and Year View WINDOWS ONLY To open Calendar on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop and then click Calendar on the launch bar MAC ONLY To open Calendar on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder and then click Date Book Zire 72 Handheld 165 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great p tips software accessories Sharing and more visit www palmOne com e Beaming events to other Palm OS handheld users e Sending events to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth technology on your handheld myzire72 E mail Sending events as attachments to e mail messages Support Privacy Keeping events private by turning on security options If you re having problems with Calendar or with anything else on your handheld go to Categories e Editing and deleting categories e Viewing events by category www palmOne com Common Answers to frequently asked questions about Calendar support zire72 uestions Zire 72 Handheld 166 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks In this chapter Creating a task Organizing your tasks Marking a task complete Deleting tasks Customizing your Tasks list Work
288. eving live 465 returning to recently visited 448 saving 458 475 selecting mailto links on 461 Zire 72 Handheld 682 setting autofill option for 472 setting display options for 449 450 specifying as Home 466 storing 475 viewing bookmarked 453 viewing cached 478 viewing off line 457 458 459 464 viewing recently visited 464 465 viewing URLs for 447 Web Pro application accessing web pages 444 445 446 action bar icons for 448 as viewer 458 benefits of 443 changing Home page 466 changing view preferences 449 closing Internet connections 455 creating bookmarks 452 displaying bookmarked pages 453 displaying saved pages 459 460 downloading from 457 editing bookmark information 454 enabling Internet connections 456 hiding action bar 450 opening 444 455 opening History lists 464 saving History lists 464 saving web pages 458 searching with 447 sending e mail 463 sending e mail from 461 sending web addresses 462 setting browser options 470 472 473 474 setting connection options 477 Zire 72 Handheld setting storage preferences 475 setting up proxy servers 479 480 specifying start page for 468 troubleshooting 481 Web Pro software 28 web services 591 web sites accessing 277 285 443 as additional resources xxi 17 browsing 28 285 444 464 downloading files 228 navigating 448 452 palmOne technical support 17 related topics for 481 saving personal information for 474 sending addresses for 462 setti
289. ew username TheVersaMailapplication E Always connecE using provides strong 128 bit Password Tap the Password box AES encryption for your and enter a new password in the password Password Entry dialog box Tip Service for this account Select the Always connect using check box tap the Select a ice for this Service pick list and then select the connection type you want account only if you want it to be different from the default service you use to connect to a network for your handheld Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 398 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 3 Manage address and server settings a On the Mail Servers screen tap Details b Tap the Options pick list and then select Address Servers 5 a Mail Servers Mail Servers Options PRT eens Options w Address Servers i Incoming Mail E Email Addr Outgoing Mail Email Address c Do any of the following Email address Enter the e mail address of the account you are accessing such as examplename yahoo com Incoming mail server Enter the name of your incoming POP mail server such as pop mail yahoo com Outgoing mail server Enter the name of your outgoing SMTP mail server such as smtp mail yahoo com d Select OK Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 399 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Did You Know The POP protocol does 4 not support retrieval of unread mail only from the server If you have a POP
290. f you are forwarding or replying to a message that was originally received as HTML 330 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 1 Open VersaM ail Preferences a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences 2 Select message format Preferences a f G l a Tap the Receive Format pick ia Advanced System et v Subjects niy list and then select HTML or Ask Every Time Plain Text The default is M Confirm Deletions HTML O Delete Msgs on Server MM Download Attachments Receive Format fauiyS B oro Signature dL Done Zire 72 Handheld CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Customizing the font of messages you are reading You can change the font size or style of incoming messages to make them easier to read Did You Know The font settings you choose apply to all incoming messages not just the current one Zire 72 Handheld 1 Open the Select Font dialog box fo a On the message screen open the menus b Select Options and then select Font Customize the font Select Font Font Palm a Tap each pick list Font Size Style and select the option Size 9 you want Style v Plain Sample b Tap OK This is a sample Done 332 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Sending an e mail message Tip If you selected the 1 Synchronize Only Account check box you must synchronize so that messages you com
291. f your e mail c In the area below the Subject line enter the text of your e mail The first character of each sentence is automatically capitalized for you amp OPTIONAL Attach one or more files to send with your message Select one of the following options to send your message Send Sends the e mail immediately Outbox Stores e mail so you can compose e mail offline and then send it all during one connection with the server To send your e mail tap Get amp Send Drafts Saves your message so you can work on it at another time b Done 334 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Entering an address directly in the To field Tip You can t see the whole list of addresses in a field if the list is longer than two lines To see the whole list tap the word To cc or bcc Tip It s OK to enter commas instead of semicolons between addresses because they re changed to semicolons But you can t use other punctuation or no punctuation between addresses Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 On the New Message screen tap or navigate to the To field Enter an address using one of the following methods Single address in To field Enter the address and then tap Done Multiple addresses in To field Enter a semicolon and then a space between recipient names Single address on Recipient List Tap To and enter the address on the Recipient List screen and then tap Done Use the shortcut b
292. file in the select Files on Card The Attachments box and VersaMail application displays then tap Delete all file types on the card You can select a particular file type or select All Files to view all files on the card b Select the file that you want to attach and then select Add The selected file appears in the Attachments box Files on Card c Repeat steps a and b for each attachment you want to add and then tap Done 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 368 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Attaching photos and videos 1 Open the Attachments screen d a On the message screen open the menus b Select Options and then select Attachment 2 Attach the photo or video a Tap the Type pick list and then select Photo Video b On the Select Media screen tap the Album pick list to go to the album containing the photo or video you want and then select the photo or video To attach a photo or video from an expansion card select the card name from the Album pick list To select adjacent items drag the stylus across each item c Tap Done b Done Zire 72 Handheld 369 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Forwarding an attachment 1 Zire 72 Handheld Open the message you want to forward a In the Inbox or on another folder screen tap the folders pick list and then select the folder that contains the message b Select the message to display it Addre
293. fits of 227 Zire 72 Handheld copying photos 253 creating albums 246 deleting photos and videos 254 displaying photos or videos 236 238 displaying slide shows 239 opening 26 228 236 256 organizing photos and videos 246 248 overview 256 personalizing photos 251 related topics for 257 rotating photos 241 setting photo or video details 244 setting zoom options 242 sorting albums 250 sorting photos and videos 249 troubleshooting 257 media features 227 media formats 259 Media icon 26 Media Message option 419 media players 29 227 memory 475 546 621 memory button Calculator 200 memory cards 110 241 258 memory clear button Calculator 200 memory recall button Calculator 200 memos See also notes Memos application adding contact information to 121 183 backing up 28 beaming 498 categorizing 188 creating 182 183 184 deleting 186 displaying 184 editing 184 185 exchanging 188 keeping private 188 505 organizing 185 188 recording voice 21 215 saving 183 186 selecting 38 sending as attachments 188 synchronizing with Outlook 10 transferring to PCs 185 Memos application categorizing information in 527 changing memos in 184 deleting memos 186 getting help with 187 importing information for 64 99 marking entries as private 505 opening 26 183 571 overview 182 related topics for 188 reordering memos lists 185 selecting memos 184 transferring information to 67 troubleshooting 188 631 writing memos with
294. for incoming mail changes to 995 You may need to change the port number check with your mail server administrator Maximum Message Size To limit the maximum size of an incoming e mail message enter the size in kilobytes KB for Maximum Message Size The maximum size of an incoming message is 5KB by default but you can enter any size up to 5000KB including attachments The maximum message size that you can retrieve is 60KB for the body text and approximately 5 megabytes MB of total data for any attachments Because downloading large messages can consume handheld resources the VersaM ail application displays the size of the message and asks if you want to continue downloading any message that exceeds your maximum message size up to a total size of 5MB b Select Next Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 308 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 2 Set outgoing mail options VersaMail Outgoing Mail Options a Select any of the following Your Name for display only Reply To Address if different than current account Display Name Enter the name you want to appear on your outgoing messages such as J oe Smith Reply To Address Enter the e mail address that you want recipients to see and reply to on your e mail messages only if this is different from the e mail address from which you are sending the message For example if you are sending a message from me yahoo com but you want recipients to reply to me e
295. for you Use calling card If you want to use your calling card when dialing your ISP or dial in server tap the Use calling card check box to select it Enter your calling card number on the Use calling card line IMPORTANT Because MCI works differently enter the MCI calling card number in the Phone field and the phone number in the Use calling card field Tap Done 4 Done 599 CHAPTER 27 Tip To see expanded Service Connection Progress messages press Down on the navigator To see more information open the Options menu and select View Log Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Connecting to your service After you set up your Connection and Network Preferences establishing a connection to your ISP or your company s network dial in server is easy 1 Open Network Preferences a Go to the Home O screen b Select Prefs 6 c Select Network Make the connection a Make sure the service profile you want to use appears in the Service field If not select it b Tap Connect End the connection when you re done using it a Tap Disconnect b Select Done Ry Done 600 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Adding details to a service profile If you re using one of the predefined service profiles you probably need to enter only your username password and telephone number If you re creating a new service profile you may need to use the Details dialog box to a
296. forwarding 370 reading 364 458 removing 368 saving 364 sending events as 131 166 481 sending files as 365 367 368 sending memos as 188 502 sending multimedia files as 257 sending notes as 198 sending photos and videos as 369 sending tasks as 181 sending voice memos as 226 Attachments screen 365 366 368 Audible Player software 29 audio applications 21 258 audio files 259 540 audio formats 259 audio tool 423 authentication 293 311 316 317 405 Authentication option 311 authentication servers 316 607 Auto Empty check box 356 auto get mail feature constraints 302 328 failing 326 retrying 327 scheduling 322 323 setting notification options for 324 Auto Lock Handheld option 514 Auto naming option 235 Auto Disconnect option 408 Auto Empty Mail from Trash option 407 autofill option 472 automatically locking handhelds 513 514 auto off after interval 619 auto off delay 590 621 available storage space 107 B back panel controls 22 backgrounds adding photos as 161 566 customizing 161 566 selecting color of 191 570 backing up information 5 8 27 75 102 See also synchronizing backing up mail databases 410 Backup ALL Databases check box 411 backup cards 102 110 Backup folder 410 basics 6 7 617 battery cautions for 647 charging 4 590 610 620 checking 296 619 conserving power for 5 279 588 619 extending life of 564 619 indicator light for 21 overview 5 recharging 4 5 590 619 battery
297. g 527 related topics xxi Remember Last Category check box 565 reminders canceling 561 creating 189 215 scheduling 115 133 setting alarms as 560 specifying notes as 193 Reminders screen 326 339 remote access accounts 597 remote connections 408 remote devices 295 remote servers 82 479 597 removing applications 110 546 appointments 149 attachments 368 bookmarks 454 categories 529 confirmation messages 196 connections 591 593 contacts 122 desktop software 7 e mail 307 352 353 355 e mail accounts 313 e mail filters 396 events 149 151 expansion cards 104 expense records 210 211 files from handheld 66 674 Graffiti 2 ShortCut strokes 584 information 66 71 110 513 621 locations 559 mail folders 347 memos 186 notes 196 Palm Desktop software 547 passwords 512 photos 247 254 playlists 272 private entries 512 repeating tasks 176 selection highlight 37 38 service profiles 603 songs 271 tasks 176 177 Rename Card dialog box 108 Rename Custom Fields dialog box 118 renaming categories 528 expansion cards 108 mail folders 347 photo albums 246 preset connections 591 web pages 458 Repeat icon 154 repeat intervals calendar 137 140 tasks 171 173 repeating events changing 148 deleting 149 150 displaying 162 scheduling 137 138 repeating tasks 170 172 175 176 Zire 72 Handheld Reply Options dialog box 349 351 Reply To Address option 309 403 replying to e mail 349 350 required steps xx resched
298. g additional 102 538 540 downloading trial versions of 538 included on handheld 26 installing 7 27 74 538 540 third party applications and 8 updating 10 software catalog 538 Solitaire 29 Song Details command 273 Song Details dialog box 273 song lists creating 267 deleting 272 displaying 265 editing 270 naming 267 removing items on 271 reordering music on 271 selecting items 266 269 troubleshooting 633 songs 102 258 See also music Sort by contents option 250 Sort by date option 249 Sort by location option 250 Sort by name option 249 250 Sort by option 342 Sort by pick list 195 Zire 72 Handheld 677 Sort by type option 249 Sort manually option 249 Sort order option 342 sorting albums 250 contacts 131 expenses 212 memos 188 notes 195 photos 249 videos 249 sound files 423 See also audio files music files sounds See also music voice memos changing alarm 193 recording 235 setting alarm 146 164 179 561 setting preferences for 586 Sounds amp Alerts screen 586 space characters 582 598 space information handheld 536 speaker 22 221 586 Speaker icon 221 special characters 47 54 55 580 special effects photos 234 specifications 646 speed communications 591 592 595 Speed Dial screen 486 488 Speed pick list 592 595 speed dial buttons 486 spreadsheets 28 64 74 205 298 359 square root button Calculator 200 SSL connections 308 311 388 414 Star icon 24 77 83 88 Zire 72 Handh
299. ght Saving Time in this location Start and End dates Tap the boxes to change the start and end dates of Daylight Saving Time if necessary Select OK and then select Done y Done Edit Location M This location observes Daylight Saving Time e 558 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Deleting a location 1 Go to the Home screen O and select World Clock O 2 Select the location you want to delete Edit List London New York a Tap a Location pick list Rio de Janeiro San Francisco Si b Select Edit List c Selecta location and then tap Remove 3 Select OK and then select Done y Done Zire 72 Handheld 559 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings F J gt a J Did You Know Use World Clock to set an alarm within the next 24 hours Setalarms outside of this timeframe in Calendar Did You Know Remember to put your handheld on local time If you travel from San Francisco to London make London your primary location so that all your alarms ring on time instead of eight hours late Tip Setan alarm while you re working to remind you when to leave to get to your appointment on time Zire 72 Handheld Setting the alarm clock 1 Go to the Home screen O and select World Clock O 2 Set the alarm a Tap the Alarm box b Tap the time columns to set the hour and minute and then select OK NOTE Alarms setin World Clock use the time set for the primary lo
300. gs you need to do prioritize them set alarms and then monitor your deadlines amp Voice Memo Record voice clips using the built in microphone O World Clock Set the time in your home city and two other locations and set an alarm to wake you up What s on the CD Tip The CD includes desktop software for your computer and additional software for your handheld To learn how to install the desktop software from The desktop software lets you use your computer to view enter and manage info for many of the applications on your handheld Make sure you install the desktop software so that you can back up Bie GD S65 alee a the info on your handheld onto your computer Installing your software The additional handheld software lets you do more things with your handheld When you set up Tip your handheld you may have already installed some or all these applications You can install any To learn how to install remaining applications at any time extra handheld software from the CD see Installing the additional software from the CD Zire 72 Handheld 27 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Your CD includes titles such as the following E Palm Desktop software View enter manage and back up info for Calendar Contacts Tasks Memos and Expense on your computer You can also view manage and back up info for Note Pad Voice Memo and Media Media is Windows only When you synchronize your handheld with your
301. h other palmOne handheld users by beaming them with Voice M emo or with anything else on your e Sending voice memos to other palmOne Bluetooth devices by using handheld go to Bluetooth technology on your handheld www palmOne com support zire72 E mail Sending voice memos as attachments to e mail messages Common Answers to frequently asked questions about Voice Memo uestions Zire 72 Handheld 226 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos In this chapter Supported file types Capturing a photo Recording a video Adjusting the camera settings Viewing photos or videos Organizing photos and videos Personalizing a photo Copying a photo Deleting a photo or video Sharing photos and videos Working with palmOne Media on your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld A picture may be worth a thousand words but what happens when you have a thousand pictures or videos that you are trying to keep organized Or when that unexpected perfect moment happens that you need to capture on video right now Your handheld s built in camera enables quick photo and video capture while palmOne Media features easy viewing and organization of still photos and videos You can keep your favorite photos right on your handheld select a photo as the background for your Home screen and another one as the background for Agenda View in Calendar even add a photo to a C
302. handheld go to on your handheld www palmOne com support zire72 E mail Sending contacts as attachments to e mail messages Messages Sending contacts as part of a text or multimedia message Zire 72 Handheld 131 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar In this chapter Scheduling events Colorcoding your schedule Setting an alarm Rescheduling an event Deleting events Checking your schedule Customizing your calendar Working with Calendar on your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Staying on top of your schedule is an important part of being productive both at work and at home Calendar can help you remember appointments and spot schedule conflicts You can view your calendar by day week or month or as an agenda list that combines your list of tasks with your appointments Benefits of Calendar e Track current future and past appointments e Stay on top of deadlines e Carry one calendar e Spot schedule conflicts 132 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Scheduling events Use Calendar to manage your schedule You can enter appointments events without a start time events that repeat at regular intervals and events that span a period of time Key Term Event The name for an entry in the Calendar application including appointments birthdays reminders recurring meetings and so on Tip You can also scroll to a date by pressing Right or Left on t
303. he Inbox of that account or launch the VersaMail application and go to that account Once you view a message in the Inbox the message is removed from the Reminders screen even if you don t open it Auto get then starts at the next scheduled interval with the Reminders screen counter reset to 1 If you don t go to the Inbox of the selected account and another scheduled e mail retrieval finds new messages the Reminders screen adds the number of new messages to the notification for that account For example if scheduled auto get 1 finds two new messages and before you view Zire 72 Handheld 326 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages the Inbox scheduled auto get 2 takes place and finds three more new messages the Reminders screen notification indicates five new messages for that account If auto get discovers new messages but then fails for any reason the Reminders screen shows the account name and an error message You can tap the error message or open the VersaM ail application for that account for more detailed information on the failed auto get 5 02am Reminders O Git CJi VersaMail mail account Scheduled get failed Auto Get Mail The last scheduled get failed You may wish to perform a manual get at your convenience user cancel 0x121F You can choose to disable notifications for auto get mail failures Auto get mail retries If the interval for a scheduled auto get is set at Every 1
304. he navigator or by tapping the arrows at the top of the Day View screen Did You Know You can use more than one line to describe an appointment Zire 72 Handheld Scheduling an appointment 1 Open Day View a Press the Calendar application button b Tap the Day View icon L Select the date of the appointment a Tap Go To b Tap the arrows to select the year c Tap the month d Tap the date Y Continued Go To Date 4 2006 gt Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug ERY Oct Nov Dec SM TW T FS ime 3 4 5 7 8B g 10 11 12 GER 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Day View icon Go To 133 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Did You Know You can color code your 3 calendar to file events in categories Each category has its own color You can 4 also mark events as private to hide them from prying eyes Tap the line next to the time the appointment begins and enter a description If the appointment is longer or shorter than an hour set the duration a In Day View tap the start time b In the Set Time dialog box tap End Time c Tap the hour and minute lists to select the time the appointment ends d Select OK Set Time oO S eee Description Start time x Duration 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 B New Details Go To Category marker Hour Minute list list Done That s it Your
305. held and select HotSync and then select Log or click the HotSync Manager icon on your computer and then click View Log If any problems occurred during synchronization a message appears on your computer screen asking if you want to view the log Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Synchronizing with a cable 1 Prepare your handheld a Connect the HotSync cable to the USB porton your computer and then insert the other end into the mini USB connector on your handheld Make sure your handheld is on Synchronize your handheld with your computer a b Tap Star w When synchronization is complete a message appears at the top of your handheld screen and you can disconnect your handheld from the cable Be patient synchronization may take up to a few minutes b Done 77 Before You Begin Your computer must have an enabled IR port and driver or have an IR device attached to it Check your computer s documentation to see if it supports IR communication Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Synchronizing using the IR port When you synchronize using your handheld s IR port you don t need your cable This is especially useful if you travel with an IR enabled laptop WINDOWS ONLY 1 Prepare your computer for IR synchronization a Click the HotSync Manager icon G in the taskbar in the low
306. heme dialog box 570 Select button navigator 36 37 38 39 40 Select Colors dialog box 191 Select Font dialog box 332 342 568 Select Media screen 369 Select User dialog box 8 76 selecting alarm sounds 561 alternate stroke shapes 581 applications 26 33 37 background colors 191 570 clock display options 562 command buttons 24 communications protocol 602 connections 598 currency options 206 207 208 home pages 466 468 icons 33 information 19 69 Internet Service Providers ISPs 598 items in lists 24 25 38 40 mailto links 461 menu commands 34 35 36 40 music 266 268 options in dialog boxes 39 security levels 504 synchronization settings 76 selection highlight 37 38 self help resources 643 Send command 339 606 Send CR command 606 Send e mail from Outbox option 381 Send Password command 606 send retry failures 339 340 Send to Handheld dialog box 543 Send To Handheld droplet 28 260 543 Send To Palm Quick Install command 541 Send User ID command 606 Send With dialog box 462 676 sending e mail 285 304 330 333 334 461 463 multimedia messages 277 419 424 photos 422 text messages 277 416 417 URLs 462 Serial Port drop down box 629 servers 479 service defined 286 Service Connection Progress messages 600 Service pick list 286 598 601 service profiles deleting 603 selecting 600 setting up 597 598 601 service templates 597 services 286 591 605 Set Alarm dialog box 169 194 Set as default ch
307. hese files For example you can view photos only if you have an application such as palmOne Media on your handheld Mosthandheld application files have the extension PRC or PDB Here are the types of files you can install on your handheld e Applications designed for Palm OS handhelds including PRC and PDB e Image files including BMP J PEG and TIF uncompressed GIF for use with palmOne Media e Video files including MPEG 1 and ASF MPEG 4 for use with palmOne Media e MP3 and RealAudio audio files these files are installed only on the expansion card for use with RealOne Mobile Player e Microsoft Office files such as Word Excel and PowerPoint documents for use with Documents To Go Installing applications and files on a Windows computer If you installed Palm Desktop software you automatically have Palm Quick Install on your Windows computer This tool makes it easy to install applications and files when you synchronize You can install applications and files by dragging and dropping onto the Palm Quick Install icon or by using the commands in the Palm Quick Install window Zire 72 Handheld 540 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Using the Palm Quick Install icon Tip You can also install files on your handheld by right clicking them on your computer Select Send To Palm Quick Install and the files are placed on your handheld the next time you synchronize Tip If there are s
308. hese related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories and more visit www palmOne com Moving e Opening applications e Using menus myzire72 Sharing e Beaming notes to other Palm OS handheld users e Sending notes to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth technology Support on your handheld If you re having problems f with Note Pad or with E mail Sending notes as attachments to e mail messages anything else on your Privacy Keeping notes private by turning on security options handheld go to www palmOne com Categories Creating categories so you can organize notes support zire72 Common Answers to frequently asked questions about Notes uestions Zire 72 Handheld 198 CHAPTER 12 Performing Calculations In this chapter Calculator buttons Viewing recent calculations Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Whether you re figuring the tip ona restaurant bill or balancing your checkbook it s always nice to havea calculator on hand And because it s part of your handheld there s no need to carry a separate calculator Benefits of Calculator e Always have a calculator with you e Store calculations for later use 199 CHAPTER 12 Performing Calculations Tip Use the memory buttons to store and recall a number you enter in multiple calculations Tip If you make a mistake entering a number in the middle of a calculation use the CE
309. hnology to set up connections to devices within approximately 30 feet of your the user guide for your handheld device to enable the Bluetooth features What types of connections can make To browse the web use e mail or messaging With Bluetooth technology you can make connections using the following types of devices install the web browser f e mail and messaging e To browse the Internet or access your e mail account link through your desktop computer s software included on the network connection or establish a connection to a Bluetooth LAN Access Point CD that came with your hanake e To access the Internet or an e mail account using your mobile phone To use a mobile phone you must to dial your ISP or sign up for an account with a high speed wireless carrier e To send and receive text and multimedia messages connect to your mobile phone e To synchronize your handheld with your computer wirelessly connect to your computer e To share files with another Bluetooth device such as a camera handheld or printer form a trusted pair with that device Zire 72 Handheld 277 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices What is device discovery Discovery is the process in which your handheld searches for other Bluetooth devices within its range approximately thirty feet As each device is discovered it shows up in your Discovery Results After you find the devices you are looking for you can select the dev
310. hone GSM phone required sold separately to their mobile phone Messaging is a popular way for people to stay connected using the text and media messaging features of their mobile phone And if you need more than text alone to express yourself use multimedia messaging to give your message multisensory impact by adding an image photo or sound file Benefits of Messages e Enjoy quick communication e Use text messaging to chat with friends e Be as simple or as creative as you want 416 CHAPTER 19 Before You Begin You must set up a phone connection on your handheld to send and receive information wirelessly If Messages is not installed on your handheld insert the CD and follow the onscreen instructions for installing extra software Key Term SMS Acronym for Short Message Service More commonly known as text messages SMS messages can be received by most mobile phones Key Term emoticon A representation of a facial expression such as a smile or frown created by a sequence of characters Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Creating and sending messages Messages has many of the features that a full e mail application has such as text message and multimedia message creation You can quickly create a message by entering text common phrases emoticons and images Creating messages on your handheld is much easier and more creative than us
311. i ng to a text Date 12 16 03 8 46 am RRI With Media Messaae message w ith a text did u hear from javier x message b Select one of the two reply options 5 Enter text message or media message and then select Send b Done Greta tetra 32 char 1msg E Tap to add an emoticon to your message Zire 72 Handheld 431 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Forwarding a message Tip Even though you can 1 Go to the Home screen and select Messages ee receive only text messages you can convert your forwarded message into a multimedia message 2 Open the menus select 3 4 Select Get to retrieve messages from your mobile phone Message select Add media and then select Convert Select the message to open it Tap From and select Forward Reply With Text Message Reply With Media Messaae Dial Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 432 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages 5 Enter the recipient s address using one of the following methods Saved number list Select To and select the recipient s number if it appears on the list Lookup If the number does not appear on the list select Lookup mobile number and select the name number or e mail address from the screen Enter directly Enter a number on the To line EETA 45 char 1 msg E Greet 45 char 1 msg E 6 Enter text message or
312. ice to use c Select Done Ny Continued 85 Did You Know Only applications that have a conduit are included in synchronization Other applications are not included even if they appear on the Conduit Setup screen with a checkmark next to their name Tip You can deselect applications forexample to include a smaller number of applications during synchronization and thus make synchronization go faster To synchronize the preset applications described in What information is synchronized skip step 4 Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer 4 amp OPTIONAL Select which applications to include during synchronization a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Conduit Setup c Tap the check boxes to deselect the files and applications that you do not want to synchronize during a modem HotSync operation Conduit Setup i Select the conduits to run during Modem HotSync M Quick Tour M Address M Applications M Brightness M Calc M Calendar M Camera d Select OK 5 Tap the Modem HotSync icon to synchronize your handheld with your computer y Done 86 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Synchronizing by connecting to a computer on the network Before You Begin In addition to the general ae requirements for network 1 Prepare the computers for network synchronization synchronization you a Click th
313. ices with which you want to connect The Bluetooth application on your handheld can be turned on and off and the application has a Discoverable setting that can also be turned on and off The following is a description of setting combinations and the resulting discovery states Bluetooth Off When the Bluetooth setting is off other users cannot discover your handheld This is similar to locking your door with a dead bolt and a security chain and disabling the doorbell When Bluetooth is off you cannot access the Discoverable setting Bluetooth On and Discoverable No When your handheld and Bluetooth are on and the Discoverable setting is set to No you can receive connections only from devices with which you have previously formed a trusted pair This is similar to locking your door with a dead bolt and disabling the doorbell but any friends who already have the key can enter By default the Discoverable setting is enabled when Bluetooth is on Bluetooth On and Discoverable Yes When your handheld is on Bluetooth is on and the Discoverable setting is set to Yes you can receive connections from any Bluetooth device You are automatically connected with devices with which you have previously communicated but you can refuse invitations to connect with unrecognized devices This is similar to locking your front door with a dead bolt and enabling the doorbell Friends who already have the key can enter freely and if Someone without a key rings
314. ick Control Panel Outlook or Outlook EnprERSi b In the Control Panel click Internet Options Tip N NOTE For Windows XP click Network and Internet Connections and then You can also make click Internet Options Outlook Express the default e mail handler within the e mail 2 Set the default e mail program application From the Tools menu select Options Click the General ma then click Make b Select Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express as the default e mail program efault a Click the Programs tab c Click OK Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 378 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting advanced e mail synchronization options For each e mail account you set up on your handheld you can set options for synchronizing e mail on your handheld with e mail on your computer You can also synchronize e mail folders on your handheld with folders on your computer 1 On your computer open the VersaM ail configuration screen a Click the HotSync Manager icon GI on the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen b Select Custom c Select VersaM ail from the list and then click Change 2 Enter the advanced synchronization options a On the VersaMail Configuration For User screen click the plus sign to the left of the account you want b Under the account name click Advanced Sync Options c Enter the synchronization options you want Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 379
315. iew tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the category you want This takes you to the list view within the selected category Beam the category a Open the menus b Select the Beam Category menu item on the leftmost menu c When the Beam dialog box appears point your handheld s IR port directly at the IR port of the other handheld 2 IR port Wait for the Beam dialog box to indicate that beaming is complete Done 498 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Beaming an application Tip Tap the Beam From pick listto beam an 1 ie me application you want application from an 9 Dearm Beam From Handheld j j MMNotif 44K PAPanSlon card inserted a Go to the Home O screen Note Pad 98K into the expansion slot Palm PIMs Support a Z 14K b Open the menus 243K SheetToGo c Select Beam on the App SlotDrvrPnpsApp menu SMS Library d Select the application you want to beam NOTE You cannot beam an application that has a lock icon next to the application size Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 499 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information 2 Beam the application a Tap Beam b When the Beam dialog box appears point your handheld s IR port directly at the IR port of the other handheld lt _ ARF IR port 3 Wait for the Beam dialog box to indicate that beaming is complete y Done Zire 72 Handheld 500 CHAPTER 22 Sharing I
316. iew of the photo or a complete video select the item from the list A video automatically starts playing when you select it 4 Tap anywhere in the photo or video to return to the List view screen y Done Viewing a slide show By default both photos and videos in an album are displayed during a slide show To view photos only select Preferences from the Options menu and then deselect the Show videos in Slide Show check box 1 Go to the Home screen and select Media Y Continued 239 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 2 View a slide show Media Album pick list a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the album containing the photos and or videos you want to view itd b Tap Slide Show 2 3 Tap a photo or video to stop the slide show and return to Thumbnail or List view 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 240 CHAPTER 15 Tip If you receive a message that the photo is too large to rotate on your handheld synchronize and then open and rotate the photo in Palm Desktop software Synchronize again to send the rotated photo back to your handheld Windows only 1 2 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Rotating a photo Go to the Home screen and select Media eB Select the photo you want to rotate a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the album containing the photo you want b Select the photo you want in Thumbnail or List view
317. igator does various things based on which type of screen you re on Up Left Zire 72 Handheld 36 Tip To remove the selection highlight without making a selection scroll to the first icon in the upper left corner and then press Left on the navigator Tip From most applications you can return to the Home screen by holding down Select on the navigator Tip If the built in camera is open you can also press Select to take a photo Zire 72 Handheld Moving Around in Applications Moving around the Home screen In the Home screen use the navigator to select and open an application Right or Left Scrolls to the next or previous application category Select e Inserts the selection highlight with a single press When the selection highlight is present Up Down Right or Left Scrolls to the next icon in the corresponding direction Select Opens the selected application e Holding down Select opens the category list When the category list is open Up or Down Scrolls to the next or previous category in the list Select Displays the selected category 37 Moving Around in Applications Moving around list screens In list screens use the navigator to select and move between entries such as a note memo contact or photo Up or Down Scrolls an entire screen of entries as long as there s nothing highlighted Hold down to 1 Welcome to Note Pad accelerate the
318. ime during the day or use events without times to flag a series of dates For example you can reserve vacation time from 6 23 6 30 using a repeating event without a time and then schedule a specific excursion from 9 00 to 3 00 on 6 24 and dinner with a friend at 6 00 on 6 25 Tip Need to enter an event that extends beyond midnight Enter an end time that is earlier than the start time Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 ed ee Press the Calendar application button Enter the event and then tap the event description Set the repeat interval d Tap Details Tap the Repeat pick list and select Daily until Select the year month and date when the event ends Select OK 4 Done Event Details Location Category v Unfiled Repeat v Daily until 11 25 06 Private 0 OR Cr eere E 140 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Entering a location or a note for an event Enter a description of the event s location such as a restaurant a conference room or your friend s house Enter a note such as dial in info for a conference call or directions to a location 1 2 Zire 72 Handheld ed ee Press the Calendar application button Enter the event and then tap the event description amp OPTIONAL Enter the peereiperas location Time Hee a Tap Details Alarm O S Location b Tap the Location field and enter Category Personal a description of the location
319. in the Security Options applications you selected tap the M Encrypt data when locked Encrypt private records only check box M Encrypt private records only Encryption type RC4 Intrusion Protection 5 Select OK and then select Done 4 Done Limiting the number of password attempts You can set the number of incorrect password attempts that are allowed before selected information is deleted from your handheld This feature called intrusion protection protects sensitive information from an intruder who uses an automated means to try every possible combination until the password is found Use intrusion protection if you keep highly confidential information on your handheld IMPORTANT Ifyou limit the number of password attempts be sure to use Keylock to prevent accidental password attempts while your handheld is in a purse or pocket 522 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private 1 Open Security Preferences a Go to the Home qm screen Password Quick Unlock b Select Prefs Pay Auto Lock il c Select Secu rity Private Records v Show 2 Set the number of password attem pts Security Options O Encrypt data when locked a Tap Options b If necessary enter your Encryption type password and then select OK RC4 Intrusion Protection c Tap the Intrusion Protection box Intrusion Protection box d Enter the number of password attempts that are allowed before selected informat
320. information Star icon Opens the application assigned to this icon By default tapping this icon synchronizes your handheld with your computer See Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer for more information Find icon Opens the Find dialog box where you can search for information See Finding information for more details Letter keyboard Opens the alphabetic keyboard See Entering information with the icon onscreen keyboard for details Number Opens the numeric keyboard See Entering information with the keyboard icon onscreen keyboard for details Application controls Previous next arrows Command button Tips icon Event Details Time E Date Entry box Alarm Location Category y Unfiled Pick list Scroll bar Repeat v None Private O Check box OR Cre Cee E 24 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Previous next Tap the left and right arrows to view the previous and next entry arrows where up and down arrows appear tap them to view the previous and next screens of information Scroll bar Drag the slider or tap the top or bottom arrow to scroll the display one line at a time To scroll to the previous screen tap the scroll bar just above the slider To scroll to the next screen tap the scroll bar just below the slider Command button Tap a button such as OK Cancel or Details to perform a command or to open a dialog box Command buttons appear at the bott
321. information directly to another device that includes Bluetooth technology You must be within range of the receiving device to send information using Bluetooth technology The maximum range is approximately 25 30 feet 8 10 meters however the shorter the range the more quickly and accurately you can send information Zire 72 Handheld 491 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Did You Know In most applications the 1 leftmost menu is named Record Select the information you want to send a Open an application b Select the entry you want 2 Select a sending method Send With E a Open the menus VersaMail b Select the Send menu item on the leftmost menu c Select Bluetooth and then select OK 3 Select the receiving device on the Discovery Results screen and then select OK The information is sent to the receiving device b Done Zire 72 Handheld 492 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Sending a category Tip Create a category of 1 Calendar events such as your kid s soccer schedule and then send Select the category you want to send a Open an application the entire category to b From the list view tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the your spouse s handheld category you want This takes you to the list view within the selected category Tip When you send a category the individual eeu the 2 send ihe category category contacts a Open the
322. ing Bij dit produkt zijn batterijen geleverd Wanneer deze leeg zijn moet u ze niet weggooien maar inleveren als KCA 647 Zire 72 Handheld Uwaga Nie kroi lub przekluwa baterii ani nie wrzuca ich do ognia Moga sie rozerwa lub wybuchn wydzielaj c truj ce rodki chemiczne Zuzytych baterii nale y pozbywa sie w spos b opisany przez producenta i zgodnie z miejscowymi przepisami MNN AND2 X ANI ADDN NX 9 NN DX MSLSIYNN NID K MSL NLN DXN ANT IW AN nD nD NX Tnn w NSA MANN Oxnna MyMwn MIND TIYDI w Static Electricity ESD and your palmOne handheld Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity ESD susceptible equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your palmOne handheld from ESD harm While palmOne has built protections against E
323. ing with Tasks on your com Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Some of the most successful people in the world are also the busiest When asked how they manage to do it all busy people usually say make lists The Tasks application on your handheld is the perfect place to make a list of the things you need to do J _ om Benefits of Tasks e Set priorities e Track deadlines e Stay focused 167 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Tip If no task is currently selected you can create a new task by writing Graffiti 2 characters in the input area Tip Add a note to a task Tap the Note button enter the note text and then select Done Did You Know You can organize your tasks by filing them into categories You can also mark tasks as private to hide them from prying eyes Zire 72 Handheld Creating a task 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Tasks 6 Create a task Tasks Mil All EE a Tap New Due date b Enter a description of the task Long description New task Priority number amp OPTIONAL Assign a priority and due date a Tap the priority number and select a number 1 is the most important b Tap the due date and select a date from the list or select Choose Date to select a date from the calendar That s it Your handheld automatically saves the task Make sure you have a current backup Synchronize often 168 CHAPTER 9
324. ing your mobile phone Creating and sending a text message IMPORTANT Many SMS service providers charge per text message or part of a text message Each message or part is 160 characters If you create a text message under 161 characters you are charged for one message If you create a message that is 161 to 320 characters you may be charged for two messages and so forth A counter appears at the top of the page to indicate the number of characters and messages Even though a message has more than 160 characters the message appears as one message to the person receiving the message 1 Go to the Home a screen and select Messages re 2 Open a blank text message Witt ea 4 4 6505551234 8 46 am a Select New did u hear from javier 4d 5559191 8 42 am Sorry will be late b Select Text Message 336558986 8 41am Y Continued 417 CHAPTER 19 Tip Do you still need to add something to a message Save the message in your drafts folder and finish it later Open the menus select Message and then select Save as Draft When you want to work on it again select the categories pick list in the upper right corner and select Drafts Did You Know You can also quickly send a common phrase as a text message by selecting Phrases and selecting a phrase Tip Did you create a text message but now you want to add a photo You can easily change from a text message to a multimedia message without losing an
325. ion button 216 Creating a longer voice memo using the pause control s 217 Listening toa Voice MEMO siisosisa itiren niia ai 220 Setting an alarm for a voice Memo sssssssssesssssiesrsssrsrsrensrnnrensrnsnsennses 222 Saving a voice memo to an expansion card sesesssssessiesrssrrrerssiserenns 224 Zire 72 Handheld viii Zire 72 Handheld Saving a specific memo to an EXPANSION card cceesseeessteeeeereeees 224 Automatically storing all voice memos on an expansion card 225 Related 0 Di CSisisisj scivesid sscttsidiestetinybe tense aaea a earar Vaan ate eee 226 Chapter 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 227 Supported file types 00 ee eeceesseceseecneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseseaeesaeeesaeessaeseeeseeeenaas 228 Capturing PHOTO sisisi a a diene 229 RECOFGING a VideO sii ccssssecegssTasccasacsnstbecseashienssssuacesatestentecduensteainersbersnestes 231 Adjusting the camera S ttingS 0 eccesceeesceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeaaesaeeeaeeeaes 234 Viewing photos OF VIDEOS oo eeeeeceeeee eee ceeee cee e eee eeeeeeeeeeteeeecaeeecaeseaeenaeeenaes 236 Viewing a photo or video in Thumbnail view sesser 236 Viewing a photo or video in LiSt VIEW eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeteeeeetees 238 Viewing a Slide SHOW siiscieisiinisnsi snanar aa raai 239 Rotating a PAOLO Asrifaa nected ccs sexe seo iua Ceusescatersscons 241 Zooming in and Out OF PHOS visssccesesseessteensensteeeerdeeeedrdeseeenns 242 Viewing and editing ph
326. ion of your service provider Wam over Determines whether you receive a warning when multipart messages exceed the specified number of parts Many SMS service providers charge per 160 character part Select from the following options 1 part 3 parts 5 parts 10 parts 50 parts and Never warn Expires Determines how long unsent messages remain at the message center of your service provider If the messages are not delivered to the recipient within the time limit the messages are deleted Select from the following options 4 Hours 1 Day 1 Week 2 Weeks 1 Month and Max Time 4 Select OK y Done Zire 72 Handheld 440 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Changing your service account settings Before You Begin Under normal circumstances you 1 should not change these settings Incorrect values Go to the Home screen and select Messages Per i can cause the Messages application to stop 2 Open the Advanced Settings dialog box working with your mobile a Open the menus phone Change these settings only under the direction of your service provider These settings b Select Options and then select Advanced Settings change the message 3 center address where you Set your SMS account settings i AA ne sea SEER ick n n piek upand seru a Tap Text messages O Leave Messages On SIM O Force GSM Text b Tap SMS Account Settings M Request Return Receipt Warnover v 1 part c En
327. ion on your handheld is deleted Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 523 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private 3 Zire 72 Handheld Select the information that is deleted after the set number of failed attempts a Tap the Delete pick list and select one of these options No Data No information is deleted after the set number of failed attempts Private Records All entries marked private are deleted after the set number of failed attempts All Data All information you entered and all applications you installed on your handheld are deleted after the set number of failed attempts b Select OK Intrusion Protection 7 Attempt s Private Records All Data If an incorrect pussworuts attempted 7 times all of your data will be deleted Select OK two more times and then select Done y Done 524 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Related topics Community Click a link below to learn about these related topics To explore the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com Moving around e Opening applications myzire72 e Using menus Synchronizing Creating a backup of your information Support If you re having problems Customizing Entering your owner information in case your handheld is lost or stolen with private entries or a anything else on your Maintaining Doing a hard reset handheld go to Common Answers to frequently asked questions about privacy www palmOne co
328. ion specific 577 multimedia file types 228 text messaging and 419 Formats Preferences screen 577 formatting expansion cards 110 forwarding e mail 348 370 freehand drawing 189 251 422 freeing up space 66 151 546 621 frequently asked questions 617 front panel controls 19 frozen screen 611 612 620 Full header option 409 Full Screen mode 450 full screen pen stroke 572 full screen writing 190 579 580 G Game Sound pick list 586 games 102 530 538 586 General Packet Radio Service GPRS 283 gestures Graffiti 2 writing 53 663 Get IP command 606 Get Mail Options dialog box 320 Get unread e mail only option 321 Get unread mail option 307 getting started xx xxii 6 28 Getting Started Guide 28 GIF files 359 455 460 Go To Date dialog box 133 135 going online 277 GPRS command 606 GPRS data services 280 455 GPRS mobile phones 283 291 591 graffiti 422 Graffiti 2 command strokes 35 36 Graffiti 2 Preferences screen 581 Graffiti 2 writing changing strokes for 584 choosing input area for 579 copying and pasting with 70 creating tasks with 168 deleting information with 71 deleting ShortCuts 584 entering commands with 53 entering information with 45 46 55 entering ShortCut strokes 56 57 582 getting help with 52 guidelines for 47 overview 45 setting alternate stroke shapes for 581 setting preferences for 579 584 troubleshooting problems with 623 Graphics pick list 471 GSM mobile phones 591 Zir
329. ion you select in the Get pick list messages Confirm Deletions Displays a confirmation dialog before deleting e mail Delete Msgs on Server If this is selected messages that you delete on your handheld are automatically deleted on the server If itis deselected you are asked each time you delete messages on your handheld whether you want to also delete them on the server Y Continued 389 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Cont d Zire 72 Handheld Download Attachments Causes files attached to e mail to be automatically downloaded to your handheld Attachments that exceed the maximum message size cannot be downloaded Receive Format Lets you retrieve messages in HTML or plain text format If you choose HTML any messages sent to you in HTML format are displayed with basic HTML formatting intact Other messages are displayed as plain text If you choose Plain Text all messages are displayed as plain text regardless of the format in which they were sent Default setting is HTML Signature Enables you to attach a default signature to all your outgoing messages Ry Done 390 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Adding or updating a contact directly from a message You can add an e mail address in Contacts directly from the body of a received e mail message Tip You can also update an existing Contacts record with a new e mail address or create a second Contacts record for a n
330. ions and then select Attachment Y Continued 366 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 2 Attach the file a Tap the Type pick list and then select the file type The VersaM ail application displays all file types on your handheld that you can attach to an e mail message Attachments i Attachments i Type Address vCard Type v Memo Text Power Tij Application prc Power Tips Extend Y Appointment vCal Extend Your Handheld Coverage Database pdb Memo Text Photo Video a gt Voice Memo wav f Attachments Fi Extend Your Handheld Co 713B 713 8 b Select the file that you want to attach and then select Add The selected file appears in the Attachments box c Repeat steps a and b for each attachment you want to add and then tap Done Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 367 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Attaching files from an expansion card Did You Know You can attach any file 1 type that appears on an expansion card Insert the expansion card into the slot on your handheld Tip 2 Open the Attachments screen If you open a message from the Drafts folder a On the message screen open the menus you must first tap Edit before you can add an b Select Options and then select Attachment attachment Tip 3 Attach the file Attachments To remove an attachment from an e mail message a Tap the To pick list and then tap the attached
331. ip If you selected the 1 Synchronize Only Account check box you must synchronize your Go to the Home screen and select VersaM ail a handheld with your 2 Choose whether to get message subjects only or full messages computer to download messages to your a Open the menus handheld b Select Accounts and then select the account you want Did You Know You can deactivate the c Select Get Mail or Get amp Send Get Mail Options dialog T Sine box by using VersaM ail Preferences Get Mail Options i Tip gt Subjects Only If you select Messages the first 5KB of each message is downloaded You can change the Displ maximum size for downloaded messages in VersaMail preferences d In the Get Mail Options dialog box select Subjects Only to download subjects only or select Messages to download entire messages Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 320 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Did You Know When message retrieval 3 amp OPTIONAL Select advanced is complete a dialog box options for getting e mail Details appears displaying the j a i unread mali number of new e mail a Select Details and then select O mail from last 7 messages any of the following Max Message Size Tip Get unread e mail only O Always connect using For IMAP accounts you IMAP accounts only have the option of e Get messages sent within the synchronizing IMAP number
332. irisser aaa einer 273 Working with RealOne Player on your COMpUte eeeeeeeeteeeeeee 274 Related tO Pi CS iscsi sccvesidealideagie tiie yenennnayiecnttiyendedendoacteneenieeenaeseeeteniaee 275 Chapter 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices 276 What can do with the built in Bluetooth technology nesses 277 What types of connections Can Make eeeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeee 277 What is device GISCOVELY ce cecesecesecseceeseeteeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeseeaeecsaeeeaeeeaaes 278 Entering basic Bluetooth settings cceeeeeseeeesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaes 279 Setting up a phone CONNECTION ceeeeeeeeceteeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeetaeetaeetaaeeeeeeeees 280 Accessing e mail and the web wirelessly ccccceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeneeeeees 285 Setting up a connection to your desktop computer ceceeeeeeeee 287 Setting up a connection for wireless synchronization s s s 289 Setting up a CONNECTION tO a NELWOKK ous eeeeceeeeeee eect eteaeeteeeteeeeeeeeees 291 Creating trusted Pails cciscsscccsicisseesseteytersectinertesieeescieieaseaentivdeneienie 293 Setting advanced Bluetooth features 00 ceeeceeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 295 Storing recently found device NAMES eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetteeeeeeeees 295 Allowing your handheld to wake up when it is turned Off 296 Related tO PICS iiiss ssdivsiieseseeeinayd sree yest ivudeeenenne et denten ete aie 297 Chapter 18 Sending and Receivi
333. ist and select one of the following commands from the list Wait For Tells your handheld to wait for specific characters from the server before executing the next command Wait For Prompt Detects a challenge response prompt coming from the server and then displays the dynamically generated challenge value You then enter the challenge value into your token card which in turn generates a response value for you to enter on your handheld This is a two part command which is separated by a vertical bar on the input line Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 605 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Cont d Zire 72 Handheld Send Transmits specific characters to the server that you re connecting to Send CR Transmits a carriage return or line feed LF character to the server Send UserID Transmits the User Name field from Network Preferences Send Password Transmits the Password field from Network Preferences If you didn t enter a password this command prompts you to enter one The Password command is usually followed by a Send CR command Delay Tells your handheld to wait a specific number of seconds before going to the next command in the login script Get IP Reads an IP address and uses it as the IP address for your handheld This command is used with SLIP connections Prompt Opens a dialog box and prompts you to enter certain text for example a password or a security code GPRS Sets up GPRS connections on various
334. ize and optimize your experience using the VersaMail application e Setting preferences for getting sending and deleting e mail e Updating a contact directly from an e mail message e Creating and using filters to determine the types of e mail messages that get downloaded to your handheld e Managing settings for incoming and outgoing mail e Adding APOP to an account e Setting advanced account preferences e Changing e mail header details e Backing up mail databases e Synchronizing IMAP mail folders wirelessly e Working with root folders e Using Secure Socket Layer SSL 388 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting preferences for getting sending and deleting e mail Tip Because mailboxes on the server usually have size restrictions itis a good idea to delete messages on the server regularly Zire 72 Handheld 1 Open the VersaMail Preferences J a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences Preferences i Select preferences General Advanced System Get w Subjects Only Get Select whether to get M Ask Every Time message subjects only or entire M Confirm Deletions O Delete Msgs on Server M Download Attachments Receive Format HTML Ask Every Time Displays a dialog box for choosing subjects only or entire messages each time you retrieve e mail If itis deselected messages are retrieved according to the opt
335. k 473 655 changing screen 570 changing text 161 setting background 191 570 column widths 343 comma delimited files 64 command buttons 24 25 command equivalents Graffiti 2 53 command letters 35 Command mode 35 command shortcuts 35 command strokes 35 36 Command toolbar 35 36 commands 34 35 36 40 See also menus comma separated files 99 communication speed 591 592 595 communications protocols 301 398 602 compact discs CDs 262 company phone lists and memos 11 17 completed tasks 175 176 177 179 components handheld 2 Compress Day View check box 161 compressed files 360 compressed images 471 computers backing up system information for 75 configuring e mail accounts on 306 connecting to 8 277 287 copying information to 501 customizing connections for 594 displaying primary settings for 88 preinstalled software for 27 removing Palm Desktop software 547 setting up mobile connections for 288 Connection Setup screen 281 connection types 277 300 connections setting usernames and passwords 288 synchronization options for 90 92 synchronizing with 74 75 76 289 630 transferring music from 259 262 troubleshooting synchronization problems 624 updating information from 95 97 conduit configuration screen 372 Conduit Settings command 14 conduit shortcuts 384 conduits 93 383 388 conference calls 141 conferences 140 Confirm note delete check box 196 confirmation messages 196 confirmation tones 103 confli
336. k Install list they are not associated with an application on your handheld and cannot be installed Zire 72 Handheld 627 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions e If you are trying to install files to an expansion card make sure that a card is inserted into your handheld s expansion slot before you synchronize I can t add more files to the palmOne Quick Install list Make sure the dialog box that confirms where the files will be installed is closed You cannot add more files to the list when the confirmation dialog box is open When I add a zipped file ZIP to Quick Install no files appear in the Quick Install list Unzip the file with a file compression utility such as WinZip and then add the unzipped files to Quick Install I can t synchronize using the IR port e On your handheld be sure the HotSync application is set to Local with the option IR to PC Handheld e Be sure the IR port of your handheld is aligned directly opposite to and within a few inches of the infrared device of your computer e Synchronizing using the IR port does not work after you receive a low battery warning Recharge your handheld e Set some applications to Do Nothing to speed synchronization IR synchronization speeds can be slow Synchronizing with photos MP3 or video files can take up to an hour or more WINDOWS ONLY e On a computer running Windows 98 be sure that the HotSync Manager is running that Infrared is selected on the H
337. ktop software they should not share the same username How do I synchronize You can synchronize your handheld with your computer in the following ways Wirelessly using Bluetooth technology on your handheld e Using the HotSync cable attached to your handheld and your computer e Using your handheld s infrared IR port e Connecting to your company s network either wirelessly or using a cable Windows only IMPORTANT The first time you synchronize you must use the HotSync cable or your handheld s IR port If you followed the instructions to synchronize during initial setup you ve already covered this requirement To synchronize HotSync Manager must be active HotSync Manager was installed when you installed Palm Desktop software if you didn t install Palm Desktop software you don t have HotSync Manager on your computer On a Windows computer you know HotSync Manager is active when its icon G appears in the lower right corner of your screen If the icon is not there turn it on by clicking Start and then selecting Programs Navigate to the Palm Desktop software program group and select HotSync Manager 76 Tip If you need help with synchronizing see I can t synchronize my handheld with my computer Tip View the HotSync log to see what applications were successfully synchronized and whether any problems took place during synchronization Go to the Home screen on your hand
338. l calendars 132 photos 228 237 238 pick lists 25 schedules 152 154 156 157 slide shows 239 240 song lists 265 space information 536 tasks 152 161 174 178 179 unread messages 152 161 URLs 447 videos 29 228 237 238 web pages 449 453 457 459 460 World Clock 27 562 DNS defined 602 DNS addresses 602 Do not allow wakeup command 296 do s and don ts 610 DOC files 359 documentation xx xxii 28 Documents to Go application 28 74 domain name system DNS 602 down arrow controls 25 Download attachments option 321 381 Download dialog box 457 download options 362 downloading additional software 17 Adobe Acrobat Reader xxii applications 360 538 541 543 attachments 359 360 363 e mail 307 318 320 410 files 359 457 images 359 large messages 361 363 multiple attachments 364 online documentation xxii Palm Desktop software 3 photos 114 228 web pages 457 479 drafts 334 Drafts folder 368 drained batteries 619 drawing freehand 189 251 422 drawing tools 251 422 drivers 591 drop down lists See lists due dates 168 169 173 179 Duplicate Contact command 120 duplicating contact information 116 120 duration 134 E eBooks 29 Edit Accounts option 397 Edit Albums screen 246 Edit Categories command 174 Zire 72 Handheld 660 Edit Categories dialog box 143 144 527 528 529 Edit Connection dialog box 592 Edit currencies command 206 Edit List dialog box 557 559 Edit menu 70 71 Edit
339. l program and then check the box Make Outlook Express my default Simple MAPI client Desktop Default Mail Client Ep Outlook Express available Accounts 3 Configured Accounts 1 Active Accounts 1 Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 374 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 2 Select synchronization options a Select the check box to synchronize this account when you perform a HotSync operation IMPORTANT You must select this check box otherwise the account cannot be synchronized b Select your mail client synchronization options 3 Confirm and save selections a Verify that the settings for this account on your handheld are correct b Click Save lal on the toolbar to save the settings for this account y Done Zire 72 Handheld 375 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting mail client synchronization options Select the mail client to use for synchronization based on the type of account mail client or connection you use Use the following criteria to determine which client to select L Tip If you select Direct IMAP for Lotus Notes ee NOTE The mail client you select in the pick list may not be the one you use on your computer synchronization you N y p y y y p For example depending on your account you might use Microsoft Outlook as the mail client on must be connected to the your computer but need to select Microsoft Exch
340. l provider allows you to access e mail on a wireless handheld Several providers like Hotmail do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade to access e mail on a wireless handheld Tum on ESMTP Many services require authenticated access to use their SMTP servers or ESMTP Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to send e mail through their servers In this case you can almost always receive e mail from these accounts but if you want to send e mail you must send it through another server I am having difficulty sending and receiving mail using a synchronize only account Make sure you have chosen the same settings for the account on both your handheld and your computer For example if the account is set up on your handheld to use the POP protocol check the HotSync Manager on your computer to make sure that POP is selected as the protocol for that account My vCard or vCal e mail attachment isn t forwarding correctly WINDOWS ONLY Palm Desktop software provides several features that work with e mail client software on a Windows computer For these features to work correctly the e mail client software must be properly set up Follow these steps to check the settings 1 Click Start on your computer and then select Settings 2 Select Control Panel Zire 72 Handheld 637
341. lculations Then paste 4 Done them into another application by opening the Edit menu and selecting Paste in the other application Zire 72 Handheld 201 CHAPTER 12 Performing Calculations Related topics Community Click the links below to learn about these related topics To explore the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com Moving around Opening applications myzire72 e Using menus Entering Entering numbers with Graffiti 2 characters Support information If you re having problems with Calculator or anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 202 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses In this chapter Adding an expense Choosing currency options Deleting expenses Customizing the expense list Working with Expense on your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Tired of trying to re create your business trip when you return Expense makes it easy to keep track of what you paid for that dinner in New York with your new sales group You can track costs for meals lodging transportation entertainment and more and save all of the information in one convenient place You can even transfer the information to a spreadsheet on your computer Benefits of Expense e Monitor your business and personal expenses e Easily retrieve expense information e Create expense reports faster 203 CHAPTER 13 Managing
342. ld or desktop software to an archive folder on your computer This frees up space on your handheld while ensuring the information is available if you need it in the future You can restore individual entries or an entire archive file to the related application in your desktop software The Palm Desktop online Help and the Microsoft Outlook online Help have lots of info about how to restore archived files Refer to these Help files for details 66 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Entering info from Contacts into another application Having lunch with someone whose info you have in Contacts Use Phone Lookup to quickly enter their name and phone number into the appointment you create in Calendar This feature is available in Calendar Memos Tasks and Expense 1 Open an entry a Open an application b Select an entry or tap New In Expense only Tap Details and then tap Attendees 2 Add the Contact from Phone Lookup a Tap where you want to enter the Contact b Open the menus c Select Options and then select Phone Lookup Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 67 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Cont d 3 d Select the contact and then select Add Anderson Mark 415 555 9308M 909 555 9702 W 203 555 9820M 650 555 3970 W 650 555 9984 H Veddi Maria Venkat Raj 555 Westman Paul 650 555 6692 H Look Up Dec 23 03 KIBW 1 OOGEC 8 00 9 00 10 00 11 00 12 00 oK 6 200 3 00 4 00 5
343. ld you rather see the time displayed in a 24 hour format or dates that begin with the month or year Use the Formats Preferences screen to change these settings and to apply them to all the applications on your handheld You can quickly choose the preset formats based on geographic regions where you might use your handheld For example in the United Kingdom time often is expressed using a 24 hour clock In the United States time is expressed using a 12 hour clock with an AM or PM suffix You can use the original preset formats or change them based on your personal preferences 1 Open Formats Preferences Breterences Preset to a Go to the Home screen Time v HH MM am pm 2 36 pm b Select Prefs 6 Date M D Y 12 8 06 Dec 8 2006 c Select Formats Week starts v Sunday Numbers 1 000 00 Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 577 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Tip The country setting 2 changes only the way the date and time look It Select a country Set Country a Tap the Preset to box to open doesn t change your the Set Country dialog box handheld s time to that country s time To do that b Select a country go to Date amp Time Preferences or to World c Select OK Clock 3 amp OPTIONAL Customize any of the following preset formats Time Controls whether the time displays in 12 hour or 24 hour format and which symbol separates the numbers Date Controls the sequence in
344. lect Media Message Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 419 CHAPTER 19 Did You Know You can send your multimedia message to an e mail address The e mail message appears as a text message with multimedia attachments Zire 72 Handheld Enter the recipient s address using one of the following methods Saved number list Select To and select the recipient s number if it appears on the list Lookup If the number does not appear on the list select one of the Lookup options and select the name number or e mail address from the screen Enter directly Enterina number on the To line In the Subject line enter the subject of your message Y Continued Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages New Slide 420 alo T CHAPTER 19 Tip Did you create a great message that you would like to use again Save the message as a template Open the menus select Message and then select Save as template Give you template a name and select OK You can save your message as a template even after you have sent it Zire 72 Handheld amp OPTIONAL Usea template that came with your handheld or a template that you created a Select Template b Select a template and then select Done Y Continued Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Having Fun 421 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages
345. lications Zire 72 Handheld Removing an application from your handheld If you run out of memory or decide that you no longer want some applications you installed you can remove them from your handheld or from an expansion card Ry NOTE You can only remove add on applications patches and extensions that you install You cannot remove the applications that are part of the operating system of your handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen D Open the Delete dialog box a Open the menus b Select Delete from the App menu Delete the application a Tap the Delete From pick list and then select Handheld or expansion card b Select the application that you want to remove and then tap Delete c Select Yes and then select Done 4 Done 546 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Removing Palm Desktop software from your computer If you no longer want to use Palm Desktop software you can remove it from your computer This process removes only the application files The data in your Users folder remains untouched IMPORTANT If you remove Palm Desktop software you also remove the synchronization software and can no longer synchronize your information Even if you want to synchronize with another personal information manager like Microsoft Outlook you must leave Palm Desktop software installed on your computer WINDOWS ONLY Ry NOTE You may have to modify these steps to correspond with the
346. log box Q Delete events older J a Open the menus than v 1week Save archive copy on PC b Select Purge on the Record menu Select which events to purge a Tap the Delete events older than pick list and select a timeframe b Select the Save archive copy on PC check box if you want to place a copy of the deleted events in an archive file on your computer the next time you synchronize c Select OK 4 Done 151 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Checking your schedule x Tip Sometimes you want to look at your schedule for a particular date while other times you want to Press the Calendar see an overview of a week or month application button repeatedly to cycle Viewing your appointments and tasks together through the four different f f f g Agenda View shows your daily schedule and any items on your Tasks list that are overdue or due ee today If there s room on the screen Agenda View also shows your schedule for the next dates that Tip have events scheduled on them If you installed an e mail application such as the _ palmOne VersaMail 1 Press the Calendar application button application you can customize Agenda View Ry NOTE if Calendar is already open tap the Agenda View icon instead to show how many unread messages you Y Continued have Did You Know You can use a favorite photo as the background for your Agenda View Zire 72 Handheld 152 CHAPTER
347. login scripts witha text editor on your desktop computer Create a file with the extension PNC and then install the file on your handheld using palmOne Quick Install Did You Know Your login scripts can also use non ASCII and literal characters Zire 72 Handheld A login script is something that you are likely to receive from your system administrator if you log in to the corporate servers from your handheld using a phone modem or network connection The script is generally prepared by the system administrator and distributed to users who need it It automates the events that must take place to establish a connection between your handheld and the corporate servers You can create login scripts by selecting commands from the Command pick list in the Login Script dialog box Some commands such as Send require you to supply additional information If the command requires additional info a field appears to the right of the command where you can enter the info 1 Open Network Preferences a Go to the Home O screen b Select Prefs 68 c Select Network Y Continued 604 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld 2 Open the Login Script dialog box a Tap the Service pick list and select the service you want to add a script to b Tap Details c Tap Script Details Log in Script i Connection type PPP Idle timeout 1 Minute Query DNS A IP Address M Automatic 3 Tap the End pick l
348. lowerright corner of your screen b Select Custom c Select the appropriate username from the drop down list at the top of the screen d Select the application you want and then click Change Y Continued 94 ae Tip You should generally keep the default setting Synchronize the files for all applications Choose an overwrite option only if you have a specific reason for sending updates only one way Choose Do Nothing if you never use an application Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Choose how information is updated during the next synchronization HotSync Action for Memos x BE amp synchonize the files _Cancel_ Help DPR Desktop overnntes hanced JT Set as default Bea Handheld overwrites Desktop D a Donething Synchronize the files Information that is changed in one place your handheld or computer is updated in the other during synchronization Desktop overwrites handheld Information that has been changed on your computer is updated on your handheld during synchronization If information has been changed on your handheld it will be replaced by the information from your computer and you will lose the changes you made on your handheld Handheld overwrites Desktop Information that has been changed on your handheld is updated on your computer during synchronization If information has been changed on
349. lso press Right any other month and Left on the navigator to scroll to the next or previous month To go to 1 Open Month View Day View for a particular P Month selector date press Select on the a Press the Calendar eu yw 1 navigator to insert a application button mT Event highlight press Right or 3 4 bme 7 8 9 Left to select a date and b Tap the Month View icon E 0 118 2 lisa leel then press Select on the a e e ao ar aez a navigator again coe lt No time icon Multi day event Month View icon 2 Do any of the following to view your monthly schedule e Tap the month selector to scroll to the previous or next month or tap Go To to choose a specific month e Tap a date to go to that day in Day View b Done Zire 72 Handheld 157 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Viewing a yearly calendar Year View shows a calendar for an entire year You can scroll between years or jump to any other Tip You can also press Right and Left on the navigator to scroll to the next or previous month To go to Day View for a particular date press Select on the navigator to insert a highlight press Right or Left to select a date and then press Select on the navigator again Zire 72 Handheld year 1 Open Year View p Year selector a Press the Calendar application button b Tap the Month View icon E 14151617181920 21222324252627 28293031 c Tap Year es 12345 6 7 8 9101112
350. ly If the phone still does not appear run the Phone Link Updater application and then go to step 4 Phone Link Updater is installed on your desktop computer when you install Palm Desktop software from the CD Mac only If the phone still does not appear on the list go to www palmone com us support downloads phonelink html to download the driver for your phone and then go to step 4 Select the phone you want select OK and then select Next again Discovery Results Show v Nearby devices Select a phone PalmNokia3600 Select phone Select if your phone does not appear Y Continued 281 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices AN gt Key Term Passkey Like a 4 password the passkey is a security measure Your Enter a passkey handheld a Enter a passkey number This Bluetooth Security _ E can be any number you Enter passkey for connect with a devicethat choose it does not for has the same passkey example have to be a For example to connect password you use to access a i a l to your mobile phone network or an e mail account you need to enter the same passkey on your IMPORTANT You must enter handheld and on your the same passkey on your phone handheld and your mobile phone in order to connect to your phone b Select OK 5 Select Done to finish phone connection setup Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 282 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devi
351. m uestions su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 525 CHAPTER 24 Using Categories to Organize Information In this chapter Adding a category Renaming a category Deleting a category Placing information into a category Viewing information by category Related topics Zire 72 Handheld If you re like most people you use your handheld to manage your work life and your personal life Yet these two areas contain so many details your children s after school activities your conference schedule your shopping list for the week and entertainment Categories help you organize different aspects of your life no matter how you choose to group them Benefits of categories e Better organize your information e Easily retrieve the information you need 526 CHAPTER 24 Did You Know You can have up to 15 categories in an application Tip Colors make it easy to find the info you need in Calendar Tip Add a category in Contacts that contains all of your medical numbers for quick access Other useful categories in Contacts are Emergency for fire ambulance and police Children for your children s school and friends and Entertainment for restaurants or theaters that you visit often Zire 72 Handheld Using Categories to Organize Information Adding a category You can add categories in many applications Contacts Expense Memos Note Pad Tasks and palmOne Media
352. m Desktop software and Microsoft Outlook myzire72 Moving around e Opening applications e Using menus Support If you re having problems RealOne Player e Transferring files from a CD to an expansion card installing applications or with anything else on your e Listening to audio files on your handheld handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 550 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings In this chapter Checking the current date and time Setting the primary location Choosing secondary locations for other time zones Modifying the locations list Setting the alarm clock Changing the clock display Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Forget your watch Or just forget to reset it when you landed in Toronto Neither matters as long as you have your handheld Not only can you rely on it for the correct time you can even set an alarm so you don t miss that early flight back home Benefits of World Clock e Always have the correct time no matter where you are e No need to carry a separate alarm clock 551 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Checking the current date and time There are several ways to easily check the date and time e When your handheld is on e Tap the Home icon and then select the World Clock icon O e Tap the Clock icon in the upper left corner of the input area Your handheld displays the time for two seconds and then returns t
353. m gt Subj cool site Date Thu Feb 5 2004 5 24 am Size 501 bytes To joe jmswordsmith com check this out www futurefacing com 409 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages You can also switch between a short header and a full header for a message you are composing Short header shows the To and Subject fields only full header shows the To cc bcc and Subject fields Tap to switch to full header Tap to switch to New M ew Message short header New Message Can we make it 1 30 Can we make it 1 307 end ator rafts Cree To switch between short and full headers on either a folder screen or a message screen tap the header icon in the upper right corner of the screen Backing up mail databases If you want to make sure you have a backup copy of all your e mail you can back up all the e mail databases from the handheld This is useful if you download messages directly from a mail server to your handheld The backup copy is stored in the Backup folder on your computer Zire 72 Handheld 410 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip In most cases your e mail is on your server so you do not need to back up your e mail database from your handheld Tip Deselect the Backup ALL Databases check box to make synchronizing go faster Zire 72 Handheld By default your handheld is set to back up mail databases 1 Open the System Preferences s
354. marked on the server immediately Select Both and then select OK on the confirmation screen To mark the messages on both the handheld and the server and have the messages marked on the server the next time you synchronize or connect to the server Select Both and then select Cancel on the confirmation screen NOTE If you set up an IMAP account as synchronize only this screen does not appear Ry Done 358 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Working with attachments Tip You can easily download view and send attachments with e mail messages You can also save downloaded to an Downloading an attachment to your handheld pansion card E mail may contain attached files such as Microsoft Word or text files that you want to view or k Ti install on your handheld When you receive a message that has an attachment the VersaM ail Tip application scans your Handheld to see if you have an application that can open the attachment If The maximum message so you can open the attachment with the application size you can download is 60KB for the body text Here are the kinds of attached files you can work with and approximately 5MB total including vCard VCF This is contact information Open these files in the Contacts application on your attachments If an handheld attachment is too large it E cannot be downloaded to vCal iCal VCS or ICS This is usually a calendar appointment or a task Open the
355. matically without reviewing them disable photo review Did You Know If photo review is enabled with timeout the photo is saved automatically if you do not select Save or Trash within three seconds Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Take the photo a Move the handheld until the picture you want appears on the screen b If digital zoom is enabled select whether to zoom in on the subject c Select the shutter button or press Select on the navigator Save or delete the photo a If photo review is enabled review the photo b After review do one of the following Save the photo Select Save The photo is saved to the album selected from the pick list Delete the photo Select Trash y Done Wee 010604_ Trash fee Lele a 2 Zire 72 Handheld 230 CHAPTER 15 If no expansion card is inserted in the slot an error message appears Tap the screen to return to photo mode or insert an expansion card to continue Tap the palmOne Media button to view all photos and videos in the current album The video recording screen displays the approximate recording time you have left based on the space available on the expansion card Actual recording time may vary depending on how fast you are moving how many colors you are recording and so on Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Recording a video IMPORTANT You can record and save video files only on an expansi
356. mation e If the battery gets so low that your handheld doesn t operate it will store your information for about a week In this case there is enough power to store your information but not to turn on your handheld If your handheld doesn t turn on when you press the power button recharge it immediately e Conserve battery life by doing any of the following Adjusting the screen brightness e Reducing the Auto off setting Preventing your handheld from tuming on by accident e Minimizing use of the expansion slot IMPORTANT If your battery drains and you don t recharge it for an extended period of time you can lose all the information on your handheld If this happens recharge your handheld and then synchronize it with your computer All of the applications and information from your last synchronization are transferred to your handheld Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Step 2 Turning on your handheld for the first time Before You Begin Be sure to fully charge 1 your handheld as described in Step 1 Press the power button to turn iton Tip Power button After you set up your handheld go to the Quick Tour to learn the basics amp OPTIONAL Unplug the power adapter from your handheld Slide the stylus out of the slot Hold the stylus as you would hold a pen and follow the onscreen instructions to set up your handheld b Done Zire 72 Handheld 6 Setting Up Y
357. me services require ESMTP authentication to validate your username and password on an SMTP server If you aren t sure if your ISP or web e mail provider supports ESMTP check with your e mail provider 1 Select the account to which you r 3 want to add ESMTP ae Account v Vite Work Email a In your Inbox or on another Protocol v mm folder screen open the Username Edit Accounts menus A b Select Options and then O Always connect using select Mail Servers c Tap the Account pick list and then select Edit Accounts d Tap the name of the account you want to change and then tap OK Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 316 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages If you need to enter new f authentication Add ESMTP Mail Servers Lil i Options v Ad d Outgoin esia ETE yOu a On the Mail Servers screen Port Number ES ii username tap the see step 1 select Details Password box enter a W My server requies password and then b Tap the Options pick list and authentication ESMTP select OK Check with then select Advanced Outgoing pial aie your e mail service Password provider for c Select the check box f authentication username and password information NOTE Check with your system administrator before selecting this option If you select this option username and password fields appear These fields are already filled in based on the account information you entered In most ca
358. media message and then select Send y Done Zire 72 Handheld 433 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Saving a phone number to Contacts 1 2 3 4 Zire 72 Handheld Go to the Home screen and select Messages Pe Select Get to retrieve messages from your mobile phone Select the message to open it Open the Add Contact dialog box a Select From From 6505551234 Reply With Text Message Date 12 16 03 8 46 am Reply With Media Message Dial did u hear from javier Save Contact Forward Delete b Select Save Contact Y Continued 434 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages 5 Create the new contact Add Contact Last Name ces a Enter the contact information i First Name Mobile Contact list and the number appears in your mobile number list b Select one of the options Add Adds the contact to your Save amp Go Adds the contact to your Contact list and the number appears in your mobile number list This selection allows you to put the contact in a Contacts category and then opens Contacts at the new contact You can add or modify the contact information Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 435 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Setting options for text and multimedia messages You can set how you want your messages displayed and how you want messages deleted Changing the List vie
359. menus memos photos and so on appear as unfiled b Select the Send Category menu item on the leftmost menu items on the receiving device c Select Bluetooth and then select OK 3 Select the receiving device on the Discovery Results screen and then select OK The information is sent to the receiving device y Done Zire 72 Handheld 493 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Tip Tap the Send From pick list to beam an application from an expansion card inserted into the expansion slot Zire 72 Handheld Sending an application 1 Select the application you want to send Beam From v Handheld MMNotify 44K a Go to the Home screen Note Pad amp 98K Palm PIMs Support amp 38K a Prefs 14K b Open the menus RealOne 243K SheetToGo c Select Send on the App menu SlotDrvrPnpsApp SMS Library d Select the application you want to send NOTE You cannot send an application that has a lock icon next to the application size Send the application a Select Send b Select Bluetooth and then select OK Select the receiving device on the Discovery Results screen and then select OK The information is sent to the receiving device y Done 494 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Using the Send command with the VersaMail application You can send information as an attachment to an e mail message using the Send command Follow the procedures for sending information a catego
360. must open HotSync Manager and select the Enabled option before you can synchronize Show more detail in HotSync Log Includes more troubleshooting information in the log that is generated when you synchronize 3 Close the HotSync Software Setup window y Done Choosing whether application information is updated gt gt Key Term By default when information in each application is updated in one place your handheld or your Conduit The computer itis updated in the other However for an application included during synchronization synchronization software you can choose whether information that has been updated in one place is updated in the other that transfers information during the next synchronization between an application on your computer and the same application on your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 93 Tip Windows For information on choosing whether application information is updated if you are synchronizing your handheld with Outlook see the online Outlook synchronization Help Click the HotSync Manager icon in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your screen select Custom and then select one of the Outlook applications from the list Select Change and then select one of the applications from the list Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer WINDOWS ONLY 1 Select the application you want to customize a Click the HotSync Manager icon G in the taskbar in the
361. n Your handheld may not be able to recognize the virtual serial port on your Windows computer Try validating the virtual serial port you re using or create a different virtual port and change the HotSync Manager settings to use the new virtual port Refer to the documentation that came with your computer operating system for instructions on creating changing the virtual port for serial communication Some computers have a dedicated virtual serial port number such as COM5 and other computers enable you to choose a port number such as COM8 or COM 12 Refer to the documentation that came with your computer for information on dedicated versus flexible virtual ports If the virtual serial port you want to use is used by other applications exit those applications before setting up your computer for wireless synchronization One or more of my applications does not synchronize If you have synchronized successfully but you can t find the information from your handheld on your computer check to see that you have the correct username selected for viewing data NOTE if you upgraded from a previous handheld go to www palmOne com support intl select your country select the Zire 72 handheld from the main page and click the Upgrade link Zire 72 Handheld 626 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions WINDOWS ONLY Click the HotSync Manager icon in the lower right corner of your screen and then select Custom Check that the application i
362. n an expansion card is seated in the expansion card slot of your handheld View a file on an expansion card a Tap the folder that contains the file and then select the file b Tap Open b Done 460 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Communicating with other users You can communicate with others via e mail or beaming Before You Begin Install the VersaM ail software Insert the CD and follow the onscreen instructions for installing extra software Zire 72 Handheld Sending e mail using VersaMail Some web pages include mailto links that allow you to easily contact someone for further information or to be added to their contact list 1 ul A U N Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Go to the web page you want to send an e mail from Select a mailto link on the web page Compose your message in the VersaM ail application Send or save the e mail message You are returned to Web Pro and to the web page you were viewing b Done 461 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Tip You can also beam a web address to another Web Pro user Zire 72 Handheld Sending a web address via VersaMail When you find a website that you want to share with others you can send the web address in an e mail to your friends 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Go to the web page that you want to share with others Open the Send With dialog box a Open the menus
363. n tap the event T Did You Know description If you set your alarms in World Clock instead of Calendar you have 3 Se different alarm sound et the alarm Event Details choices Keep in mind Time a Tap Details that since World Clock p Date mp Al alarms aren t tied to a b Tap the Alarm check box TROA specific event you won t i i i ga Category v Unfiled see an event description c Tap the pick list and select Repeat v None when a World Clockalarm Minutes Hours or Days Private O sounds i Cancel Delete d Enter how many minutes b Did You Know hours or days before the When you set an alarm a event you want the alarm to little alarm clock appears sound and then select OK to the right of the event description Y Done Zire 72 Handheld 146 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Rescheduling an event Tip You can also use the 1 Event Details dialog box to change the alarm location category repeat and privacy settings 2 e ore Press the Calendar application button Go to the event you want to reschedule a From Day View tap Go To b Select the year month and date of the event c Tap the event description and edit it if necessary IMPORTANT If you edit the description of a repeating event the new description appears in all instances of the event 3 Change the date and time Event Detail o Tap Details w Minutes b Tap the Time box and selec
364. n the receiving handheld model not all information may be sent correctly If you are beaming to another Palm OS handheld confirm that your handheld and the other handheld are 4 to 39 inches approximately ten centimeters to one meter apart and that the path between the two handhelds is clear of obstacles Beaming distances to other devices with an IR port may be different e Move your handheld closer to the receiving device e Make sure the receiving device has beam receive enabled e Perform a soft reset on both your handheld and the receiving device When someone beams information to my handheld it doesn t receive the info e If you are receiving info from another Palm OS handheld confirm that your handheld and the other handheld are 4 to 39 inches approximately ten centimeters to one meter apart and that the path between the two handhelds is clear of obstacles Beaming distances to other devices with an IR port may be different e Move your handheld closer to the sending device e Make sure your handheld has beam receive enabled Perform a soft reset on both your handheld and the receiving device Zire 72 Handheld 639 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions When someone beams data to my handheld I get a message telling me it is out of memory e Your handheld requires at least twice the amount of memory available as the data you are receiving For example if you are receiving a 30KB application you mus
365. n the side of your handheld or you can use the pause control for a longer memo that you can pause and restart as your ideas Did You Know You can automatically store voice memos on an expansion card Tip To pause your recording you must keep the Voice Memo button held down and then tap Pause For longer recordings where you want to pause multiple times use the onscreen control Zire 72 Handheld flow Creating a quick voice memo using the application button 1 2 y Done Hold down the Voice Memo application button N on the side of your handheld A tone indicates that recording has started Record your voice memo a Hold the back of your handheld no more than eight inches from your mouth and begin speaking The microphone is located on the back Continue holding the Voice Memo button while recording b When you have finished recording release the Voice Memo button A tone indicates that recording has stopped and the memo is finished N NOTE Pressing the Voice Memo application button again starts a new memo Select Done That s it Your handheld automatically saves the voice memo Make sure you have a current backup Synchronize often 216 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Creating a longer voice memo using the pause control Pause and resume recording as many times as you want to make sure you capture all of your thoughts Z 1 Go to the Home screen and select Voice Memo D Alter
366. nately you can press and quickly release the Voice Memo application button N 2 Record your voice memo Voice Memo a Tap New b Tap Record A tone indicates that recording has started c Hold your handheld no more Record than eight inches from your mouth and begin speaking The microphone is located on the back Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 217 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Tip Once you pause your recording you can use other applications and come back later to resume recording To resume recording just tap the Voice Memo icon or press and release the Voice Memo application button and then tap Record Tip You can organize your voice memos by storing them into categories such as personal or marketing ideas Zire 72 Handheld 3 Pause and restart recording a Tap Pause to stop recording A tone indicates that recording has paused b Tap Record A tone indicates that recording has restarted c Pause and restart recording as many times as you want You can use other applications while the voice memo is paused Tap Stop A tone sounds to indicate that recording has stopped Y Continued Voice Memo Unfiled Recording status Recording 00 03 Pause Stop 218 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Zire 72 Handheld 5 amp OPTIONAL Tap on the title line and enter a title for your memo You can choose to leave the time as part of the title or
367. nchronized with Outlook Other info such as photos Open the Help menu and and notes is synchronized with Palm Desktop software select Palm Desktop Help WINDOWS ONLY 1 Open an application in Palm Desktop software a Double click the Palm Desktop icon on your computer desktop b Click the icon in the launch bar to open the application Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 60 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information C oO nt d i E Palm Desktop Launch bar Palm Desktop New Edit 2 Do one of the following e Click New in the lower left corner of the screen to create a new entry e Click an existing entry and then click Edit in the lower left corner of the screen 3 Enter the information and then click OK Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 61 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information 4 Synchronize your handheld with your computer y Done MAC ONLY 1 Open an application a Double click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder on your computer b Click the icon in the toolbar to open the application vi Palm Desktop Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 62 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information 2 Do one of the following e Click New in the upper left corner of the screen to create a new entry e Click an existing entry and then click Edit in the upper left corner of the screen 3 Enter the information and then click OK 4 Synchronize your
368. ndheld automatically saves the note Make sure you have a current backup Synchronize often Zire 72 Handheld 190 Writing Notes in Note Pad Choosing the pen and paper background colors 1 Go to the Home O screen and select Note Pad amp 2 Open the Select Colors dialog box a Select Done to display the Note Pad list b Open the menus c Select Options and then select Preferences d Tap Color Select Colors NotePadPreferences Sort by v Manual Alarm Sound Alarm M Confirm note delete Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 191 Writing Notes in Note Pad 3 Select the pen and paper colors a Tap Pen and then tap the ink color you want to use b Tap Paper and then tap the background color you want to use c Select OK and then select OK again Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 192 Tip Change the alarm sound by opening the Options menu selecting Preferences and then selecting a sound from the Alarm Sound pick list Zire 72 Handheld Writing Notes in Note Pad Setting an alarm To use a note as a reminder set an alarm for that note 1 Go to the Home screen and select Note Pad re 2 Open the note a Select Done to display the Note Pad list b Select the note you want to set an alarm for Note Pad 1 Welcome to Note Pad 2 Groceries 3 Bob 4 Flowers 5 Bank Y Continued 193 Writing Notes in Note Pad Tip You can also open the
369. ne User drop down list 220 67 KB Palm Application 44 32KB Pam Application 200 83KB Palm Application 382KB Pam Database 60 28KB JPG File 358MB MP3 Foiat Sound 282 30KB JPG File 625 78KB JPG File 222MB MP3 Format Sound 542 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Installing applications and files on a Mac computer Tip You can install applications and files on a Mac computer by dragging and dropping onto the Send To Handheld icon or by using the commands in the HotSync menu In MacOS X you can make the Send To Handheld droplet a permanent part Using the Send To Handheld droplet of your desktop by MAC ONLY dragging the droplet to the Dock Then simply drag songs and other files you 1 want to transfer to your handheld onto the droplet in the Dock Copy or download the application s or file s you want to install onto your computer 2 Drag and drop the files onto the Send To Handheld droplet a Drag and drop the file s or folder onto the Send To Handheld droplet in the Palm folder b In the Send to Handheld dialog box select your username and click OK 3 Synchronize your handheld with your computer Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 543 Tip To move applications between your handheld and the expansion card click Change Destination Use the arrows to move the files and then click OK Tip If you do not see the application or file in the folder go to the f
370. nformation Other ways of sharing information Here are some other ways of sharing information e Copy information or an application onto an expansion card inserted into the expansion slot and view the information by inserting the card into the slot on another Palm OS handheld e Copy information such as a photo or video from your handheld to your computer or from computer to handheld by synchronizing Zire 72 Handheld 501 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great a f tips software accessories Synchronizing Sharing information by synchronizing your handheld with your computer and more visit Expansion Sharing information by saving it to an expansion card that can be viewed www palmOne com from another handheld myzire72 Connecting Setting up a connection with a phone to share information wirelessly Support E mail Sending information as an attachment to an e mail message If you re having problems Messages Sending information as part of a text or multimedia message with sharing information or with anything else on your Common Answers to frequently asked questions about sharing information handheld go to uestions www palmOne com support zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 502 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private In this chapter Choosing a security level Marking information as
371. nformation on 110 displaying information about 26 107 downloading to 457 finding information on 41 formatting 110 getting applications on 536 inserting 20 103 limitations 107 moving applications to 542 opening applications on 105 opening files on 106 overview 101 preventing damage to 104 related topics for 111 removing 104 removing applications on 546 renaming 108 saving e mail attachments on 364 saving multimedia files on 228 transferring audio files to 259 265 types of 102 viewing applications on 105 viewing information on 460 Expense application archiving information in 210 benefits of 203 categorizing information in 527 categorizing with Calculator 527 changing information 204 choosing currency options 206 customizing currency symbols 208 customizing expense list 212 deleting categories 529 deleting information in 210 211 entering expenses in 204 205 getting help with 213 662 opening 26 204 213 presetting currency symbols 207 related topics for 214 saving information in 205 synchronizing information for 75 transferring information to 67 troubleshooting 214 Expense icon 26 Expense Preferences dialog box 204 207 expense records See also Expense application categorizing 205 211 212 deleting 210 211 entering information in 204 207 organizing related expenses in 206 viewing information in 212 expense reports 26 206 211 212 Expense type pick list 204 Expires option 440 extending battery
372. ng E mail Messages 298 Upgrading an existing e mail ACCOUNE 00 0 ee eeeeeeeeee cette tee teeeeteeeees 299 About Mail ACCOUNTS anara ani 300 ACCOUNT and CONNECTION TYPES ceeeeeeeeeeee tees eeetee tees eteetteeeeeeeeneeeees 300 Using an e Mail Provider sonssssiipnispsi a 300 Using a corporate e mail ACCOUNC ce eeeeeeeeeeeee cette teat eteeteeeeteeeeee 301 VPN Sississsaviscevanad sive siupininetesnimeannainaanieis seinen diieatelaniamaneds 302 Creating an ACCOUNE seicasckicseasenies seevaceysecesttadie rnestaser etaaeedenesuadendectcsudercnsteds 303 Setting basic ACCOUNT OPTIONS oe eee ceeeeeseeteceeeeeeeeeeeeseetaaeteaeetns 303 Setting advanced mail options cc eeeeeeeeeeeeee ects eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 307 Testing your NEW ACCOUNT vss ciieeiessceiedaceenianeacnntieacesteviseenseeense 311 Managing e mail ACCOUNTS eeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeee sees seas eeaeesaeetaeetaeeeaeeeses 312 Editing an e mail ACCOUNT ssisesecciedsiesseederesteresetevseneesteeeneeedteaseeesineeee 312 Deleting an e mail account eee eeee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeetaeeeaeeeaes 313 Selecting a different service for an e mail ACCOUNT s s 314 Zire 72 Handheld x Adding ESMTP toan account sirrinin 316 Getting and reading e Mail ssssssesssssssssrssissrrsrrsrinsrnsinnrnntnnnnnnrnnnn nenne nnn 318 Switching among e mail accounts ssssssesssesessrrseisrsrsrrrresesresnnses 318 Getting e mail Messages ssssssssssssississersrerinstrein
373. ng Your Calendar 4 Zire 72 Handheld Set any of the following alarm settings Alam Preset Setan alarm for each new event When you select this check box you also need to enter the default number of minutes days or hours before the event the alarm sounds For events without a time the alarm settings are based on midnight of the date of the event The Alarm Preset settings appear as defaults for each new event but you can change these settings in the Details dialog box for individual events If you don t want to use alarms for most of your events don t select this check box Alam Sound Select the sound the alarm makes when it goes off Remind Me Select how many times the alarm sounds after the first time it goes off Once Twice 3 Times 5 Times and 10 Times Play Every Select how often the alarm sounds Minute 5 minutes 10 minutes and 30 minutes Select OK y Done 164 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Working with Calendar on your computer Did You Know Use Calendar on your computer to view and manage your schedule Check out the online Help in Mae Chadkout tie Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Calendar on your computer The online Help includes Holiday Files folder in the info about the following topics Palm folder It contains e Scheduling events various holidays that can you import into e Rescheduling events Palm Desktop software on your computer e Setting alarms e Deleting
374. ng browsing options for 470 472 473 474 uploading from 444 week days 578 Week View 156 159 163 Week View icon 156 weekly events 137 weekly schedules 156 159 weekly tasks 171 173 White balance option 234 Windows applications 60 Windows information accessing e mail 300 creating contacts 130 creating login scripts 604 creating notes 197 creating user profiles 12 described xx displaying photos 256 displaying tasks 180 displaying videos 228 256 entering expense reports 213 handheld system requirements 2 HotSync cable connections 79 importing 64 installing handheld software 7 28 538 540 542 listening to music 259 262 mobile connections 281 opening calendars 165 restoring information 614 synchronization options for 10 90 94 synchronizing handheld 10 78 82 99 synchronizing media information 75 synchronizing with user profiles 14 troubleshooting problems 617 uninstalling Palm Desktop software 547 writing memos 187 Windows Media Player 29 wireless carriers 277 299 Wireless connections 477 wireless connections 276 277 289 417 wireless e mail accounts 299 300 304 wireless features 285 wireless service providers 597 wireless synchronization 76 82 277 289 412 Word documents 28 74 298 359 457 word searches 41 word selection 69 World Clock benefits of 551 changing display for 562 displaying 27 683 selecting primary location for 573 setting alarms with 146 560 World Clock icon 27 55
375. ng e Adjusting the screen display e Reducing the Auto off setting e Keeping your handheld from turning on accidentally Common Answers to frequently asked questions about setup Questions Zire 72 Handheld 17 Exploring Your Handheld In this chapter Locating the controls on your handheld What s on the screen What software is on my handheld What s on the CD Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Whether you re at work at home or on the go you ll quickly understand why handhelds are also called personal digital assistants PDAs Like a good personal assistant your handheld helps you keep track of your schedule your business and personal contacts your to do list your memos even your photos and videos Handhelds are for fun too You can take pictures and create digital photo albums play games and read eBooks Insert expansion cards sold separately to listen to music to capture videos or to enjoy useful reference software and more Benefits of your Zire 72 handheld e Capture and view photos and videos with the built in camera e Play music e Stay in touch with wireless connectivity e Save time and stay organized e Travel light e Protect your information 18 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Locating the controls on your handheld Zire 72 Handheld Front panel controls 5 way navigator Screen Input area Camera Calendar Contacts Applic
376. ng is set to No you can receive connections only from devices with which you have previously communicated Zire 72 Handheld process 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Bluetooth Begin the discovery process a Select Setup Devices b Select Trusted Devices to begin the discovery process The Discovery icon appears to indicate that the discovery process is active c Select Add Device Select the device you want to add as a trusted device If the device you want to add does not appear on the discovery results list select Find More to search again Y Continued Discovery Results i Show v All Known Devices Select a device A BlueGate AP BRAD 8 PalmNokia3600 293 CHAPTER 17 Tip You can delete a trusted device or view the details about a trusted device such as the device address and your most recent connection In Bluetooth Manager select Setup Devices and then Trusted devices Select the appropriate device and tap Details Zire 72 Handheld Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices 4 Enter the same passkey on your handheld and the other device and select OK IMPORTANT Some Bluetooth devices have a built in passkey others enable you to choose the passkey see the documentation included with your Bluetooth device for information In either case you must use the same passkey on both the device and your handheld Many phones also require you to put th
377. ng them Deleting a memo 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select M emos 6 Open the Delete Memo dialog Delete Memo i box Delete current memo a Locate the memo you want M Save archive copy on PC b Open the menus c Select Delete Memo on the Record menu amp OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the memo on your computer Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 186 CHAPTER 10 Writing Memos Working with Memos on your computer Tip Use Memos on your computer to view and manage the memos you create on your handheld You can copy the text of a Check out the online Help in Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Memos on your memo and paste it into a computer The online Help includes info about the following topics new Word file in Documents To Go on your handheld Edit the text in Documents To Go e Viewing copying and deleting memos e Editing memo details save as a Microsoft Word e Marking memos private file and then send the file to your computer by e Showing masking and hiding private memos synchronizing so you can view and edit it in Word e Printing memos e Changing between the list and single memo views e Adding a date and time stamp to a memo e Organizing memos into categories e Sorting memos e Sharing memos WINDOWS ONLY To open Memos on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop and then
378. ng up information in 28 categorizing information in 527 531 clearing 190 creating notes from 190 deleting notes in 196 displaying notes in 195 getting help with 197 198 opening 27 190 overview 189 related topics for 198 selecting pens 192 setting alarms in 193 setting color preferences 191 192 troubleshooting 632 Note Pad icon 27 notes See also memos Note Pad attaching alarms to 193 attaching to e mail 198 backing up 28 categorizing 190 198 creating 190 244 deleting 196 editing 190 195 entering from Outlook 10 marking as private 190 198 playing voice memo 215 saving 190 selecting 38 195 setting background colors for 192 sharing 198 sorting 195 notification light 21 notification options e mail 325 339 Notify Sound pick list 325 No time icon 153 number formats 214 577 578 number keyboard 24 58 number keyboard icon 23 24 numbers 49 58 200 580 O Offer old content if available option 478 off line viewing 457 458 459 464 omitting passkeys 280 omitting passwords 598 online documentation xxii Online Troubleshooting Guide 624 onscreen keyboards See keyboards Open from Card option 460 Open URL dialog box 444 Open URL icon 444 opening applications 24 33 37 60 105 571 built in camera 236 calendars 165 category lists 37 105 145 161 dialog boxes 25 39 files 106 Find dialog box 41 handheld 619 handheld menus 34 History lists 464 Home screen 33 HotSync Manager 26 290 image files 359 maske
379. ng your handheld s built in Bluetooth technology and a compatible mobile phone You can even add photos of your loved ones directly to their contact information screen Benefits of Contacts e Carry all your business and personal contact information in your hand e Keep track of who is who e Keep in touch 112 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Adding a contact Tip If the first character you 1 enter in the Last Name or Company field is an asterisk or another symbol that record 2 always appears at the top Press the Contacts 22 application button Add your contact information of the Contacts list That s a Select New useful for an entry like If Contact Edit ME Found Call your phone ima 302 555 9512M First name Lee number ita J T jtm jtm com Picture Maroni Anthony 415 555 7775 W Nguyen Mai 555 3434W i Nosuch Don donn example com Did You Know Sanagala Srivinas 954 555 1234 H You can also enter one or ier Lane 831 555 7534M more contacts on your 650 55539278 Raj raja anyisp com desktop computer and Nipe then copy them to your A handheld by synchronizing b Tap each field where you want to enter information and enter it Tap the scroll arrows to view more fields Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 113 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Tip To learn about capturing and downloading photos to your handheld see Cont d The following fields contain features
380. ning the menus selecting Album selecting Copy Album to Card or Copy Album to Handheld selecting the album you want and then selecting Copy Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Copying a photo You can copy photos from your handheld to an expansion card and vice versa NOTE You can record and save video files only on an expansion card sold separately inserted into the expansion card slot You cannot copy video files to your handheld 1 Go to the Home screen and select Media BB 2 Select a photo to copy a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the album containing the photo you want b Select the photo 3 Copy the photo a Open the menus b Select Copy to Card for photos on your handheld or Copy to Handheld for photos on an expansion card from the Media menu b Done 253 alo T L gt 4 CHAPTER 15 Tip Delete an entire album by selecting Album Details from the Album menu selecting the album you want and then selecting Delete Tip You can also delete a photo or video from the Media Details screen or delete an album from the Album Details screen by selecting Delete on that screen Tip In Thumbnail or List view delete a photo or video by selecting Delete from the Media menu selecting the item to delete and then selecting Delete Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Deleting a photo or video
381. niquely yours For great l E mail Sending tasks as attachments to e mail messages tips software accessories and more visit Sharing e Beaming tasks to other Palm OS handheld users www palmOne com myzire72 e Sending tasks to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth technology on your handheld Support Privacy Keeping tasks private by turning on security options If you re having problems P ad t with Tasks or with anything Categories Ongeniang reeks By type else on your handheld go to Common Answers to frequently asked questions about Tasks www palmOne com uestions su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 181 CHAPTER 10 Writing Memos In this chapter Creating a memo Viewing and editing a memo Moving memos in your memos list Deleting a memo Working with Memos on your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Your handheld contains applications for storing the most common types of information contact names and numbers appointments and so on Memos is the tool to use for capturing information that is meaningful to you but does not fall into one of these categories From meeting notes to recipes and favorite quotations Memos provides a quick and easy way to enter store and share your Benefits of Memos important information e Store essential but hard to remember information e Easily retrieve and share information 182 CHAPTER 10 Writing Memos Tip In the Memos list
382. nistrator ee P authentication username a Use Secure Connection To send outgoing mail over a secure Secure Socket and password j Layer or SSL connection select the Use Secure Connection check box information Authentication Select the check box if the outgoing server SMTP requires ESMTP authentication Check with your system administrator before selecting this option If you select this option username and password fields appear These fields are already filled in based on the account information you entered In most cases the information displayed is correct however occasionally your authentication username and or password is different from your account username or password b Select Done b Done Testing your new account After you finish setting up a new e mail account the Inbox of the account you just created is displayed You can test whether the e mail account is set up and working properly by getting messages Zire 72 Handheld 311 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages If you set up a synchronize only e mail account you need to configure this account on your computer You can t synchronize e mail on your handheld with e mail on your computer unless you configure the account on your computer Managing e mail accounts After you can create an account you can edit or delete it or customize the account by adding ESMTP authentication selecting a specific service to connect to you
383. nized without being cut but synchronization takes longer Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 380 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Did You Know SOU Rema MEN apa your Cont d Days To Synchronize Mail Set how many days worth of e mail should be Outbox Sent Trash and synchronized Select 0 to synchronize all e mail in the Inbox during the next any other folders you synchronization Select another number if you want to synchronize e mail for create today and some days before today For example if you enter 2 e mail is synchronized for today and yesterday if you enter 3 e mail is synchronized for today yesterday and the day before and so on If you select 0 you may get very long synchronization times If you select a low number such as 1 or 2 not all of your messages may be synchronized We recommend selecting 5 days Synchronize unread mail only Select whether to synchronize all e mail between your computer and your handheld or unread e mail only By default the check box is deselected meaning that all e mail is synchronized Download attachments Select whether to download attachments during synchronization By default the check box is selected if you deselect it only the body text of any message containing an attachment is downloaded to your handheld during synchronization Send e mail from Outbox Select the check box to send any e mail in the handheld s Outbox the next time you synchronize Synchr
384. nnrnsrennes 77 Synchronizing using the IR port sssssssssssssssssssrrsrssrsnnsensennresesnnsrnntnnes 78 Synchronizing Over a NetWOrK oo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeetaeeeaeeeeaes 82 Synchronizing by dialing in to a NetWork ee ee eee cette eeteteteeteees 82 Synchronizing by connecting to a computer on the network 87 Customizing your synchronization Settings ecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 90 Choosing how your computer responds to synchronization requests eeeceeeceeeseceeae eect eeeeeteeeteneeteeetenesteaeees 90 Setting Synchronization Options cceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeteeeeeeeeeees 92 Choosing whether application information is updated 0008 93 Synchronizing with an external file eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeteseeeeaeeeaaes 99 Related 10 Pi CS nanaii aak aa 100 Chapter 6 Expanding Your Handhelld scccssssssssees 101 What type of expansion cards Can USC oo see eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettteeteeeeeeeeeeees 102 How can expansion Cards help ME cceseeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeesaaeeeaeeeaes 102 Inserting AN EXPANSION Card oo eee eceeeeeee cece eeeeeeceaeeeae seas etaaeetaeeeeeeeeeeeees 103 REMOVING AN EXPANSION CAN sirsiran itakora 104 Opening an application on AN expansion card cccceecesseeesteeessteeeeees 105 Opening files On an expansion card eeeecsecesecseteeeeteeeteeeeteeeteeaeenaeed 106 Viewing Card infOrmMation ccccecceceeesceeeeeeceee
385. not there click the check box next to your username COL General Local Modem Network Checked users make this their Primary PC for performing a Network HotSync operation Joe Sadusky OK Cancel Apply Help c Click OK d Tap Star on your handheld to record your computer s network information on your handheld You must use the cable or the IR port for this synchronization Y Continued 88 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer 3 Prepare your handheld for network synchronization LANSync Preferences a Go to the Home screen and select HotSync 8 b Open the menus LANSync c Select Options and then select LAN Sync Prefs d Select LANSync and then select OK 4 Synchronize over the network On the HotSync screen select Local Tap the HotSync icon to synchronize your handheld with your computer y Done Zire 72 Handheld 89 Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Customizing your synchronization settings You can set the following options for synchronization e Choosing how your computer responds when you initiate synchronization on your handheld Windows only e Enabling or disabling synchronization on your computer setting whether synchronization is enabled automatically when you start your computer and choosing how much information to include in the synchronization troubleshooting log Mac only
386. ns about entering information Questions Zire 72 Handheld 72 CHAPTER 5 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer In this chapter Why synchronize information What information is synchronized How do I synchronize Customizing your synchronization settings Synchronizing with an extemal file Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Have you ever had to meet friends ata certain time so everyone needed to synchronize their watches Synchronizing simply means that information that has been entered or updated in one place is automatically updated in the other And just as your watches can be synchronized you can synchronize information such as photos or contacts on your handheld with information on your computer If you use your handheld only on its own and never synchronize it with your computer then you aren t taking full advantage of your handheld You can do much more with your handheld if you synchronize it with your computer Benefits of synchronizing e Quickly enter and update information on your computer and your handheld e Install applications and files e Protect your information e Send photos and videos from your handheld to your computer 73 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Why synchronize information Tip Quickly enter and update information on your computer and handheld Synchronizing updates Add Microsoft Word or information
387. ns on your handheld Removing e Viewing application information Customizing e Using a photo as the Home screen background e Viewing the Home screen in list format e Organizing your applications into categories 42 CHAPTER 3 Moving Around in Applications Maintaining Caring for your handheld Common Answers to frequently asked questions about using your handheld and its Questions applications Zire 72 Handheld 43 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information In this chapter How can I enter information Entering information with Graffiti 2 writing Entering information with the onscreen keyboard Entering information with your computer Importing information from other applications Restoring archived items on your computer Entering info from Contacts into another application Editing information Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Whether you re scheduling a meeting with your daughter s teacher or adding a new restaurant to your Contacts list you need to get that information into your handheld There are several ways to do this You may find that you prefer one method if you re entering a small amount of information while another works best for large amounts Choose the one that s right for any situation his 1S eNSt Benefits of entering information e Enter information on your handheld or at your desk e Choose the method that works best for your situation C
388. nse or anything else on your handheld go to Calculator Performing basic math calculations associated with your expenses www palmOne co f as aos Categories e Creating and editing categories e Organizing expenses by type and sorting them Customizing Setting number formats Zire 72 Handheld 214 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos In this chapter Creating a voice memo Listening to a voice memo Setting an alarm for a voice memo Saving a voice memo to an expansion card Zire 72 Handheld In a familiar scene from old movies the boss calls in his secretary to takea memo But if you are not fortunate enough to have such support at your disposal or if that brilliant marketing idea hits when you re away from your office Voice Memo is the tool you need Voice Memo provides a place for you to record and play back notes agenda items and other important thoughts directly on your handheld Record client meeting notes on the way to the office then send them to your assistant via e mail to transcribe them Or usea voice memo with an alarm as a reminder message for that errand you promised not to forget Benefits of Voice Memo e Capture thoughts on the fly e Send recorded memos to colleagues e Synchronize voice memos to back them up on your computer 215 CHAPTER 14 Recording Voice Memos Creating a voice memo You can create a quick voice memo using the application button o
389. nt song tap Play e To play and view a different song tap Songs and select a song from the list Open the Song Details dialog box a Open the menus b Select Song Details on the Music menu c After you finish viewing the info select Done Ry Done RealOne Song Details Falling Angel Electric Angel Dream z AAA 1 6 MP3 2 632 KB FalliingAngel MP3 273 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Working with RealOne Player on your computer WINDOWS ONLY Use RealOne Player on your computer to play and manage your songs Check out the online Help in RealOne Player to learn how to use RealOne Player on your computer The online Help includes info about the following topics e Learning about the parts of the RealOne window e Finding media e Playing media e Saving and burning media e RealOne premium services e Preferences e Troubleshooting To open RealOne Player on your computer double click the RealOne Player icon on the Windows desktop Zire 72 Handheld 274 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Related topics My Handheld Click the link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories a e Inserting and removing expansion cards and more visit e Naming expansion cards www palmOne com oe myzire72 e Viewing the contents of a card Installing e Installing the RealOne software on your comp
390. nt 23 556 displaying due 179 displaying in World Clock 562 entering current 56 573 576 flagging series of 140 incorrect 621 recording completion 179 reserving in calendar 135 resetting 573 575 scheduling reminders for 115 selecting on calendar 133 168 setting alarms for specific 146 170 194 setting due 168 169 setting location specific 554 573 setting repeat intervals for 138 139 140 147 setting sequence 578 sorting by 195 viewing scheduled 152 155 156 157 viewing specific 156 Day View displaying overlapping events in 159 scheduling events for 133 135 selecting 133 154 setting display options for 145 159 161 setting timeframes for 163 Day View icon 133 658 Daylight Savings settings 554 558 Days To Synchronize Mail option 381 DBA files 64 Deactivate Keylock button 588 deadlines 135 decimal separators 578 Default Currency pick list 208 default settings overwriting 95 97 restoring 571 selecting 91 Default View pick list 160 Delay command 606 delays 515 590 Delete command 546 Delete Contact dialog box 122 Delete dialog box 546 Delete Event command 149 Delete Event dialog box 149 Delete From pick list 546 Delete icon 36 Delete Item command 210 Delete Memo command 186 Delete Memo dialog box 186 Delete messages on server option 307 Delete Note command 196 Delete Old Messages dialog box 353 Delete Task command 176 Delete Task dialog box 176 deleting applications 110 546 appointments
391. nt Conversion Display Name Joe Sadusky E mail Address jsadusky speakeasy net Incoming mail server address mail speakeasy net 7 Incoming mail server requires APOP No Outgoing mail server address mail speakeasy net Outgoing mail server requires ESMTP No a a Available Accounts 3 Configured Accounts 1 Active Accounts 1 VersaMail conduit shortcuts You can use the icons in the toolbar to perform certain tasks quickly such as saving account configuration settings fel Save account settings Saves any changes you make to an account Add anew account You are prompted to enter the account name and protocol Delete an account You are prompted to select the account to delete from a drop down list i Quick account reference Lists all accounts and shows whether they are active and the date they were last synchronized Help Displays the Help window with complete online help Zire 72 Handheld 384 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Verifying handheld account settings before synchronizing accounts After you set up an e mail account on your handheld and enter the synchronization options in the conduit you can use the Handheld Settings screens in the conduit to make sure that the settings for this account are correct on your handheld If any settings are not correct you can update them directly in the conduit Zire 72 Handheld IMPORTANT If you change any information on the Handheld Settings screens
392. nterval 2 Enter the task you want to repeat and assign it a due date Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 170 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks 3 Set the repeat interval Task Details 9 CN Priority 9 2 3 4 5 a Tap the task description and Category Personal then tap Details Due Date Fri 1 6 06 Alarm 3 b Tap the Repeat pick list and Repeat Every week select how often the task Private O repeats Daily until Every week Every other week Every month or Every year NOTE Ifyou select Daily a dialog box appears for you to select the end date c Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 171 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Scheduling a repeating task unusual interval For tasks that don t fit neatly into the preset repeat intervals you can set up your own repeat intervals For example enter tasks for paying a quarterly insurance bill or a credit card bill that is due every 28 days or changing your smoke detector battery every six months Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Tasks 6 Enter the task you want to repeat and assign it a due date Open the Change Repeat dialog box a Tap Details b Tap the Repeat pick list and select Other Change Repeat i Task Details None Day Week IAN Priority 2 3 45 Fixed Schedule Category v Personal Every 4 Month s Due Date None Endon w No End Date Alarm Dai il Repeatby Day MYE Repea
393. o Weather 7 57 Sm Forward icons a If you selected a page next to AYahooi Wea ne l the Cached icon amp select Go menial 756 pm Tip and go to step 4 Google News 7 55 pm Y ha th Google Directory 7 55 pm ou Can cnange the size Yahoo Small Business 7 55 pm and content of the cache b If you selected a page that radiate Ta pm does not have a Cached icon 3 select Go You are done 4 Select the content you want to Viewed Page When you viewed this page 0 26 hours ago a a Select Yes to display the copy was saved in your stored version of the page view history Do you want to view the saved copy b Select No Get Latest to retrieve the live web page 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 465 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Changing your home and start pages You can change the page that your Home Page icon A goes to or change the page that Web Pro starts with when it is first opened Changing your Home page You can choose a Home page from any web address 1 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp F 2 Open the Default Preferences dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences c Tap Default Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 466 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Zire 72 Handheld 3 Tap the Home Page box Preferences iy Default General Advanced Home Page il Address Start With v Last Page Viewed v Previously Viewed Home Page gt
394. o automatically get new e mail messages and download them to your handheld with the auto get feature If auto get downloads any new messages your handheld lets you know with a blinking light or a beep And a list with the number of new messages retrieved appears on the Reminders screen The auto get feature downloads only the first 3KB of each message You can tap the More button on the message screen to download the entire message Auto get recognizes any filter criteria you set up for downloading messages Messages that don t meet these filter criteria are not downloaded during an auto get You need to turn off all filters and manually retrieve these messages Scheduling auto get mail You can set up different schedules for each of your e mail accounts but you can set up only one schedule for each account For example if you set up a schedule to get mail on weekdays for your Yahoo account you can t set up a separate schedule for weekends for that account The auto get feature may not work with your specific VPN connection It doesn t work for SSL connections or if you have set up the security preferences on your handheld to encrypt databases on the handheld 322 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip Yow shouid perionn a 1 Select Auto Get Mail for a given manual get mail after account Auto Get Mail setting up a scheduled l W Get mail automatically auto get Then only new a From the Inbox or on an
395. o select menu items Up or Down Scrolls within the current menu list Options Right or Left Scrolls to the next or previous menu on the menu bar About Note Pad Select Selects the highlighted menu item Moving around pick lists Access pick lists by tapping the triangle next to an option on the screen When the pick list is open use the navigator to scroll through the list and select an item Up or Down Scrolls within the pick list Select Selects the highlighted item Alarm Sound 2 d R Concerto M Confirm ne Phone 40 CHAPTER 3 Moving Around in Applications Finding information Tip You can use Find to locate any word or phrase in any application on your handheld Find locates If you select text in an any words that begin with the text you enter and is not case sensitive For example searching for application before you plane finds planet but not airplane Searching for davidson also finds Davidson tap Find the selected text automatically appears in the Find dialog box Did You Know 1 Tap Find In most applications you can also use Phone NOTE Find does not search applications on expansion cards Lookup to enter a 2 contacts info imanother Enter the text that you want to find and then select OK application Tip Matches for palmOne a M Want to stop searching aona Applications Tap Stop at any time Extend Your Handheld Coverage Conta
396. o the previous application Clock e When your handheld is off press Select in the center of the navigator Your handheld turns on displays the time and then turns off after a few seconds w w ABC 123 en Select Zire 72 Handheld 552 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Key Term Primary location Typically a city in the time zone in which you live Zire 72 Handheld Setting the primary location In World Clock you can set the location date and time for a primary location The settings for this primary location are used by all of the applications on your handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen O and select World Clock O Select the primary location a Tap the primary location pick list b Select the location you want to be the primary location If you need more choices modify the locations list b Done Primary location pick list San Francisco 1 1 24 am Thu Dec 18 2003 v Tokyo v London 4 24am 7 24pm Fri Dec 19 Thu Dec 18 Set Date amp Time 553 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Setting the date and time for the primary location You can set the date and time in Preferences as you did during the initial setup of your handheld or in World Clock When you change the date and time in one application it is automatically changed in the other Did You Know When the Daylight Savings settings are
397. ocuments palmOne Videos lt Palm User Name gt OS 9 folder Information from Expense and the VersaMail application is synchronized on Windows computers only IMPORTANT You cannot view video clips that you capture on your handheld on a Mac computer For more information go to www palmOne com support zire72 In addition the default settings back up system information from your handheld to your computer and install add on applications from your computer to your handheld If you install other applications and want those applications included in synchronization you can choose which applications to synchronize 75 gt Key Term HotSync Technology that allows you to synchronize the info on your handheld with the info on your computer Key Term HotSync Manager Software you use to choose synchronization settings and that must be active when you synchronize Tip If the Select User dialog box appears during synchronization select the username whose information you want to synchronize and click OK Or create a new username Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Everybody in your family can synchronize their handheld to the same copy of Palm Desktop software J ust make sure that each handheld has its own username Palm Desktop software reads the username and recognizes the handheld during synchronization Although several people can share the same copy of Palm Des
398. of 14 0 MB Space available copying the info to your 256 0 KB Used handheld 13 7 MB Free of 14 0 MB Summary of contents SD016 P Sandisk Tip Secure Digital Card If your handheld s battery Device Id SD016_0008F720230B07 is very low access to the expansion card may be disabled If this occurs recharge your handheld as soon as possible Zire 72 Handheld 107 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Renaming a card The expansion card name appears in the category pick list and in other lists that let you choose where to store your info When you buy a new card give it a name that helps you remember what s on the card You can rename the card later if you decide to store different info on the card Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Card Info amp Open the Rename Card dialog Rename Card box a Open the menus New Card Name b Select Rename Card on the Card menu Enter the new name for the card and then select Rename b Done 108 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Copying applications to an expansion card Tip If you use a card reader to view your card on a computer the file names may differ from the names you see on the Home screen Did You Know Some applications such as Media let you copy or move info between your handheld and an expansion card See the information on each application for details Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Insert the exp
399. of days you specify folders from the Get Mail default is 7 e Download attachments e Set maximum message size default is 5KB e Set the default connection type for this account Options dialog box With wireless IMAP folder synchronization you can synchronize e mail b Select OK to return to the Get Mail Options dialog box messages between a folder in an e mail account on your handheld and a folder Select OK with the same name on your e mail provider s mail server 5 amp OPTIONAL lf you are retrieving mail using a VPN connection you may be asked to enter the username and password you use to log in to the VPN 6 Select OK y Done A list of your messages appears in the Inbox Zire 72 Handheld 321 CHAPTER 18 Did You Know If more than one scheduled auto get happens at the same time for example for two separate e mail accounts auto get retrieves messages in the following order 1 Any past due auto get for example a retry of an earlier failed auto get 2 Current retrievals according to the order of e mail accounts 1 2 and so on Did You Know For some nonsupported connection types the auto get mail option doesn t appear on the Options menu for others if you try to setup an auto get schedule an error message appears Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Auto get mail with notification You can set up the VersaMail application t
400. ofiles 597 598 601 ShortCut strokes 583 songs to playlists 271 To Do lists 167 168 170 trusted pairs 293 unscheduled events 136 untimed events 135 140 user profiles 12 Addit software 29 538 additional references and resources xxi add on applications 546 640 address field Web Pro 445 450 Address Lookup screen 336 addresses 20 114 391 602 See also contacts addressing e mail 117 335 336 337 407 583 multimedia messages 420 text messages 418 420 433 Adjust Display dialog box 23 adjusting alarm volume 561 586 brightness 23 567 619 modem volume 594 speaker volume 221 586 Adobe Acrobat Reader xxii 29 agenda lists 132 See also Calendar application Agenda View customizing Tasks lists and 178 described 152 opening 152 setting display options for 159 161 Agenda View icon 152 Alarm check box 146 169 alarm clock 146 169 551 560 See also alarms clock Alarm icon 154 Alarm Preferences command 561 Alarm Preset settings 164 Alarm Sound pick list 193 586 alarm tones 146 164 179 193 561 alarms See also reminders Zire 72 Handheld adjusting volume 561 586 attaching to notes 193 changing 147 entering preferences for 163 164 169 responding to world clock 561 selecting sounds for 146 179 193 561 setting 146 169 194 560 specifying duration of 164 turning off 561 reassigning 33 571 restoring defaults for 571 application controls 24 25 32 application groups 530
401. older that contains the application you want to install Zire 72 Handheld Using commands in the HotSync menu MAC ONLY 1 2 Copy or download the application you want to install onto your computer Select the files to install on your handheld a In the Palm folder double click the HotSync Manager b Select the HotSync menu and then select Install Handheld files c In the User pop up menu select the name that corresponds to your handheld d Click Add to List e Select the file s you want to install Y Continued e098 Install Handheld Files CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications User dkajiyama ix __ Destination Giraffe prc Handheld HARDBALL PRC Handheld MINEHUNT PRC Handheld PUZZLE PRC Handheld Tips your handheld device the next time and drop them onto this wndow or and fies for your hai you perform a HotSync operation click the Add button cher b site http www painOne co The fiks n this list willbe installed on To add fies to this list either drag To fnd other third party applications i ndhe k device ur web site at m 544 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications 3 Install the files on your handheld a Click Add File b Close the Install Handheld Files window c Synchronize your handheld with your computer Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 545 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing App
402. om of dialog boxes and application screens Tips icon Tap the Tips icon to view shortcuts and other useful information for the screen where the icon is located When you re finished viewing the tip tap Done Entry box Tap an entry box to open a dialog box where you can enter info for that field Pick list Tap the arrow to display a list of choices and then tap an item in the list to select it Check box Tap a check box to select or deselect it When a check box contains a checkmark the corresponding option is selected and on When a check box is empty the corresponding option is deselected and off Zire 72 Handheld 25 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld T Tip Can t find some of these applications Tap the category list in the upper right corner of the Home screen and select All Zire 72 Handheld What software is on my handheld Your handheld comes with many applications preinstalled and ready to use Open these applications by pressing the application buttons on the front panel or by selecting the icons on the Home screen B Quick Tour Learn about your handheld and how to enter info Bluetooth Set up wireless connections to a mobile phone network or computer for sending and receiving information B Calculator Do basic math calculations such as splitting restaurant bills and figuring tips amp Calendar Manage your schedule from lunch with a friend to weekly meetings to annual events like holidays to e
403. on cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 365 Attaching files from an expansion card cecceeceeeeeeeteeeeteetteeeeeetees 368 Attaching photos and videos eecceeeecceseeeee cee eeeeteeeeteaeseaeetnaeenaas 369 Forwarding an attachment c cecceeesecseeeeseeeeaeeeseeseeeeeeeeteeesteeeeaes 370 Synchronizing e mail on your handheld with e mail ON VOUP COMPULEN inicas annaa aa aaa 371 Setting Up an ACCOUN sisaria rnanan 371 Enabling synchronization on your COMPUTE eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeee 372 Setting synchronization options for your e mail account 374 Setting mail client synchronization Options ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 376 Setting Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express as your default e mail Program c ce cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeaees 378 Setting advanced e mail synchronization Options sss 379 Account information Screens 0 2 cecceeccceeeeteceeeeneeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeaaeeeeeeees 383 VersaM ail conduit SNOMTCUES 0 0 eee eeeeeeee eee tees eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeetaeetaes 384 Verifying handheld account settings before synchronizing ACCOUNTS 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaees 385 Excluding one or more accounts during synchronization 387 Synchronizing AN ACCOUNE psss cniri rai taion aaia 387 Synchronizing multiple aCCountsS ssssssssesessreseessresrnrseserrsrnerensnesns 387 Using SSL with the conduit sssssssessssssesresensrnsrisrirsrnerenernnrnsennsnn 388 Advanced VersaM
404. on another folder screen tap the folder pick list in the upperright corner and then select Edit Folders Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 346 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 2 Select any of the following Edit Folders a To create a new folder select New and then enter the new folder name b To rename a folder select the folder name from the list on the screen select Rename and then enter the new folder name c To delete a folder select the folder name from the list on the screen and then select Delete b Done Zire 72 Handheld 347 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Working with e mail messages When you receive an e mail message you can reply to it or forward it to someone else You can Did You Know You can forward e mail messages from any folder other than the Outbox folder Did You Know Forwarded messages are always sent as text only even if you received the original message in HTML format Tip You can cut copy and paste text from an e mail message either from one you have composed or have read or from an attachment you have downloaded and opened for use elsewhere in the VersaMail application or in another application Zire 72 Handheld also open web addresses URLs within messages Forwarding an e mail message 1 On a folder screen tap the folder pick list in the upper right corner and then select the folder that contain
405. on card sold separately inserted into the expansion card slot You cannot save video files directly on your handheld 1 2 Press the Camera Fo application button Set up the camera to capture the video a Select video mode if it is not already selected b Tap the album pick list and select the album to which you want to save the video Only expansion card albums appear on the video recording screen c Tap the resolution pick list if you want to select a different resolution for the video NOTE Captured resolution of photos and videos may be lower Y Continued Video mode Media Dar button Record Album Stop pick list Record Battery time indicator remaining B Unfiled a E 36 43 Left fez l 320x240 Resolution Pause pick list Zire 72 Handheld 231 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 3 Capture the video a Move the handheld until the scene you want to capture appears on the screen b Select Record 4 Pause resume and complete recording o eye Z 5 320 x 240 OJ a Select Pause to pause recording if needed Select Record to resume recording Pause indicator b When finished recording press Stop Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 232 CHAPTER 15 To save videos automatically without reviewing them disable video review Tap and drag the progress indicator bar to jump to a different section of the video Tap Pause to pause vid
406. onize incoming e mail Select the check box to synchronize e mail in your handheld s Inbox with the mail client on your computer during the next synchronization If this check box is deselected you can only synchronize e mail from your computer to your handheld not the other way around Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 381 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 3 amp OPTIONAL You can Folder Synchronization Options synch ronize e mail folders This Server Folder Synchronize means that any changes you make to a folder on your handheld for example moving or deleting messages are automatically updated in the mail client on your computer and vice versa a Click Folder Synchronization Options E b Click the name of the folder Reteshtit_ you want c Click the Synchronize column to the right of the folder name d Click the arrow to open the drop down list and then click Yes e Click OK 4 Click Save ll on the toolbar to save the settings for this account y Done Zire 72 Handheld 382 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Account information screens Two screens in the VersaM ail conduit provide summary information on your accounts Account Overview The Account Overview screen indicates whether the account is active whether the account has been synchronized and if so the last synchronization date the mail client for this account and whether
407. ontacts application adding 67 113 116 121 391 461 archiving 122 beaming 498 categorizing 123 131 527 530 copying information for 114 116 120 customizing details for 123 deleting 122 displaying information for 118 123 duplicating information for 116 120 entering from Outlook 10 entering in memos 183 entering notes for 116 keeping private 123 131 505 locating 121 managing 112 saving 115 122 selecting 38 transferring from other applications 131 Contacts application adding contact information 113 115 addressing e mail from 336 archiving information in 122 beaming from 497 benefits of 112 categorizing information in 527 530 creating business cards 119 customizing fields in 118 displaying additional fields for 116 duplicating information 120 importing information for 64 99 131 marking entries as private 505 opening 26 113 related topics for 131 Zire 72 Handheld saving information in 115 122 searching from 121 selecting field types for 117 setting display options for 124 transferring information from 67 troubleshooting 131 viewing online help for 130 Contacts icon 26 Contacts list 123 continuous events See repeating events contrast screen 567 controlling Internet access 477 controls activating 580 application 24 25 32 handheld 19 locating 42 navigator 36 cookies 474 Copy command 70 109 Copy dialog box 109 Copy icon 36 copying applications 109 501 541 543 calculations
408. ontacts entry Benefits of your handheld s media features e Never be far from your favorite people or places e Capture key moments on the fly e Simplify photo and video organization e Use expansion cards sold separately to store videos and additional photos 227 CHAPTER 15 Tip You can send photos and videos you capture on your handheld to your computer by synchronizing Windows To view photos or videos on a Windows computer open Palm Desktop software click Media and double click the photo or video you want Mac To view photos ona Mac computer open Home Pictures palmOne Photos lt Palm User Name gt OS X or Documents palmOne Photos lt Palm User Name gt OS 9 and double click the photo you want Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Supported file types When you capture a photo you can Save it directly on your handheld or on an expansion card sold separately inserted into the expansion slot Photos are saved in the format J PG IMPORTANT You can record and save videos to an expansion card only Videos are saved in the format ASF MPEG 4 You cannot view video clips that you capture on your handheld on a Mac computer For more information go to www palmOne com suppor zire72 If you take a picture with a digital camera or you find one on the web it s likely your handheld can display it You can view photos in popular formats such as J PG B
409. operating system on your computer 1 Open Add Remove Programs a From the Start menu select Settings and then select Control Panel b Double click the Add Remove programs icon Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 547 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications 2 Remove Palm Desktop software Change or Remove Programs a Click Change or Remove Bb Add or Remove Programs Programs b Select Palm Desktop software oo Deskto and then click Remove l Add New Programs c Click Yes in the Confirm File Deletion box Add Remove Windows iB Palm Components VersaMail tm d Click OK and then click Close Ry Done MAC ONLY 1 Insert the CD that came with your handheld into your computer 2 Double click the CD icon on your desktop and then double click the Palm Desktop Installer icon 3 From the Easy Install screen select Uninstall from the pop up menu Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 548 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications 4 Select the software you want to remove and then click Uninstall 5 Select the folder that contains your Palm Desktop software files 6 Click Remove and then restart your computer b Done Zire 72 Handheld 549 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Related topics Community Click a link below to learn about these related topics To explore the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com Setting up Switching between Pal
410. opy of your completed tasks on your computer 4 Select OK Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 177 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Customizing your Tasks list Control which tasks show up in the Tasks list and how they are sorted These settings also affect tasks in Calendar s Agenda View You can also choose the alarm sound for your tasks a Tip You can also display your tasks in Calendar s Agenda View See Customizing display 1 Go to the Home O screen and select Tasks 6 options for your calendar for details 2 Open the Preferences dialog box Preterencek O Zs Sort by Due Date Priority a Open the menus W Show Completed Tasks M Record Completion Date b Select Options and then M Show Due Dates select Preferences M Show Priorities O Show Categories Alarm Sound v Alarm Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 178 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks 3 Change any of the following settings and then select OK Sort by Select the order in which the tasks appear in the Tasks list Show Completed Tasks Display your finished tasks in the Tasks list If you turn off this setting your finished tasks disappear from the list when you check them off but they stay in your handheld s memory until you purge them Record Completion Date Replace the due date you assign to a task with the date you really complete and check off the task If you don t assign a due date to a task the completion date still records when you
411. or Distance v Miles kilometers Show currency Show currency Show or hide the currency eae symbol in the expense list b Done CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses Working with Expense on your computer WINDOWS ONLY Use Expense on your computer to view and manage the expenses you create on your handheld Check out the online Help in Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Expense on your computer The online Help includes info about the following topics e Add edit and delete expense items e Organize your expenses by date type amount notes or category e View expense items as a list large icons or small icons e Convert a list of expenses to a single currency e Print expense reports e Transfer expense information to other applications such as Microsoft Excel using the Send or Export command in Palm Desktop software To open Expense on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop and then click Expense on the launch bar Zire 72 Handheld 213 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses Related topics Community Click a link below to learn about these related topics To explore the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com Moving around Opening applications myzire72 F e Using menus Entering e Adding contacts to the attendees list with Lookup Support information If you re having problems e Entering information with Graffiti 2 characters and shortcuts with Expe
412. ord Quick Unlock b Select Prefs 8 Auto Lock c Select Secu rity Private Records v Show Lock Select Lock Select Lock Device This feature locks y Done your handheld and prevents others from using it without the password To unlock your handheld you must enter your password Zire 72 Handheld 516 Before You Begin To use Quick Unlock you must first create a password for your handheld Tip You can change a Quick Unlock combination at any time Follow the same steps you used to create the combination Zire 72 Handheld Keeping Your Information Private Using Quick Unlock You can unlock your handheld by creating a special combination sequence with the navigator similar to the combination you use to open a padlock Use this sequence in place of your password to quickly unlock your handheld Quick Unlock works only with your first three attempts to unlock your handheld After three attempts you must use your password to unlock your handheld Creating a Quick Unlock combination 1 Open Security Preferences a Go to the Home D screen Password Quick Unlock Quick Unlock box b Select Prefs Peay Auto Lock il c Select Secu rity Private Records v Show 2 Open the Quick Unlock dialog box a Tap the Quick Unlock box b If necessary enter your password and then select OK Y Continued 517 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private
413. orting information for 64 marking completed tasks 175 opening 27 168 overview 167 removing tasks 176 177 saving information for 177 saving information in 168 securing contents 181 setting alarms 169 setting display options for 174 setting preferences for 178 179 transferring information to 67 troubleshooting 181 633 Tasks icon 27 Tasks list 152 174 176 178 TCP IP Settings button 88 TDA files 64 technical assistance xxi 17 644 Technical Support office 644 technical terms xxi telephone numbers See phone numbers temporary storage 464 testing e mail accounts 311 text adding to multimedia messages 424 adjusting fade setting for 566 changing color of 161 570 changing screen fonts for 567 copying and pasting 70 entering 45 46 58 entering abbreviations for 582 583 formatting e mail 330 resizing 184 searching for 41 selecting 41 69 viewing against photos 161 text files 64 99 359 Text Message option 417 text messages adding signatures to 428 forwarding 432 getting 439 managing 28 opening 429 430 432 requesting receipts for sent 425 responding to 430 sending 277 416 417 setting delivery options for 426 427 viewing 429 third party applications 8 620 640 641 thousands separator 578 Thumbnail icon 237 Thumbnail view M edia 236 237 thumbnails photos 161 566 679 TIF files 359 TIFF files 228 time See also clock blocking out periods of 137 140 changing 554 checking 552 displaying current 23 5
414. orwarding messages with 432 high speed connections and 283 key exchanges and 294 messaging service for 419 not working 441 passkeys and 282 634 requirements for 128 280 retrieving text messages from 429 430 Modem Sync Prefs dialog box 84 Modem Wait option 408 modems connecting to IR port from 591 dialing in to networks with 82 entering initialization strings for 408 595 setting up connections for 594 598 Money category 527 money See currency Month View 145 157 159 162 Month View icon 157 month setting 554 576 monthly events 137 monthly schedules 157 monthly tasks 171 173 More button 363 moving around dialog boxes 39 moving photos 248 moving the slider 24 moving through documentation xxii moving through screens 36 moving through web sites 448 452 moving web pages 451 MP3 files 259 MPA files 64 MPEG files 228 multi day events 140 multi line descriptions 133 multimedia applications 530 multimedia file types 228 multimedia files 235 369 416 multimedia messages adding images 422 addressing 420 creating 255 416 managing 28 sending 277 419 424 Multimedia Messaging Service MMS 419 MultiMediaCard expansion cards 102 258 multiple recipients e mail 335 music changing playlists for 270 creating playlists for 267 268 deleting playlists for 272 displaying playlists for 265 listening to 21 102 258 playing 258 266 269 632 related topics for 275 669 removing from playlists 271 saving 263
415. ot making any sounds Check the System Alarm and Game Sound settings My handheld s indicator light is not blinking when alarms occur Check the Alam indicator light setting The current date and time are incorrect The current date and time are tied to the Location setting If you change the date and time without changing the Location setting the current date and time may appear incorrect Zire 72 Handheld 621 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Moving around I can t find the icon I want on the Home screen e Tap the pick list in the upper right corner of the Home screen and select All You may need to scroll down a bit but you should now see an icon for each of the applications on your handheld e Some of the applications that come with your handheld are not preinstalled You need to install these extra applications from the CD e If you have an expansion card inserted in the expansion slot on your handheld the application you want may be installed on the card instead of on your handheld To view the applications installed on the card tap the pick list in the upper right corner of the Home screen and select the expansion card s name from the list Entering information My handheld doesn t respond to taps correctly If your handheld is not responding to taps correctly you need to align the screen When I tap the Menu icon nothing happens e Align the screen and try tapping the Menu icon again
416. otSync Manager menu and that the Serial Port for local operations is set to the simulated port for infrared communication e On a computer running Windows 2000 ME XP select Infrared in the HotSync Manager Zire 72 Handheld 628 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions MAC ONLY Make sure the infrared communications extensions have been installed in the Extensions folder inside the System folder Next open the HotSync Software Setup window and be sure that HotSync Manager is enabled and that the Local Setup Port is set to Infrared Port I do not see an infrared option when I open HotSync Manager First check your computer s documentation to see if your computer supports IR communication If it does not you cannot synchronize your handheld with your computer using the IR port If your computer does support IR communication follow these steps 1 Click the HotSync Manager icon in the taskbar G in the lower right corner of your screen 2 Make sure that Local Serial is selected 3 Select Setup 4 Click the Local tab 5 In the Serial Port drop down box select the port your computer uses for infrared communication See the documentation for your operating system for instructions on finding this port This information is usually located in the Control Panel 6 Click OK My handheld displays the message Waiting for sender when it s near my computer s infrared port e Your computer s infrared port may be set to search
417. other messages are retrieved folder screen open the during auto get menus End Time Days A ale Gae b Select Options and then select Auto Get Mail COK Cancel synchronize messages on Coc your handheld with c Select the Get mail messages on your automatically check box computer you can synchronize after setting Ua eae A 2 Set schedule options to make sure that only new messages will be Interval Tap the Every pick list and select the time interval from 15 minutes to retrieved 12 hours Note that if you set a more frequent interval you may need to recharge your handheld s battery more often Start End Time Tap the Start and End Time boxes and then tap the hour the minute and AM or PM to enter the time for the first and last auto get mail to take place Tap OK Days Tap the days you want the schedule to be active You can choose any number of days but you can set up only one schedule for each e mail account 3 Select OK Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 323 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 4 amp OPTIONAL Tap Get Mail y Done Auto get notifications The auto get mail feature provides three types of alerts during and after it gets messages Status messages Depending on the connection type a series of status messages may appear during the auto get connection and mail retrieval process Notifications You can choose to have your handheld alert you with a beep or alert
418. oto or video details s es 244 Organizing photos ANd VIdCOS ceeecceeceeeeeceeneeceeeeeseeeaeeteeeeseeeesaeenaeed 246 Organizing photos and videos in AlDUMS cceeeee eee eeeee tees 246 Moving a photo or video within and between albums nsss 248 Sorting photos and videos in List VIEW cece eeeeeeeeeeeeees 249 S OMUMG albums sirsiran arakan iara aay 250 COPYING SP MOU Me a e E E T A 253 Deleting a photo Or Video 45 csissecscietvidesceniivecetenseccenateterssnviieeseiinio 254 Sharing Photos and VIGEOS cceeceeeseeeeee ence eeee cece eecaeeeaeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesas 255 Working with palmOne Media on your COMPUTE ceeeeeeeeee tees 256 Related TOI CS vaseec ses fnustranacagsdssdstrgnat foisebsesdedeteiaestess Pa Ea E SEEEN EIEE 257 Chapter 16 Listening to MUS C ssssssssssnnnnnnnnn0nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 258 Transferring MP3 files to an expansion card eeeceeeeeceteeeeeeteteeeteeteees 259 Transferring music from a CD to an expansion Card ceeeeeeeeeeeees 262 Playing music on your Nandhel do eeeceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeaeeeaaeeeaeeeees 266 Managing playlists xis ssisceecs consxesaqpessnesecatiencdescestcenaxqesaeed rannessecesagerses sagak 267 Creating a PlayliSt civsssecceiisies ernie naa aa 267 Playing SONGS froma playlist sisri sikisen an 269 Editing a playlist rrise enina eaaa aiaa a ea aa 270 Deleting ai PlAVliSt 2 sissekanne oana aa piana aaa aa eaaa 272 VIEWING SONG INGO s
419. otos and Videos 4 Select Done y Done Viewing photos or videos You can view photos and videos in the following ways Thumbnail View miniature preview versions of your photos and videos List View names and dates of photos and videos on your handheld photos only or an expansion card Slide show View all photos and videos in an album automatically one after another You can easily select a photo from Thumbnail or List view to see the full screen view of the photo or select a video from either view to play the complete video You can also rotate the orientation of the photo zoom in to view a magnified portion of a photo and view or edit detailed information about a photo or video Viewing a photo or video in Thumbnail view 1 Go to the Home screen and select M edia Y Continued 236 CHAPTER 15 Tip Can t remember what album your photo or video is in Select All Handheld or All lt card name gt from the pick list Did You Know When you tap Play to view a video the button changes to Pause Tapping Pause changes the button back to Play and so forth Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 2 View photos or videos in Thumbnail view a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select the album containing the photo and or video you want to view b If Thumbnail view is not displayed tap the Thumbnail icon in the lowerleft corner of the screen w All Handheld Album
420. ounts 284 286 dial up connections 594 597 dictionaries 102 digital camera 22 102 228 234 Digital zoom option 235 digitizer defined 585 Digitizer Preferences screen 585 Disable device name cache command 295 disabling options 25 Disconnect command Web Pro 455 Disconnect on Exit option 408 478 659 disconnecting from Internet 455 disconnecting HotSync cable 77 79 624 Discoverable setting 278 279 293 discovering Bluetooth devices 278 293 295 Discovery icon 287 293 Discovery Results screen 278 293 disk space requirements 2 3 Display Name option 309 403 Display Options command 160 565 Display Options dialog box calendar 160 clock 562 e mail 342 Home screen 565 web browser 470 473 display preferences 565 567 569 570 display See screen Display View icon 449 displaying application groups 530 application icons 622 632 application information 17 536 applications 26 105 533 appointments 152 155 156 157 bookmarks 453 calculators 26 Category pick list 161 162 Command toolbar 36 contact information 118 123 current date and time 23 552 556 e mail attachments 364 458 events 145 162 163 expansion card information 26 expense reports 26 expenses 212 files 460 Graffiti 2 alternate strokes 581 hidden or masked entries 507 Home screen 24 33 37 HotSync log 77 images 228 460 470 information 19 25 533 items in lists 38 memos 184 menus 24 notes 195 online documentation xxii PDF files 29 persona
421. our computer The online Help includes info about the following topics e Viewing copying and deleting contacts e Editing contact details e Marking contacts private e Showing masking and hiding private contacts e Printing contacts e Changing between the list contact info and Contact Edit views e Adding notes to a contact e Adding a date and time stamp to a contact e Organizing contacts into categories e Sharing contacts WINDOWS ONLY To open Contacts on your computer double click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop and then click Contacts on the launch bar MAC ONLY To open Contacts on your computer launch Palm Desktop software from the Palm folder and then click Addresses Zire 72 Handheld 130 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts Related topics My Handheld Click a link below to learn about these related topics Make your handheld uniquely yours For great a tips software accessories Moving Opening applications and more visit Around www palmOne com e Using menus myzire72 Categories Organizing contacts by type and sorting them Information Transferring contact information from other applications such as databases Support spreadsheets and other organizer software If you re having problems i with Contacts or with Privacy Keeping contacts private by turning on security options anything else on your Sharing Sending contacts to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth technology
422. our Calendar k Tip If the text is difficult to see against your new background select a different Color Theme to change the text color K Tip If you want to see the hours when you have nothing scheduled as well as your appointments deselect Compress Day View But don t forget to scroll down to see the events at the end of your day Zire 72 Handheld 4 Set any of the following Agenda View display options Show Due Tasks Display tasks that are due today and tasks that are overdue Show Messages Display the number of read and unread e mail messages Background Use your favorite photo as the Agenda View background Select the Background check box tap the photo thumbnail and then select a photo Adjust the fade setting so that the text is easy to read against the photo Tap Day and set any of the f Display Options i following Day View options O Show Category List Default View v Agenda Show Category List Display the hE Month category pick list By default the M Show Time Bars Category pick list doesn t appear W Compress Day View M Show Category Column Show Time Bars Display the bars that show the duration of an event and event conflicts Compress Day View Avoid scrolling and display only the time period with scheduled events Show Category Column Display the category marker between the time and description The color of the category marker indicates which category the event is filed und
423. our Handheld and Your Computer Step 3 Installing your software Before You Begin Set up a profile if you 1 want to install the same set of information on several handhelds Did You Know When you upgrade 2 there s no need to delete the old desktop software first When you install the new Palm Desktop software all of your information transfers automatically to the new software Tip Take the interactive tutorial on the CD to learn how to create an appointment set up your handheld s features for photos video and music and more Zire 72 Handheld Insert the CD into your computer NOTE You need administrator rights to install Palm Desktop software on a computer running Windows 2000 XP or Mac OS X WINDOWS ONLY Follow the onscreen instructions If you re upgrading select the username that you assigned to your old handheld MAC ONLY a Double click the CD icon and then double click the Palm Desktop Installer icon b Follow the onscreen instructions If you re upgrading select the username that you assigned to your old handheld During installation you re asked to connect your computer to your handheld See Step 4 Tip If the Select User dialog box appears during synchronization select the username of the handheld you want to synchronize and click OK Key Term Third party application A software program that runs on a Palm OS handheld but is not created or suppor
424. our e mail set Outlook or Outlook account uses the IMAP protocol select Direct IMAP Express as your default Any account with Lotus Notes If you selected POP from the Protocol pick list when you set up the account on your handheld select Lotus Notes in the Mail Client pick list If you selected IMAP from the Protocol pick list when you set up the account on your handheld select Direct IMAP e mail program In the next two fields enter your Lotus Notes ID and password Click Browse if you need to locate your Notes ID Zire 72 Handheld 376 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip If you want to synchronize to a local mail file instead of a server mail file select the Synchronize to The conduit does not local replicated mail file check box You must do all of the following to synchronize to a local mail support SSL for accounts file Direct ve e Replicate the server mail file to the desktop e Make sure the replicated mail file is in the Notes data directory e If you have performed a custom Notes installation and have replicated the server mail file to another directory on your desktop make sure that it is the path found in the notes ini file Any account with Eudora on your computer If you are using Eudora as your e mail application you must set up MAPI in Eudora Select Options from the Eudora Tool menu and then do one of the following e If Eudora is the only e mail application that you use select Alwa
425. our games in one category or all of your multimedia applications in another Then you can go right to the group of applications you need N NOTE An entry or application cannot be placed in more than one category Placing an entry into a category 1 Open an application that contains a category option In Calendar go to Day View Open an entry In Note Pad only skip to step 5 4 Open the Details dialog box Contacts Tap Edit and then tap Details All other applications Tap Details Y Continued 530 CHAPTER 24 Using Categories to Organize Information Tip To place an entry into a different category simply 5 Place the entry into a category AATE category a Select a category from the Category pick list from the Category pick list Personal Category Last name Cryz Last name Cryz First name M Company Title O Ae Tite emcees Contact Details il 413 333 2030 Show in List v Work paper Business Category Personal Private QuickList Unfiled Cancel Edit Categories b If necessary select OK c If necessary select Done Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 531 CHAPTER 24 Using Categories to Organize Information Zire 72 Handheld Placing an application into a category 1 2 Go to the Home screen D Open the Category dialog box a Open the menus b Select Category on the App menu Place the application into a category
426. our handheld so you can listen to music and other audio applications Voice Memo Records a voice memo when you press and hold this button button Stylus Lets you enter information on your handheld To use the stylus slide it out of the slot and hold it as you would a pen or pencil Using your fingertip instead of the stylus is OK but don t use your fingernail a real pen or any other sharp object to touch the screen Zire 72 Handheld 21 CHAPTER 2 gt gt Key Term USB The type of connector or cable that s commonly used to connect accessories to a computer Zire 72 Handheld Exploring Your Handheld Back panel controls Camera lens Bluetooth radio internal Speaker Mini USB connector l e button Power connector Camera lens Speaker Microphone Reset button Power connector Microphone Reset Lets you take a picture with the built in digital camera Lets you listen to alarms game and system sounds and music Lets you record sound when capturing videos with the built in camera and when creating voice memos Resets your handheld if it freezes stops responding Lets you connect the power adapter to your handheld so you can charge it 22 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Zire 72 Handheld Mini USB connector Bluetooth radio intemal Lets you connect your handheld to your computer using the HotSync cable so you can synchronize Enable
427. ox to send it later or Drafts to work on it later b Done 349 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Replying to an e mail message from the message list 1 In the Inbox or another folder screen tap the folders pick list and then select the folder that contains the message you want to reply to 2 Create the reply a Tap the envelope icon next to the message you want and then tap Reply on the list b Select Options and then select Reply Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld o M Get Message Move To Mark Read Mark Unread Reply Delete CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages a Select reply options and send your reply Reply Options Reply To M Include Original Text In the Reply Options dialog box select options for replying to the sender only or to all e mail recipients for including original message text with your reply and for inserting a gt character at the beginning of each line in the original message included with your reply O Prefix with gt Tap OK Enter a reply Tap Send to send the reply now Outbox to send it later or Drafts to work on it later Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 351 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Working with URLs You can tap a URL in a received message to view the web page or file associated with the URL Tapping the URL opens palmOne Web Pro to view the page or file Did You
428. p a connection or wireless HotSync tap below A Set up a wireless conneciton and data service for your PC Set up your PC for Bluetooth HotSync Discovery Results i Show Nearby devices Select aPC 289 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Tip To synchronize with your 4 computer go to HotSync Manager and tap the pick list below the HotSync Set up a connection for wireless synchronization a Follow the onscreen instructions for steps 1 3 selecting Next after each step icon to select your To launch HotSync Manager on your computer click the HotSync Manager computer from the list icon on the task bar in the lower right corner of your computer screen Tap the HotSync icon to begin synchronization b Select Launch HotSync in step 4 c Select HotSync to synchronize your handheld with your computer Done Now you can easily synchronize with your computer wirelessly Zire 72 Handheld 290 Before You Begin You must get the passkey username and password for the LAN from the Network Administrator Key Term LAN Acronym for Local Area Network LAN refers to a local network that connects computers located in your home or business Zire 72 Handheld Setting up a connection to a network 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Bluetooth Open PC Setup dialog box a Select Setup Devices b Select LAN Setup c Select Next Select a LAN and tap OK The
429. password for your The more information you select for encryption the longer your handheld takes to scramble and handheld unscramble the information Also applications that use large files such as palmOne Media take a long time to encrypt In these cases consider the trade off between security and convenience 1 Open Security Preferences a Go to the Home O screen Password Quick Unlock b Select Prefs Peay Auto Lock c Select Security Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 520 Zire 72 Handheld Open the Encrypt Data dialog box a Tap Options b Tap the Encrypt data when locked check box c Tap Choose Applications Select the applications you want to encrypt and then select OK Y Continued CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Security Options i M Encrypt data when locked Choose Applications O Encrypt private records only Encryption type Y RC4 Intrusion Protection Encrypt Data fi Select applications to encrypt O Calendar M Contacts O Media M Memos O Note Pad O Tasks M Voice Memo 521 Tip Synchronize your handheld with your computer frequently to prevent loss of information if intrusion protection is triggered Did You Know Incorrect Quick Unlock attempts are not included intheintrusion protection counter Zire 72 Handheld Keeping Your Information Private 4 amp OPTIONAL To encrypt only the private entries
430. pear to be frozen for up to 30 seconds Wait 30 seconds before performing a soft reset If a soft reset does not unfreeze your handheld you need to perform a hard reset X Tip When you purge or delete If your handheld continues to freeze after a reset check your third party applications for items you are given the incompatible applications option to save an archive copy on your computer the next time you I don t see anything on my handheld s screen synchronize e Press an application button to ensure that your handheld is turned on e If your handheld was exposed to cold make sure it is at room temperature Zire 72 Handheld 620 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions e Charge your handheld Perform a soft reset If your handheld still doesn t turn on perform a hard reset I get a waming message telling me my handheld memory is full e If you have installed additional applications on your handheld remove them to recover memory Purge items from Calendar and Tasks This deletes Tasks items and past Calendar events from the memory of your handheld Delete unused memos photos and other items or save them to an expansion card My handheld keeps tuming itself off Your handheld is designed to turn itself off after a period of inactivity This period can be set at 30 seconds or at one two or three minutes Check the Auto off after setting on the Power Preferences screen My handheld is n
431. phone account must also include data services 1 Open Phone Preferences a ae Select the connection for your a Go to the Home screen phone applications b Select Prefs 8 saa cabal BT to Nokia 3650 c Select Phone 2 Select the connection a Tap the Connection pick list and select your mobile phone from the list b Tap Test to make sure the settings work with your phone c Tap Done y Done 596 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Customizing network settings Before You Begin Your handheld includes software that lets you connect your handheld to your Internet service provider ISP or to a dial in remote access server using a mobile phone After you configure your network settings you can establish a connection either by using the menus from the Network e A mobile phone with a Preferences screen or by using a third party application Bluetooth radio or an IR port sold separately You need the following Setting up a service profile tA wireless SSIES Service profiles store the network settings for your ISP or dial in server You can create save and provider account that reuse service profiles You can create additional service profiles from scratch or by duplicating an includes high speed data existing profile and editing the information services or that supports dial up connections additional fees may 1 apply Open Network Preferences e An ISP account or a a Go to the Home screen
432. pick list gt Select a photo or video to view Thumbnail icon 3 To see a full screen view of the photo or a complete video select the photo or video from the thumbnails A video automatically starts playing when you select it Y Continued CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 4 Tap anywhere in the photo or video to return to the Thumbnail view screen y Done Viewing a photo or video in List view 1 Go to the Home screen and select Media re 2 View photos or videos in List Album view A Bunfiled ick list Al Date gt P ia i 11 19 37 a Tap the pick list in the upper i 11 19 37 right corner and select the 111337 _ Select a photo album containing the photo 11 19 37 or video to and or video you want to See VIEW view 12 22 37 Video 01050412 1 7 38 b If List view is not displayed tap the List icon in the lower left corner of the screen Listicon Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 238 CHAPTER 15 Tip You can set how long a photo is displayed in slide show mode before the next item appears by opening the menus selecting Options selecting Preferences and then selecting a time interval from the Slide Show Delay pick list The default is 3 seconds Did You Know In a slide show videos play through in their entirety before the next item appears Zire 72 Handheld Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos 3 To see a full screen v
433. ple transactions in a connection with the the VersaMail application but automatically disconnects when you move on to e mail service provider a different application on your handheld If this option is not selected you must manually disconnect from your ISP Modem Wait Displays the number of seconds that the modem uses to initialize itself If you have a modem tap and enter a number of seconds for the wait The typical setting for a wireless modem is 3 and the typical setting for most normal modems is 0 b Done Zire 72 Handheld 408 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Zire 72 Handheld Changing e mail header details When viewing a message in any folder you can change the view of the message header The e mail header options are as follows e Short header Shows sender s name or address From field and subject line Subj field Tap icon to switch to full Inbox 4 405 P header From Travis Washington lt trwashjr hotmail com gt Subj cool site check this out www futurefacing com There are now three new levels of e Full header Shows the following e Sender s name or e mail address From field e Subject line Subj field e Date message was composed sent or received Date field e Size of message including any attachments Size field e Recipient s name or e mail address To field Tap icon to switch to short From Travis Washington header lt trwashjr hotmail co
434. pose 2 on your handheld can be Go to the Home screen and select VersaM ail B Open a new message sent out through your a Open the menus computer s e mail application b Select Accounts select the account you want and then tap New New Message Did You Know You can set up your handheld to automatically try resending any messages that are not sent correctly the first time i Cancel Did You Know When you put addresses in the copies cc field they are visible to all other recipients Addresses in the blind copies bcc field are hidden from all other recipients Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 333 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip Subjects longer than one line areshown onasingle line with an ellipsis symbol to the right of the subject line Tap the subject to see the full subject Did You Know Open the menus and select Edit to access the editing features available for a message you are composing Tip If you open another application while you re working on a message the message is automatically saved as a draft Zire 72 Handheld Address and compose your message a Enter the recipient s e mail address by entering it directly RRE entering it from Contacts or Subj Payrol i ressi Have been changed to the 5th and using Smart Add Ing the 19th because of the holiday b In the Subject field enter the subject o
435. quire ESMTP authentication select the option to use ESMTP on your handheld 4 Click Save ll on the toolbar to save the settings for this account N NOTE Any mail filters you create for an e mail account on your handheld also apply during synchronization For example if you set filters to accept only e mail containing the subject words Current Software Project only those messages are synchronized Be sure to turn mail filters off if you want to synchronize all messages on your computer with messages on your handheld y Done Zire 72 Handheld 386 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip Select Set Selection As Default to apply the options you selected each subsequent time you synchronize Otherwise the settings apply only the next time you synchronize Zire 72 Handheld Excluding one or more accounts during synchronization By default the HotSync Manager is set to synchronize all accounts you configure in the conduit each time you synchronize You can choose to exclude a specific account from synchronization or to exclude all e mail accounts To exclude a specific account Deselect the check box Select this check box to synchronize this e mail account when you perform a HotSync operation on the VersaMail configuration screen To exclude all e mail accounts from synchronization Click the HotSync Manager icon amp in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your computer screen select Custom select Ve
436. r handheld locks and are only displayed when the password is entered Choose to encrypt all information or just private entries This feature provides better security than hiding private entries and assigning a password Limiting the number of password attempts Selected information is deleted after a specified number of incorrect password attempts Use this feature along with encryption for the highest level of security Zire 72 Handheld 504 Zire 72 Handheld Keeping Your Information Private Marking information as private Marking an entry as private is the first step in protecting your info 1 2 Open an application Create a new entry or select the entry that you want to make private Mark it as private a For existing Contacts tap Edit b Tap Details c Tap the Private check box d Select OK e In Contacts and Memos select Done b Done Contact Details i Show in List Y Mobile Category Personal Private M Private check box OR Cre Cee E 505 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Setting the level of privacy Add further protection to your private entries by setting the privacy level hidden masked Hiding or masking private entries 1 Open Security a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs amp c Select Security 2 Select the display option for private entries a Tap the Private Records pick list b Select one of these options and then
437. r network and more Editing an e mail account 1 Select the account you want to edit Account Setup To setup an account tap New as or select an account to edit a Open the menus Yahoo Work Email VersaMail b Select Accounts and then select Account Setup c Select the name of the account to edit and then select Edit 2 The same series of screens appears for editing an account as for creating an account Go through the screens by tapping Next and change the entries you want to edit on the appropriate screens b Done Zire 72 Handheld 312 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Deleting an e mail account When you delete an account in the VersaMail application the account is removed from your handheld The account still exists on the server For example deleting your Yahoo account from the VersaMail application deletes the account only from your handheld Your e mail account still exists at Yahoo com Tip Synchronize your handheld with your computer to free up the memory associated with an account after you delete it Zire 72 Handheld You can delete all but one of your e mail accounts you must have at least one account 1 Select the account you want to delete a Open the menus b Select Accounts and then select Account Setup c Select the name of the account to delete and then select Delete Delete the account a Select Yes in the Delet
438. racters not just the input area H lt CHOR nd e E s N lt D Z NE lt f gt z SPugomrxngoa POETOCENRED U xE ESE Fa Zire 72 Handheld 48 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Graffiti 2 numbers Write numbers on RIGHT side of input area Number Stroke Number Stroke 0 0 1 2 7 3 te 5 3 5 7 4 o O oo OD O Zire 72 Handheld 49 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Graffiti 2 punctuation marks Write these marks on LEFT side of input area Mark Stroke Mark Stroke Period Ampersand amp Comma Carriage vA i return Apostrophe g At Space ae Quotation mark 1 Question mark i Tab i e2 Exclamation 1 point e2 Zire 72 Handheld 50 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Write these marks on RIGHT side of input area Mark Stroke Mark Stroke Period Backslash Comma Slash Dash Right parenthesis Tilde N Left parenthesis Plus Equal sign 2 ASIATISK X2 tT Zire 72 Handheld 51 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Graffiti 2 accented characters For accented characters write the letter on the left side of the input area and then write the accent on the right side of the input area Tip Get help writing any of Write these marks on RIGHT side of input area the Graffiti 2 characters in Hel oe ae Accent Stroke Accent Stroke Graffiti 2 Help Acute Dieresis ee a a Grave x Circumflex VAN Tilde Ring N CO Zire
439. rd Info application 26 107 Card Info icon 26 card readers 109 259 260 carrying cases 102 categories adding 527 beaming 498 benefits of 526 changing 147 color coding 142 143 deleting 529 displaying 533 565 placing information in different 531 related topics for 534 renaming 528 scrolling through 533 selecting 498 categorizing applications 527 532 contacts 123 131 527 530 events 134 166 498 expenses 205 211 212 information 526 530 memos 188 notes 190 198 tasks 168 174 179 654 Category command 532 Category dialog box 532 category lists 37 105 145 161 531 category marker 153 161 Category pick list 529 531 cautions 611 619 CDs 262 CE Compliance Statement 646 cellular carriers 284 challenge response prompts 605 Change Repeat dialog box 138 172 Change your synchronization option 10 changing alarms 147 bookmarks 452 454 cache size 476 calendar events 147 156 category names 528 date and time settings 554 e mail accounts 312 316 397 e mail filters 396 e mail messages 340 fonts 332 342 Graffiti 2 ShortCut strokes 584 home pages 466 468 information 69 link colors 473 locations 557 558 memos 184 owner information 587 passwords 398 509 pen widths 190 playlists 270 preset connections 591 preset formats 577 Zire 72 Handheld privacy settings 147 repeating events 148 screen colors 570 screen fonts 567 568 server profiles 598 speed dial entries 488 text colors
440. rd party application that is causing a problem If you have multiple third party applications installed on your handheld or have upgraded from an earlier model of a Palm OS handheld perform the following procedure to remove all third party applications from your handheld Once you have removed all of the third party applications you can install one application at a time to determine which application is causing the problem The following procedures erase all data from your handheld Before removing the applications synchronize to back up your data 1 2 Open the palmOne folder on your computer Open the user folder for your handheld User folder names are often abbreviated as lastname firstinitial Select and drag the Backup folder to the Windows desktop Make sure you see the Backup folder on the Windows desktop Close the palmOne folder Perform a hard reset and then synchronize your handheld with your computer Operate your handheld and try to replicate problem operations 641 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions 7 Do one of the following e If your handheld still has problems review this Common Questions section for solutions to the problem Fix the problem before reinstalling the third party applications e If your handheld no longer has problems install the third party applications one application at a time using the following procedure a Open the Backup folder you moved to the Windows desktop in step 3
441. rect Berl oe aden New on your handheld by Bana OEE selecting the HotSync Muoe Sadusky icon on the Home screen and then selecting Primary PC Setup from the Options menu If the settings do not match A ee restart your computer y P e Click OK and synchronize using the a IR port la f Tap Star C on your handheld to record your computer s network ie ronizing by dialing information on your handheld You must use the cable or the IR port for this in to a network synchronization Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 83 Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer 2 Prepare your handheld for network synchronization a Go to the Home O screen and select HotSync 8 b Open the menus c Select Options and then select Modem Sync Prefs d Select Network and then select OK Y Continued Modem Sync Preferences Oa PF oe Bo Network 84 Tip Use Network Preferences to set up a service if you have not done so already Check with your system administrator to obtain network service information Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer 3 Select a service a Select Modem and then tap Select Service Welcome Modem b Tap the Service pick list and select the service you use to connect to your corporate network Check with your system administrator if you do not know which serv
442. rent password a Tap the Password box b Enter the current password and then select OK Change your password New Password ri a Select OK Q Do you want to create anew password now b Enter a new password and then select OK Confirm the password and enter a hint a Enter the password again and then select OK b Enter a hint to help you remember the password if you forget it and then select Done Y Continued 510 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private Zire 72 Handheld 5 Select Done y Done Deleting a password You can delete your password at any time You must enter the current password before you can delete it 1 Enter your password Current Password Enter current password a Tap the Password box b Enter the current password and then select OK Delete your password New Password a Tap Unassign Q Do you want to create anew password now b Select Done 4 Done 511 Zire 72 Handheld Keeping Your Information Private Deleting a forgotten password If you forget your password your handheld displays the password hint if you entered one to help you remember the password If you still can t remember the password you can delete it from your handheld Deleting a forgotten password also deletes all entries marked as private IMPORTANT Be sure to synchronize your handheld before and after this procedure so you can restore an
443. rnames and passwords 316 VCF files 64 359 VCS files 64 359 VersaM ail application accessing e mail with 300 adding attachments 366 368 369 addressing e mail 335 backing up mail databases 411 Zire 72 Handheld benefits of 298 changing default folders 341 changing display options 342 changing e mail accounts 312 397 creating mail folders 346 347 creating personal signatures 338 deleting accounts 313 deleting e mail 352 353 disconnecting from network services 314 315 displaying account information 383 downloading attachments 359 360 363 emptying Trash folder 355 356 filtering messages with 392 394 396 forwarding attachments 370 forwarding messages 348 getting e mail 320 322 323 icons for 328 340 384 marking message status 357 moving messages 344 345 opening 299 303 related topics for 415 replying to e mail 349 350 saving attachments 364 secure connections and 414 sending e mail 330 333 336 461 setting mail formats for 330 setting message preferences 331 399 400 402 406 407 setting notification options 325 339 setting preferences for 388 389 setting retry options for 339 setting up authentication servers 316 setting up e mail accounts 303 311 378 switching e mail accounts 318 synchronizing e mail 372 374 376 379 troubleshooting 415 upgrading e mail accounts for 299 verifying e mail accounts 385 VersaMail software 28 461 462 version numbers 536 537
444. rs For great dapor S ate Sharing e Exchanging applications and information with other Palm OS handheld tips software accessories asad cos users by exchanging cards or beaming items between handhelds and more visit www palmOne com e Sending applications and information to other Bluetooth devices by myzire72 using Bluetooth technology on your handheld Installing and Adding applications from your computer to an expansion card and Support Removing installing other files such as photos videos or music If you re having problems with expansion cards or with anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 111 CHAPTER 7 Managing Your Contacts In this chapter Adding a contact Copying contact information into multiple contacts Locating a contact on your list Customizing the Contacts list Making connections from Contacts Working with Contacts on your computer Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Say good bye to a paper address book that you need to update manually every time someone moves changes their e mail address or gets a new work extension With Contacts not Only is it easy to enter information such as names addresses and phone numbers but it is just as quick to view update and organize contact information You can easily share info with other handhelds and dial phone numbers or send messages directly from a contact entry usi
445. rsaM ail and then click Change Select Do Nothing Synchronizing an account After you set basic and advanced synchronization options verify the account information on your handheld and exclude any accounts if desired you can synchronize your handheld with your com Synchronizing multiple accounts You can include more than one account when synchronizing The maximum number of accounts you can synchronize is as follows e 1 Simple MAPI account for example an account set up using Outlook Express or Eudora e 1 Extended MAPI account for example an account set up using Outlook e 1 Lotus Notes account e 5 combined direct POP or direct IMAP accounts If you try to synchronize more than the limit for a particular type of account an alert prompts you to deactivate any accounts over the allowed number CHAPTER 18 Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Using SSL with the conduit When you set up an e mail account you can choose to use a secure connection Secure Socket Layer or SSL for sending and receiving e mail messages The VersaMail conduit supports SSL when synchronizing with an e mail account only if that account uses Outlook Outlook Express or Eudora The conduit does not support SSL for accounts set up as direct POP or direct IMAP or for Microsoft Exchange or Lotus Notes accounts Advanced VersaMail application features You can choose from among the following features to custom
446. ry or an application Select VersaM ail in the Send With dialog box The VersaM ail application opens displaying a blank message with the information you want to send as an attachment Address the message enter a subject line and then select Send or Get amp Send Using the Send command with Messages Ry NOTE You cannot send a category or an application with Messages You can send information as part of a text or multimedia message using the Send command Follow the procedure for sending information Select Messages in the Send With dialog box The Messages application opens displaying a new text message with the information you want to send as the body of the message Address the message and then select Send You can also convert the message to a multimedia message before sending Zire 72 Handheld 495 CHAPTER 22 Sharing Information Beaming Tip Using the IR port on your handheld you can beam information from within an application such as a photo or video a contact an appointment or a task to other Palm OS handheld users You can For best results when f alee also beam a category of information such as a photo album or even an entire application beaming the handhelds should be between 4 and 39 inches 10 centimeters and one meter apart and there should be a clear ee a path between them Beaming information from within an application NOTE The receiving handheld must be turned on
447. s Checking space and version numbers Before you install a file or an application it s important to make sure you have enough space for it You may also want to check the version number of applications that are already on your handheld or expansion card in case you re interested in upgrading them 1 Zire 72 Handheld Open the Info dialog box a Go to the Home screen D b Open the menus c Select Info on the App menu View space info and version numbers Pick list a Tap the Device pick list and select one of these options Handheld Get information about applications stored on your handheld Expansion card name Get information about applications stored on your expansion card Y Continued Device v Handheld Free Space 14 8M of 15M Address Calendar Connection Contacts Date Book Expense Memo Pad Sie 536 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Cont d b Tap one of the following options and then select Done Version Displays the version numbers of all of your applications Size Shows how much space each application occupies The bar at the top shows the total space currently in use on your handheld or expansion card Records Shows the number of records in an application b Done Zire 72 Handheld 537 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Installing the additional software from the CD Your handheld comes with many applications that are already installed
448. s 2 i Dial the number from the list Did You Know ene Ai i an If the number is a speed a Tap History dial entry the name from the speed dial entry b Tap an entry from the History list appears in the Call History list Call History 19995555555 1720 045 24 pm 1 20 04 5 23 pm Tap entry to enter number on Dialer screen 1 20 045 23 pm 1 20 04 5 22 pm c Tap Dial b Done Zire 72 Handheld 485 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld Using speed dial Speed Dial allows you to store ten of your most commonly used numbers and dial one with a Zire 72 Handheld single tap Adding a speed dial entry 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Dialer Add a speed dial entry a Tap Speed b Tap an empty speed dial button Speed Dial Tap empty speed dial button Edit Entry c Enter a name and telephone number d Tap OK y Done 486 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld Dialing a number using speed dial Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Dialer amp Dial the number a Tap Speed b Tap one of the named speed dial buttons b Done Speed Dial 487 CHAPTER 21 Dialing Phone Numbers from Your Handheld Editing a speed dial entry k Tip You can go directly to the Edit Entry dialog box by tapping and holding a speed dial button Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select
449. s a a3 a ae amp Christopher Tra st g Eo Ta user 3 Co 2 Create the profile a Enter a unique name for the profile and click OK b Close the Users window Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 13 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Select the profile from the User pop up menu and create the info in Palm Desktop software for the profile Set the profile s conduit settings a From the HotSync menu select Conduit Settings b Select the conduit settings for the profile 4 Done Synchronizing with a user profile WINDOWS ONLY 1 Zire 72 Handheld Begin synchronization a Connect the HotSync cable to the USB port on your computer and then insert the other end into the mini USB connector on your handheld b Make sure your handheld is on c Tap Star w Y Continued 14 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer 2 Transfer the profile information i H Installing a profile will overwrite all data currently a Click Profiles on the handheld Are you sure you want to do this b Select the profile you want to T Dont ask this question again load on the handheld and Ej click OK c Click Yes Done The next time you synchronize that handheld Palm Desktop software prompts you to assign a usemame to the handheld Zire 72 Handheld 15 Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer MAC ONLY 1 Begin synchronization a Connect the HotSync cable to the US
450. s O Use Secur O Use Secure Connection SSL Bene MAURA Erao EI Use APOP Advanced Outgoing E Use APOP sensitive and the folder name should be spelled exactly as itis on the server c Do any of the following Port Number Usually 110 for POP and 143 for IMAP servers If you are not sure about the correct port number check with your mail server administrator Use Secure Connection To retrieve incoming mail over a secure Secure Socket Layer or SSL connection select the Use Secure Connection check box Use APOP POP only Encrypts your username and password when they travel over the network Some services require APOP to work properly while others do not work properly if APOP is used If you aren t sure if your ISP or web e mail provider supports APOP check with your e mail provider Root Folders IMAP only Defines the root folder on your IMAP server Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 401 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip If you are using the Rory VersaMail conduit and Cont d Deleted Mail IMAP only Stores deleted e mail in the folder you specify on the server have an IMAP account you must configure the Sent Mail IMAP only Shows the name of your Sent Mail folder on the outgoing mail settings to server send mail d Select OK Ny Continued 6 Manage outgoing mail server SMTP settings a On the Mail Servers screen tap Details b Tap the Options pick list and then sel
451. s and 463 proxy servers and 470 retrying connections for 456 selecting service provider for 286 setting connection preferences for 478 setting up network connections for 284 Internet Explorer 2 See also web browsers Internet mail servers 377 Internet Message Access Protocol IMAP 304 Internet protocol IP 602 Internet Service Providers ISPs 277 300 305 477 597 invalidating warranty 619 IP Address check box 602 IP addresses 602 IR devices 78 IR port beaming from 496 497 498 connecting to networks from 82 87 creating connections for 591 disabling 81 location of 20 setting up connections for 594 synchronizing from 76 78 79 88 628 IR to a PC Handheld connection 591 592 IR enabled laptop 78 ISP accounts 597 ISPs 277 300 305 477 597 J 2ME files 29 jack headphone 21 J ava Technologies software 29 J PG files 228 359 455 460 J PG formats 228 K keeping track of expenses 203 key exchange 294 key terms xxi keyboard icons 24 666 keyboards connecting to portable 184 entering information with 58 59 opening alternative 59 opening onscreen 24 Keylock 21 588 589 Keylock Preferences screen 588 619 keys onscreen keyboard 59 L LAN Setup option 291 LANs See networks LANSync Prefs dialog box 89 laptops 78 277 large fonts 568 large images 470 Last Page Viewed option 468 launching See opening Leave mail on server option 307 Leave Messages on SIM option 440 LED light 21 left
452. s set to synchronize the files If it is not select the application click Change and then choose Synchronize the files Click the Set as default check box to use this setting each time you synchronize Otherwise it applies during the next synchronization only MAC ONLY Double click the HotSync Manager icon in the palmOne folder From the HotSync menu select Conduit Settings Select your username from the User pop up menu and be sure that the application is set to synchronize I can t open the HotSync Manager Make a backup copy of your Palm Desktop data by opening the palmOne Windows or Palm Mac folder on your computer selecting the folder with your username copying the folder to another location and then renaming the folder Then reinstall Palm Desktop software When I synchronize receive the 8009 error message An application has failed to respond to a HotSync notification WINDOWS ONLY The 8009 error indicates that the Windows registry is corrupt You need to rebuild the HotSync Manager registry entries For information on rebuilding the registry entries go to www palmOne con support intl and search the palmOne Knowledge Library for error 8009 My files didn t install during synchronization e If files do not install after you synchronize the file type was not recognized On your handheld open the application associated with those files Then synchronize again If the files remain in the palmOne Quic
453. s the message you want to forward Select the message to forward a Select the e mail message to open it b Select Forward Fwd Address and send the message b Done Inbox 4 4075 gt E From Travis Washington lt trwashjr hotmail com gt Subj cool site check this out www futurefacing com There are now three new levels of Ww Bone Reply Fd Geet Select Forward 348 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Replying to an e mail message You can reply to an e mail message as you are reading it or you can start the reply when you are viewing messages in the message list Did You Know Replies are always sent as text only even if you received the original message in HTML format Tip From the message screen you can also select Reply from the Options menu Zire 72 Handheld Replying to a message that you are reading 1 Create the reply a Select the message you want to reply to b Select Reply Select reply options and send your reply Reply Options Reply To a In the Reply Options dialog box Bf include Original Text Ie T eae the O Prefix with gt nder only or m sender only or to all e mai recipients for including original message text with your reply and for inserting a gt character at the beginning of each line in the original message included with your reply b Tap OK c Enter a reply d Tap Send to send the reply now Outb
454. s your handheld to connect with other devices sold separately that use Bluetooth communication What s on the screen Your handheld includes many features that make it easy to use Among them are the input area and the common elements that appear on the screen in each of the applications Once you learn how to use them in one application you can easily use them in all the others Input area Tapping the icons in the input area does the following Home icon Menu icon Clock icon Brightness icon Clock icon Brightness icon Letter keyboard Number keyboard Icon Icon Displays the current time and date The display closes automatically after two seconds See Setting the date and time and Managing Clock Settings for more information Opens the Adjust Display dialog box where you can set the brightness of your handheld s display See Adjusting the brightness for instructions 23 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld Key Term Slider The solid area on the scroll bar The slider moves to indicate the relative position within the entry or list Tip You can also use the navigator to select an item from a pick list and to select some command buttons Zire 72 Handheld Home icon Displays the Home screen where you can open applications See Opening applications for more information Menu icon Opens the menus where you can select items that provide access to other features See Using menus for more
455. se amp Open the Receipt Details dialog box a Tap an expense item b Tap Details Select the currency symbol s that you want to see in the pick list a Tap the Currency pick list and then select Edit currencies Y Continued Receipt Details Category Paris Type Airfare Payment v VISA Currency Vendor City Attendees LZ ITTI GGS 206 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses Cont d b Tap one of the Currency pick lists and select the name of Select the currencies that the country whose currency display in currency list Select Currencies Currency symbol you want to display Currency 1 United States pick list Currency 2 EU Euro c Select OK and then select OK Currency 3 w United Kingdom again Currency 4 Japan Currency 5 w None 4 Done The expense list now displays the currencies you selected Presetting the currency symbol Tip Choose which currency symbols appear when you add a new expense If you re entering several expenses that all use the same currency change 1 the preset currency to that symbol to save time Go to the Home screen and select Expense amp baie youre finished 2 Open Expense Preferences dialog box with those expenses change it again to the a Open the menus next one you ll use b Select Options and then select Preferences Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 207 CHAPTER 13 Managing Your Expenses Zire 72 Handheld
456. se files in the the handheld You can Calendar or Tasks application on your handheld download a maximum of 10 attachments for any received messages regardless of message HTML HTML or HTM This is usually a web page or a formatted text file Open these files in the SIZe palmOne Web Pro application on your handheld Application must be installed from the CD Your handheld displays HTML attachments with full formatting intact Text TXT This is usually a memo or another plain text file Open these files in the Memos application on your handheld Microsoft Word DOC Open these files in the Documents To Go application on your handheld Application must be installed from the CD Microsoft Excel XLS Open these files in the Documents To Go application on your handheld Application must be installed from the CD Graphics files J PG BMP TIF GIF Open these files in the palmOne Media application on your handheld Zire 72 Handheld 359 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Other application files For other types of application files your handheld may contain a viewer that allows other applications to pass it a file for viewing If your handheld contains such a viewer you can open the attachment if not you can t view the attachment Among the file types that may be supported are MP3 and AAC files if saved to an expansion card PRC PRC This is a Palm OS application that you can install and
457. select Done Show Display private entries Mask Block entries with a gray bar you can see the bar onscreen but you can t see the entries content Hide Make private entries invisible Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 506 Keeping Your Information Private Cont d Preferences Security Password Contacts Cho Mike 650 555 6322 W Cruz Maria 415 555 8983 W D Am Lou 415 555 5236 W Masked entry Quick Unlock 3 Hamon Nikk 530 555 7650 H Keaton Lisa 203 555 6192 W Lang Mei 203 555 7567 W Auto Lock f Private Records Show _ Mask Hide Peter Jam 650 555 9322 W b Done Viewing an entry that is masked To open a masked entry select the entry If you have a password enter it in the Show Private Records dialog box and then select OK When you close a masked entry it remains masked Using a password Tip Further protect your hidden or masked entries by creating a password which is needed to display Use a password to the contents of hidden masked entries protect confidential work or personal information If your handheld is lost or stolen this information will be safe Zire 72 Handheld 507 ale HR als oye Tip The best passwords and Quick Unlock combinations consist of a mix of letters characters and numbers Longer passwords are better than short ones Any password you create is case sensitive Tip Enter your password with
458. ses the information displayed is correct however occasionally your authentication username and or password is different from your account username or password d Select OK Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 317 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Getting and reading e mail You can choose to see only the subjects of your e mail which includes message size sender and Did You Know lie subject so that you can decide if you want to download the entire message Or you can choose to Tau Sees ap yur get the entire message for all of your incoming e mail If you choose to get the entire message the handheld to body text of the message is downloaded up to the maximum message size you select automatically check for and download new i e mail messages Switching among e mail accounts To view the e mail in an account you must switch to that account and then get the e mail 1 Go to the Home screen and select VersaM ail a 2 Select the account for which you want to get e mail a a In your Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus b Select Accounts and then select the name of the account you want Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 318 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 3 Tap the folders pick list and then select Inbox if the Inbox is not displayed y Done Zire 72 Handheld 319 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Getting e mail messages T
459. set radio stations why not personalize your handheld too You can easily customize the sound levels fonts and screen colors on your handheld by using preferences and menus And preference settings can help extend the life of your handheld s battery Benefits of customizing e Access applications quickly e Conserve power e Enjoy your handheld more e Make your screen easy to read 564 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Customizing the Home screen Use your favorite photo as the background for the Home screen Or display your application icons in list format with small icons so that you can see more applications without scrolling Zire 72 Handheld 1 2 Go to the Home screen Open the Display Options dialog Display Options box View By Icon a Open the menus i M Remember Last Category M Background b Select Options and then Fade 0 select Display Options Tap the View By pick list and select List or Icon as the display format If you want the last category you viewed to reappear the next time you visit the Home screen select the Remember Last Category check box Y Continued 565 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld 5 Select a photo for the background a Select the Background check box b Tap the photo thumbnail and select a photo c Adjust the fade setting so that the text is easy to read against the photo d Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 566 CHAPTER
460. sound or with a blinking light when a new message arrives in your account Reminders screen If auto get discovers and downloads new messages for an e mail account a notification appears on the Reminders screen telling you the account name and the number of new messages If auto get is scheduled for more than one account a separate notification appears for each account Zire 72 Handheld 324 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting notification options You can choose a sound such as a bird a phone or an alarm to let you know when new e mail arrives Did You Know Any custom sound you 1 install on your handheld appears on the Notify Sound pick list Turn on notification Zs a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus b Select Options and then select Notification Tip You can follow these c Tap the Notify me of new mail and mail alerts check box steps to change the notification sound at any time ae f 2 Select notification options Notification G Tip a Tap the Notify Sound pick list AAR 4 Notif f Auto Get You can abe set your aL and then select a sound The and Send failures ea a handheld plays a brief Notify Sound None to DINK when new e mal demo of the sound arrives and adjust the volumeof the notification b To receive notifications of sound successful auto get mail and automatic send retries only deselect the Notify me of Auto G
461. srnntrnnnnrnnnn rennene en 320 Scheduling auto get Mail issii 322 Auto get Notifications 0 0 eeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaaeeeaceeeeeeeeeseeeesteeeens 324 Setting notification OPtiONS sssrin aaa an 325 Viewing and using the Reminders SCreen cecceeeeeeetetseeeneetees 326 Auto get Mail retris jrun 327 Resource issues with auto get Mail essssssssssesessrrsrreerrsrrerrnerrenrses 328 Inbox icons in the VersaMail application s s s 328 Reading e mail messagesS s sseessessesrrsessrrsrisrrtstnerenstnetenennrensennnnn 329 Selecting whether to receive messages as HTML or plain text 330 Customizing the font of messages you are reading essere 332 Sending an e mail message 0 12 eeceee cece eeee eee eeeaeeeaeecaaeeeaeeseeetneeeeeeeeees 333 Entering an address directly in the To field oo eee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 335 Entering an address using Contacts cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetsaeeeaes 336 Entering an address using Smart Addressing sesser 337 Attaching a personal signature eeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeenaeetaes 338 Send rey sce cde sad ject dace snes oa ie Senate oust eps Er EEA EEE ESEO 339 Send retry Notifications ccies cgeiaiseecsiirees cians aaa 339 Modifying messages in the OUtDOX ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeene 340 Outbox icons in the VersaM ail applications 340 Working with e mail folders eee cceeeeeeeeee cence eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteaeeeaeeseaeeeaaes 341 Viewing another
462. ss and add an attachment to the message a Select Forward Fwd b Tap the word To On the Recipient List screen enter or look up the recipient address c Attach the file to include with the forwarded message b Done CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Synchronizing e mail on your handheld with e mail on your computer Tip WINDOWS ONLY Tr If you are synchronizing To manage your e mail on your computer as well as on your handheld you can synchronize an e an account with Microsoft mail account on the handheld with an e mail application on the desktop You can use many Outlook or Outlook popular e mail applications called clients such as Microsoft Outlook Eudora Lotus Notes Express on your Outlook Express or any other e mail clients that use MAPI computer you must also set Outlook or Outlook IMPORTANT You must have a Windows computer to synchronize e mail on your handheld Express as your default with e mail on your computer On a Windows computer the VersaMail conduit is installed e mail program automatically when you install Palm Desktop software Tip To synchronize e mail for a given account you must do the following If you intend both to synchronize e mail on your handheld with e mail on your computer and to send and receive e Select the synchronization options for the e mail account e mail messages wirelessly from your e Set up the e mail account on your handheld with
463. ssage with attachment remain to be a NEN downloaded c When downloading is complete the red paper clip icon appears and More is no longer displayed View or install the attachment Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 363 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages 2 To download multiple attachments whose total size exceeds the maximum message size a On the message screen tap the red paper clip icon b Select one of the following To view any downloaded attachments without downloading additional attachments Select No View or install the downloaded attachments To continue downloading all attachments Select Yes When downloading is complete the Attachments dialog box appears showing all downloaded attachments View or install the downloaded attachments b Done Saving attachments to an expansion card If you bought an expansion card that provides extra memory you can save downloaded attachments to the expansion card 1 Insert the expansion card into the slot on your handheld Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 364 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip If you open a message from the Drafts folder you must first tap Edit before you can add an attachment Zire 72 Handheld 2 Download and save the attachment Attachments max sentences doc 22 KB a Download the attachment re Viewer v Documents b On the Attachments screen Type MSWord select the attachment you wan
464. stall Palm Desktop software from the CD Tip You can synchronize your handheld with your computer wirelessly using the built in Bluetooth technology on your handheld Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Protect your infomation When you synchronize information you create a backup copy If something happens to your handheld or your computer the information is not lost one tap restores it in both places IMPORTANT Be sure to synchronize at least once a day so that you always have an up to date backup copy of important information What information is synchronized If you use the default settings information from all the following applications is transferred each time you synchronize your handheld with your computer PE R E ERCO amp Calendar Contacts Expense Media Memos Note Pad Tasks Voice Memo If you ve installed applications from the CD such as the VersaMail application these applications may also be included in the defaults for synchronization NOTE Information from Media photos and videos is synchronized in Palm Desktop software on Windows computers only When you synchronize on a Mac computer your photos are stored in the Home Pictures palmOne Photos lt Palm User Name gt folder OS X or Documents palmOne Photos lt Palm User Name gt OS 9 folder and your videos are stored in Home Movies palmOne Videos lt Palm User Name gt folder OS X or D
465. t Every other week Private Every month The 6th of every 4th month Y Continued 172 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Tip To schedule an annual 4 task such as decorating for a holiday on the first Sunday of a particular Set the repeat interval a Tap Day Week Month or Year as the repeat unit month select Month as b Tap Fixed Schedule to base the due date on the due date of the current task the repeat unit enter 12 or tap After Completed to base the due date on the date you complete this on the Every line and task With this option if you complete this task early or late the due date for then tap Day as the the next task adjusts accordingly Repeat By setting c Tap the Every line and enter the frequency at which the task repeats d Tap the End on pick list and select an end date if needed e If you selected Fixed Schedule in step b and Week in step a tap the day of the week the task repeats If you selected Fixed Schedule in step b and Month in step a tap Day to select the week within the month such as the 4th Thursday or tap Date to select the same date within the month such as the 15th f Select OK Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 173 CHAPTER 9 Managing Your Tasks Organizing your tasks Sometimes you want to look at all the things you need to do while at other times you want to see only certain types of tasks Did You Know Overdue tasks have an exclamation point next to the due date
466. t the new start and end times Location Category v Unfiled Repeat None c Tap the Date box and select Private O the new date d Select OK Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 147 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar 4 Zire 72 Handheld If you re changing a repeating event tap one of the following to Repeating Event il Q Apply the changes to select which event s you want to the Current record this amp all Fut ds apply me changes SAlleccunrences oe Current Apply your changes to only the selected instance of the repeating event Future Apply your changes to the selected event and all instances of the repeating event that occur at a later date All Apply your changes to the selected event and all past and future instances of the repeating event Ry Done 148 CHAPTER 8 Managing Your Calendar Deleting events Tip You can also delete a specific event by selecting the event tapping Details and then tapping Delete Tip Many peoplefind ituseful to refer to old events for tax purposes If you save an archive copy of your deleted events you can refer to them later by importing them Zire 72 Handheld If an appointment is cancelled you can delete it from your schedule When deleting a repeating event you can indicate whether you want to delete just the selected event or to include other instances of the event You can also delete all your old events that are
467. t to save and then select Save To Card c Select OK d Repeat steps b and c for each attachment you want to save to the card and then tap Done b Done Attaching files from a handheld application You can attach files on your handheld to e mail messages you send For example you can attach photos or videos Word and Excel docs and entries from Contacts Calendar and Tasks You can also attach files from an expansion card inserted in your handheld s expansion slot The maximum size message you can send is 60KB for the body text and approximately 5MB of total data for any attachments The maximum number of attachments for any e mail message is ten regardless of the attachments total size You can attach a file to forwarded messages and replies as well as messages you create CHAPTER 18 Did You Know You can attach the following types of files from a handheld application vCard VCF vCal iCal VCS ICS Memo Text TXT PRC PDB Microsoft Word document DOC Microsoft Excel spreadsheet XLS Tip To remove an attachment from an e mail message tap the attached file in the Attachments box and then tap Delete Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving E mail Messages NOTE The procedure for attaching photos and videos is slightly different from that for other types of files 1 Open the Attachments screen E a On the message screen open the menus b Select Opt
468. t Select the message header field with the information contained in the edit line To From Subject cc Size For example you might select From to download only messages from a particular sender Contains pick list Selecta filter action Contains Starts with Does NOT Contain Edit line Enter the text that must be found in the header field For example if you want to sort e mail with the subject Sales enter Sales If you enter more than one criteria separate each with a comma for example Sales New York Then get mail and move to pick list Select the folder or mailbox into which you want your filtered e mail to go You can also create a new folder for storing the incoming e mail Tap Edit Folders and then create a new folder or delete or rename existing ones c Tap OK The filter appears in the Filters list Ry Done 393 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tuming filters on and off A filter that is turned on applies to all subsequent downloads of e mail until you deselect it More than one filter can be in effect at once Before you download e mail be sure to turn on the filters you want and turn off those you don t want Tip Filters that are turned on 1 execute in the order in Open the Filters dialog box p which they appear on the f Ary appen a In the Inbox or on another pila Filters list Move filters up M 7 Quotes and down the list to folder screen open the O 7 Sales menus M 7
469. t a natural speed and do not write on a slant Did You Know Write uppercase letters e Press firmly the same way you write lowercase ones The only e Write large characters difference is where you write them If you re already familiar with Graffiti writing from an older Palm OS handheld Graffiti 2 writing will be easy to master Characters are entered in exactly the same way except for i t k and the Tip number 4 These letters are now made with two strokes just the way you would write them if you Your handheld has tables were using a pen and paper displaying all of the Also you no longer have to use the punctuation shift stroke for common punctuation like periods Graffiti 2 characters short commas or J ust write these characters on the correct side of the input area and your handheld cuts and commands immediately recognizes them Customize your handheld so you can display these characters by drawing a line from the bottom of the screen to the top Zire 72 Handheld 47 CHAPTER 4 Entering Information Graffiti 2 alphabet x Tip You can select alternate Write lowercase letters on LEFT side ways to write some and capital letters across MIDDLE of input area Graffiti 2 characters Choose the method that s Letter Stroke Letter Stroke Letter Stroke Letter Stroke most natural for you Tip A AIB B C C D p Customize your handheld so that you can use the entire screen to enter E F Graffiti 2 cha
470. t have at least 60KB free e Purge old Calendar events and delete unused or unnecessary applications I cannot send data to another Bluetooth device e Make sure that Bluetooth communication is enabled on both your handheld and the other device e Make sure that the receiving device has a compatible Bluetooth application installed e The receiving device must be within range of your handheld approximately 25 30 feet 8 10 meters Problems with incompatible applications palmOne Inc works with developers of third party add on applications to ensure the compatibility of these applications with your handheld Some third party applications however may not have been upgraded to be compatible with your handheld Possible symptoms of incompatible applications include e Fatal errors needing resets e Frozen handheld requiring a reset e Slow performance e Abnormal screen display or uneven sound quality Zire 72 Handheld 640 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions e Problems using Bluetooth or other features Zire 72 Handheld e Problems opening an application e Problems synchronizing You can determine whether an incompatible application is causing problems by deleting the application and then operating your handheld After you have deleted the application try to replicate the operation that created the error If removing the application solves your problem contact the application developer for a solution Finding a thi
471. tects exactly what you want it to do Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Correcting problems with tapping Is your Screen not responding to taps Are you getting unexpected results when you tap For example when you tap the number keyboard icon does the Find dialog box open instead If this happens it s time to align the screen 1 Open Digitizer Preferences Preferences Tap the target Tap the center of each target with your stylus This aligns the b Select Prefs Pies screen digitizer a Go to the Home O screen c Select Digitizer 2 Tap the targets on the screen as precisely as possible and then select Done N NOTE You need to tap at least three targets maybe more if you don t tap carefully y Done 585 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Selecting sound settings Tip Are sounds too soft or too loud Set the volume levels for the system game and alarm tones or You can choose different turn sounds off altogether with the Silent profile types of sounds for Calendar Tasks and World Clock Go to the 1 pee Open Sounds amp Alerts application open the Lanai SEEPS Sounds amp Alerts Options menu and then Profile boxes select Preferences a Go to the Home O screen System Sound v Medium Did You Know b Select Prefs B Cena Saudi VA Alarm Sound Medium When you connect a Aam O headset to your c Select Sounds amp Alerts handheld the external speaker
472. ted A dialog box is displayed informing you when the page you are viewing is old Ask before connecting You re notified each time before you access the Internet Disconnect on Exit Your handheld disconnects from the Internet when you exit Web Pro Select OK y Done Preferences i M Autofill text M Offer old content if available O Ask before connecting O Disconnect on exit WM Drag anywhere to scroll page 478 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Setting preferences for using a proxy server Your handheld comes with the proxy server turned on You can turn the proxy server off or gt gt Key Term i configure some other proxy server Proxy server A server that provides access to files from other servers by B retrieving them either 1 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp from its local cache or from the remote server x Tip 2 Open the Advanced Preferences dialog box Use a proxy server to help G you download web pages a Open the menus ci b Select Options and then select Preferences c Tap Advanced Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 479 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Zire 72 Handheld 3 Set your proxy server preferences a Select or deselect the Use proxy server check box to use or not use a proxy server If you want to use a proxy server other than the default palmOne hosted proxy server tap the Use proxy server box and enter the appropriate server address an
473. ted by palmOne Inc Tip If you have problems with your new handheld after you synchronize you may need to update your third party applications Zire 72 Handheld Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Step 4 Connecting your handheld to your computer In this step you connect your handheld to your computer and synchronize for the first time Synchronizing simply means that any information you enter in one place your handheld or computer is automatically updated in the other IMPORTANT Be sure to synchronize your information at least once a day so that you always have an up to date backup copy of important information 1 Connect your handheld to your computer a Plug the HotSync cable into a USB port on your computer b Plug the cable into your handheld Y Continued Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer 2 Press the power button to turn on your handheld Continue with the onscreen instructions on your computer to synchronize your handheld with your computer Done Zire 72 Handheld Before You Begin Synchronize your handheld with your current desktop software before switching to anew software application This ensures that your new desktop software receives the most current information Zire 72 Handheld Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Computer Switching to another desktop software application WINDOWS ONLY During C
474. ter and your handheld files from your computer to your expansion card a Connect your handheld to your computer with the HotSync cable Create an SD_Audio folder in the root directory b Insert an expansion card into your handheld on the card and store your MP3 files in this folder 2 Select the MP3 files you want to transfer Tip In Mac OS X you can make a Drag and drop the MP3 files onto the Send To the Send To Handheld Handheld droplet in the Palm folder Zaj droplet a permanent part o of your desktop by b In the Send To Handheld dialog box select your dragging the droplet to the username and click OK Dock Then simply drag f songs and other files you Y Continued want to transfer to your handheld onto the droplet in the Dock Zire 72 Handheld 260 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music 3 Synchronize your handheld with your computer NOTE Be patient transferring music to an expansion card can take several minutes 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 261 CHAPTER 16 Listening to Music Transferring music from a CD to an expansion card Before You Begin If your songs are on a CD and you want to listen to them on your handheld use RealOne Player on Windows Install your computer to convert and transfer the files RealOne Player on your computer WINDOWS ONLY 1 Access the CD from RealOne Player on your computer a Double click the RealOne Player icon A on your computer desktop b Insert the CD into your
475. ter your settings and select Expires v 1 Week OK 4 Select OK Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 441 CHAPTER 19 My Handheld Make your handheld uniquely yours For great tips software accessories and more visit www palmOne com myzire72 Support If you re having problems with Messages or with anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com support zire72 Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Related topics Click a link below to learn about these related topics Moving e Opening applications e Using menus Categories Organizing messages by arranging them into categories and sorting them Privacy Keeping messages private by turning on security options Sharing e Exchanging messages with other palmOne handheld users by beaming them e Sending messages to other Bluetooth devices by using Bluetooth technology on your handheld Connecting Setting up a phone connection using the Bluetooth technology on your handheld to send and receive messages wirelessly 442 Browsing the Web In this chapter Accessing a web page Quickly jumping to a page Changing how you view a page Bookmarking your favorite pages Disconnecting from and connecting to the Intemet Downloading files and pages Communicating with other users Retuming to a web page you recently visited Changing your home and start pages Setting
476. the Advanced Preferences screen b Select Options and then select Preferences c Select the Advanced tab 2 Select any of the following PENE ry preferences General Advancedl System M Enable Smart Addressing Enable Smart Addressing Displays M Auto Empty Mail from Trash a list of addresses that match the aa ia letters you enter in the To field You O Auto Disconnect can select the address you want O Disconnect on Exit from the list Modem Wait 8 Auto Empty Mail from Trash Determines how often e mail messages in the trash are automatically deleted Timeout Sets the number of seconds to try to connect before timing out To change tap the Timeout field and enter a new value Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 407 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Tip The default Timeout setting is 45 seconds It can be any number greater than 0 seconds however if you set the Cont d Auto Disconnect Automatically disconnects your remote connections after each command Each command you perform initiates a new call to your ISP This setting is not recommended if you plan to perform multiple e mail transactions in a short amount of time number too low your Disconnect on Exit Disconnects from the network only after you leave the connection attempt may VersaMail application This feature is an alternative to Auto Disconnect This time out before you make option keeps your connection active while you perform multi
477. the bell to request a connection you can choose to open the door or ignore the request Zire 72 Handheld 278 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Entering basic Bluetooth settings Key Term Discoverable Setting 1 that allows other Bluetooth devices to find and connect with your handheld Your handheld 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Bluetooth Enter the basic Bluetooth must be on to be settings Bluetooth discoverable Bluetooth a Select On l E Tip Device Name Joe Sadusky If you are trying to b Tap the Device name field and Discoverable v Yes conserve battery life turn aee w ae aaa ener aa Discoverable mode off ananeid INIS IS the name SS al other Bluetooth devices see when they connect to your handheld By default it is the username you use during synchronization but you can change it c Tap the Discoverable pick list and select Yes or No 4 Done Zire 72 Handheld 279 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices Setting up a phone connection Before You Begin IMPORTANT To use Bluetooth Manager to set up a phone connection you must have a GSM If you have an IR phone mobile phone that is optionally enabled with GPRS data services before you begin you 7 f must run the Phone Link This is how you form a trusted pair between your handheld and your mobile phone Once you have set up the trusted pair connection you automatically connect to your phone wh
478. the correct settings e Enable synchronization on your computer handheld for a given Setting up an account account leave the When you set up the e mail account on your handheld note the following on the Account Setup Synchronize Only screen for each e mail application or connection type Account check box deselected on the Microsoft Exchange account Select IMAP in the Protocol pick list Account Setup screen E og p Lotus Notes If you want to synchronize to a local mail file instead of a server mail file select POP in the Protocol pick list If you are synchronizing your corporate e mail and your corporate mail server does not use IMAP select POP If neither of the above is true select IMAP Zire 72 Handheld 371 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Direct connection to Intemet POP mail server Select the correct protocol in the Protocol pick list Most e mail providers use the POP protocol although some notably CompuServe and Mac use the IMAP protocol Be sure to leave the Synchronize Only Account check box deselected otherwise you cannot send or receive e mail for this account wirelessly from your handheld Direct connection to IMAP mail server Select IMAP in the Protocol pick list Be sure to leave the Synchronize Only Account check box deselected otherwise you cannot send or receive e mail for this account wirelessly from your handheld Enabling synchronization on your computer 1 Open the Versa
479. the following e Reduce the brightness of the display e Reduce the Auto off after interval e Use Keylock Preferences to prevent your handheld from being tumed on accidentally e Minimize use of the expansion card slot Zire 72 Handheld 619 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Tum the Bluetooth feature off when you re not using it or turn the discoverable setting to off When I connect my handheld to the power adapter it does not charge e Confirm that your handheld is firmly connected to the power adapter e Confirm that your power adapter is plugged into an AC outlet that has power A lightning bolt over the battery icon indicates that your handheld is charging e If you have not used your handheld for a long period such as an extended vacation the battery may not contain enough charge to power the indicator light After your handheld has recharged the indicator light will function normally x Tip My handheld is frozen After a soft reset the On rare occasions your handheld may not respond when you press a button or tap the screen In Preferences screen this case you need to reset your handheld A soft reset tells your handheld to stop and start over appears with the Date amp again This does not affect any of the information or applications on your handheld Time option highlighted so you can reset the date and time if necessary NOTE If you had a network connection that was cut off your handheld may ap
480. then select Display Options 3 Select any of the following options and then select OK Show Multiple Locations Display the secondary locations Deselect it to display only the primary location Show Date Display the date in World Clock b Done Zire 72 Handheld 562 CHAPTER 26 Managing Clock Settings Related topics community Click a link below to learn about these related topics To explore the world of your handheld go to www palmOne com Moving around e Opening applications myzire72 e Using menus Calendar Setting an alarm outside of the next 24 hours Support If you re having problems Customizing Changing the volume of other system sounds with World Clock or anything else on your handheld go to www palmOne com su zire72 Zire 72 Handheld 563 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld In this chapter Customizing the Home screen Making the screen easier to read Giving your favorite applications a button or icon Setting the date and time Customizing the way you enter information Selecting sound settings Entering your owner information Conserving battery power Connecting your handheld to other devices Customizing network settings Related topics Zire 72 Handheld Although customizing your handheld is optional it s like changing the preset radio stations in your car Since you re probably not driving around with the dealer s pre
481. till files in the list after you synchronize they were not installed Open the application associated with this file and then synchronize again Zire 72 Handheld WINDOWS ONLY 1 Copy or download the application s or file s you want to install onto your computer Drag and drop the files onto the Palm Quick Install icon a From My Computer or Windows Explorer select the file s or folder that you want to install Drag and drop the file s or folder onto the Palm Quick Install icon on the desktop ral Select your username and click OK Cee Synchronize your handheld with your computer b Done 541 CHAPTER 25 Installing and Removing Applications Tip To install a folder on your handheld open the File menu in Palm Quick Install and select Add Folder Tip To move applications between your handheld and the expansion card drag the files up or down Tip If you don t see the file you want to install go to the folder you copied the file to Zire 72 Handheld Using the Palm Quick Install window WINDOWS ONLY 1 2 Copy or download the file s you want to install onto your computer Double click the Palm Quick Install icon on the desktop Select the files to install a In the User drop down list select the name for your handheld b Click Add c Select the file s you want to install d Click Open Synchronize your handheld with your computer Ry Do
482. tion 495 Using the Send command with MeSSaGES eeeseereetteeeeenteeaes 495 BEAMING pisans nsaan naana Ea a N ENERE TAN 496 Beaming information from within an application sses 496 Beaming a CALEQOLY sevissseccediusssscoiseadeceesisitesebitevdes eesti enseeavieviecesieeeyee 498 Beaming an application ooo ee cece eeeee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeees 499 Other ways of Sharing information ccececeeeeeeee eset eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeee 501 Related TOPICS aces ccseccnssetasdcagsensdct gout sdck sce aa iaesee OE PE E E EEEE 502 XV Chapter 23 Keeping Your Information Private 0 000 503 Choosing a security level eee eeceeceeeeeceeeeeee eters eeaaeseaeeeaaeteaeeteeeteneseeeeeed 504 Marking information AS Private ce ces eesecseeeeseeeeeeeeseeteeeeeeeeteeeeteeeees 505 Setting the level Of privacy 0 ceeceeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeaeesaaeeeaeeseeeteeeeeeeeeees 506 Hiding or masking private entries eee esse ceseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 506 Viewing an entry that iS masked 0 0 eee ect eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeteeeenaeetees 507 USING a PASSWON sazdcsccssdivessessetanenne ns gekwdeeeceeanideee diteen atin TEER 507 Creating PASSWOMO ccessscssiecesscassecesrenezcceesedecegenttsiexsdenstevacerssbecnenenes 508 Changing a PaSSWOMd iscissi ee eeneededinnienernciae 509 Deleting a PASSWOM esceeecceeeeeseeeeseeeseecaeeesaeeaaeeeaeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeens 511 Deleting a forgotten password 00 1 ec ceeceeee
483. tion with your ISP or dial in server when you switch out of an application that requires a connection 1 Minute 2 Minutes 3 Minutes or Never Query DNS Select the Query DNS check box if you re not sure whether you need to enter DNS addresses Many systems do not require that you enter DNS addresses If you do need DNS addresses deselect the DNS check box tap the space to the left of each period in the Primary and Secondary DNS fields and then enter the appropriate sections of each address IP Address Select the IP Address check box to use a temporary IP address Deselect the IP Address check box to enter a permanently assigned address Select OK and then select Done y Done 602 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Deleting a service profile 1 Open Network Preferences a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs amp c Select Network 2 Delete the service you want to delete a Tap the Service pick list and select the service you want to delete b Open the menus c Select Delete on the Service menu d Tap OK and then tap Done b Done Zire 72 Handheld 603 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Creating login scripts A login script is a series of commands that automates logging in to a network server for example your corporate network or your ISP A login script is associated with a specific service profile created in Network Preferences Tip Windows You can also create
484. to display visited and unvisited links on the web pages you view Changing link colors affects only sites that use default link colors 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Open the Display Options dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Display Options Change the link colors a Tap the Unvisited Links pick list and select the color you want to use for links you haven t visited b Tap the Visited Links pick list and select the color you want to use for links you have visited Select OK Ry Done Display Options fi Graphics High Quality Unvisited Links vV Blue Visited Links v Purple O Hide address field 473 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web gt gt Key Term Cookie Some web sites store information in a small text file called a cookie that is saved on your handheld A cookie usually stores information about you and your preferences for that web site A site can use this information to customize the pages you see the next time you visit Allowing a web site to create a cookie does not give the site access to the rest of your handheld A cookie stores only the information you provide while visiting the web site Zire 72 Handheld Allowing web sites to remember personal information By default your handheld saves the cookies it receives If you want more privacy you can tell your handheld not to accept cookies 1 2 Go to the Home
485. to gain access to information Did You Know When you enter the 1 password each letter appears as you are typing it but as soon as you move to the next 2 character the first one becomes an asterisk This Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Go to the web page where you must enter the password ensures privacy 3 p y Enter your password to access Tip the web page A g i i Existing Yahoo users Some web sites allow a Enter your sign in name in the Enter your ID dpa you to select a check box appropriate field rana U to have your sign in Password px name automatically b Tap in the password box oe entered each time you enter your password and Mode Standard Secure ee s Sig in help Forgot your password visita particular web then tap OK Get the emailaddress you ve always wan ted with Personal Address page ad c Tap the button that lets you view the page Sign In Enter Go and so on y Done Zire 72 Handheld 446 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Did You Know Find locates any text whether it is letters or numbers Find is not case sensitive Tip Because of the limited space on the handheld screen sometimes the current web address URL is not fully visible Use the Web Page Info dialog box to view the full URL Open the menus Select Page and then select Page Info Zire 72 Handheld Finding information on a web page 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and
486. tone N NOTE No confirmation tone Check the Sounds amp Alerts Preferences to make sure the System Sound setting is turned on b Done Zire 72 Handheld 103 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Removing an expansion card Tip To prevent damaging the 1 card and the info on it always wait for your handheld to finish writing to the expansion card Push before you remove the card from the slot Push lightly against the card with your thumb until you hear the confirmation tone 2 Slide the card out of the expansion slot b Done Zire 72 Handheld 104 CHAPTER 6 Expanding Your Handheld Opening an application on an expansion card When you insert an expansion card into the expansion slot your handheld adds the expansion card to the category list in the upper right corner of the screen You can easily switch between applications installed on your handheld and on the expansion card J i Tip aly or Did You Know You can install applications and other files to an expansion card during synchronization When the highlighton the Home screen is not active you can hold down Select on the to open the category pick list Tip Expansion card already in the expansion slot Select the category pick list and select the card name to view the applications on the card Zire 72 Handheld NOTE Some applications may not run correctly when you install them on an expansion card
487. topics Synchronizing Creating a backup of your information Customizing Customizing your handheld again after doing a hard reset 616 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions Zire 72 Handheld Although we can t anticipate all the questions you might have this chapter provides answers to some of the most commonly asked questions Setup Nothing happens when insert the CD WINDOWS ONLY 1 Click Start on your computer and then select Run 2 Click Browse and navigate to your CD ROM drive 3 Select Autorun click Open and then click OK I cannot install Palm Desktop software WINDOWS ONLY e Disable any virus scanning software on your computer e Close any open applications e Make sure your computer has at least 60MB of disk space available e Delete all temporary files 617 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions e Run ScanDisk or another disk verification tool on your computer e Install the latest Windows software updates to your computer e If you are upgrading from an older Palm OS handheld remove any previous version s of Palm Desktop software by clicking Start navigating to Settings and clicking Control Panel Click Add or Remove Programs e Uninstall and then reinstall the current version of Palm Desktop software MAC ONLY e Disable any virus scanning software on your computer e Quit any open applications e Make sure your computer has at least 60MB of disk space available e Install the latest Mac softwar
488. try ti long enough for a name a Tap New whose spelling you ERE ate always forget or a b On the ShortCut Name line Directions complex e mail address enter the abbreviation c On the ShortCut Text line s ee enter the text you want to insert when you write the abbreviation d Select OK and then select Done Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 583 CHAPTER 27 Tip To delete a ShortCut open ShortCuts Preferences and select the ShortCut Tap Delete tap Yes and then tap Done Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Changing ShortCuts After you create a ShortCut you can modify it at any time 1 Open ShortCuts Preferences Preferences ShortCuts br Breakfast a Go to the Home screen di Dinner ds Date Stamp dts Date and Time Stamp b Select Prefs ete me Meeting c Select Shortcuts ts Time Stamp Edit the ShortCut a Select the ShortCut you want to change b Tap Edit c Make your changes d Select OK and then select Done y Done 584 we CHAPTER 27 Key Term Digitizer Another name for your handheld s screen and the internal circuitry that enables it to respond appropriately to taps Tip If your screen is not responding to taps use the navigator to open Digitizer Preferences Key Term Calibration The process of aligning your handheld s touch sensitive screen so that when you tap an element on the screen your handheld de
489. uest Return M Request Return Receipt Recei pt check box Warnover 1part Expires v 1 Week c Tap OK Done Zire 72 Handheld 425 CHAPTER 19 Tip Want to send outa message for a future special occasion You can set the Earliest Delivery option to send amessage at a specific date Zire 72 Handheld Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Setting delivery options for a multimedia messages 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Messages Pes Create a multimedia message Open the Message Settings dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select M essage Options Y Continued 426 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages 4 Set the delivery options F a wasn Priority Medium O Delivery Report Priority Set the message flag to O ReadReceipt Low Medium or High Earliest Delivery v Immediately Delivery Report Choose whether Attempt Delivery you want a delivery report sent back Neverexpires to you Earliest Delivery Choose whether you want the message sent immediately or at a later date Attempt delivery Choose whether to keep attempting delivery or set an end date 5 Select OK b Done Zire 72 Handheld 427 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Adding a signature to a message Tip You want people to know 1 who sent the message but you don t want to write a signature for
490. uling events 147 148 156 resending messages 333 reserving dates 135 reset button 22 611 613 resetting application buttons 571 clock 554 575 Graffiti 2 ShortCut strokes 584 handheld 22 513 611 620 local preferences 573 575 passwords 509 preset connections 591 preset formats 577 screen fonts 568 server profiles 598 resizing cache 476 text 184 Resolution option 234 resolution pick list 229 231 restarting handheld See resets restoring archived items 66 defaults 571 information 512 513 614 restricting handheld connections 278 restrictions 611 619 retrieving live web pages 465 retrying auto get mail setting 327 e mail delivery 339 Internet connections 456 Review option 235 Review photo option 235 right arrow controls 25 rotary dialing 594 Rotate Photo command 241 running out of memory 546 running out of space 102 S Save Page dialog box 458 Save Pages dialog box 459 saving appointments 134 attachments 364 battery power 588 contacts 115 122 files 457 information 34 66 623 memos 183 186 music files 258 263 notes 190 photos 228 229 230 246 synchronization settings 96 98 tasks 168 176 177 videos 228 231 233 253 web cookies 474 web pages 458 475 scheduled sending retry e mail 302 schedules 132 152 161 573 See also appointments calendar scheduling appointments 133 134 auto get mail 322 323 327 675 backup and synchronization 75 events 133 135 140 163 reminders
491. updating applications and 10 upgrades and 4 usernames 303 wirelessly 277 289 with external files 99 with HotSync cable 77 83 with IR port 76 78 79 88 628 with Microsoft Outlook 10 94 304 547 625 with user profiles 11 14 16 system information 75 System Preferences screen 411 678 system requirements 2 System Sound pick list 586 T TAB files 64 tab delimited files 64 taking pictures 22 37 114 229 230 tapping application titles 34 arrow icons 25 check boxes 25 command buttons 25 entry boxes 25 menu items 35 problems with 611 620 622 screen elements 23 580 585 610 URLs 455 Task Preferences dialog box 169 178 tasks See also Tasks application adding contact information to 121 adding notes to 168 adding to Tasks list 178 archiving 176 177 assigning due dates to 168 169 173 attaching to e mail 181 categorizing 168 174 179 changing date due 179 combining with appointments 132 completing 175 creating 168 deleting 176 177 displaying 152 161 174 178 179 entering from Outlook 10 managing 167 Zire 72 Handheld marking as private 168 organizing 174 prioritizing 168 179 reordering 179 saving 168 176 177 scheduling repeating 170 172 setting alarms for 169 179 setting repeat intervals for 171 173 sharing 181 viewing due dates for 179 viewing overdue 179 Tasks application adding tasks 168 170 172 additional information for 181 categorizing information in 527 getting help with 180 imp
492. ur delete preferences by tapping the check box Confirm Deleted Message Choose whether a confirmation message appears each time you delete a message or you select the Empty Trash option from the Message menu To display confirmation messages select this check box Delete After Transfer Choose whether data messages are deleted after you transfer the data to the appropriate application To keep data messages after you transfer them to the application deselect this check box Select OK b Done 438 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Setting how your receive text messages 1 Go to the Home screen and select Messages Pes i 2 Open the Advanced Settings dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Advanced Settings Zire 72 Handheld 439 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages 3 Set how you receive text r Advanced Settings messages O Leave Messages On SIM a Tap Text SMS O Force GSM Text M Request Return Receipt Warnover 1part b Set the following options Expires v 1 Week Leave Messages on SIM Normally messages are C deleted from your mobile phone s memory module SIM after you download them to your handheld To keep messages on your phone s SIM after you transfer them to your handheld select this check box Force GSM text Some service providers support only GSM text Change this setting only under the direct
493. ur handheld is accidentally dropped e Use only the stylus to tap the screen no pens pencils paper clips or other sharp objects e Use only the supplied power adapter to charge your handheld Keep the battery charged e Keep the screen free of dust or anything else that could make it dirty e For general cleaning use a soft damp cloth If the screen becomes dirty use a soft cloth moistened with a diluted window cleaning solution CHAPTER 28 Maintaining Your Handheld e Use only 3 5 mm stereo headphones in your handheld s headphone jack e Be sure to get rid of any static electricity buildup before you connect your handheld to any cable or accessory Handheld don ts e Do not drop bang or otherwise cause a strong impact to your handheld e Do not carry your handheld in your back pocket you might sit on it by mistake e Do not let your handheld get wet don t even leave it in a damp location e Do not expose your handheld to very hot or cold temperatures including placing it near a heater leaving it in a car or setting it by a window in direct sunlight Resetting your handheld On rare occasions your handheld may not respond when you press a button or tap the screen In this case you need to reset your handheld Doing a soft reset A soft reset tells your handheld to stop what it s doing and start over again None of your information will be lost After a soft reset a screen appears that lets you res
494. ure this account on your computer You can t synchronize e mail on your handheld with e mail on your computer until you configure the account on your computer Set additional mail options Select Next to set advanced mail options b Done VersaMail Your VersaMail account is completed To exit tap done To set additional mail options tap next 306 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting advanced mail options Did You Know The POP protocol does 1 not support retrieval of unread mail only from the Set mail retrieval server options for a POP or IMAP account server If you have a POP POP accounts IMAP accounts e mail account the VersaMail Work Email i VersaMail appl ication Incoming Mail Options Incoming Mail Options M Get unread mail ONLY M Get unread mail ONLY d loads all Ownloads all messages O Delete messages on the O Delete messages on the server when they are server when they are from the server deleted in VersaMail deleted in VersaMail regardless of whether Leave mail on server e g you have read them for to view on desktop later deskt Port Number 110 Port Number 143 example on your desktop O Use Secure Connection SSL O Use Secure Connection SSL or on the web and Maximum Message Size 5 KB Maximum Message Size 5 regardless of whether this check box is selected a Select any of the following Tip If you choose to leave Get unread mail IMAP a
495. using a proxy server you can only select or deselect an option to view images When you view images they display at their best quality Zire 72 Handheld Changing how images are downloaded Images in web pages can be very large If you are accessing the Internet by using a proxy server you may be able to set options to make web pages download faster by reducing image quality or removing images altogether or you may choose to download images so that they appear at their highest quality 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp Open the Display Options dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Display Options Y Continued 470 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web 3 Zire 72 Handheld Tap the Graphics pick list and select the quality you want for downloaded images No Images All web pages are downloaded without images If however an image is already in the Web Pro cache it appears on the page Low Quality Images are compressed and have a very low resolution This makes downloading faster but results in reduced image quality Normal Quality Image quality is average This is the best compromise between speed and image quality High Quality Image quality is better than average This is the default setting Best Quality Images are downloaded at their highest quality This may result in longer download times Select OK b Done 471 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web
496. usly In most cases the information displayed is correct however occasionally your authentication username and or password is different from your account username or password d Select OK twice b Done Zire 72 Handheld 405 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Adding APOP to an account To encrypt your username and password when they travel over the network some services require APOP to work properly while others do not work properly if APOP is used APOP works only with accounts that use the POP protocol Tip If you aren t sure if your 1 ISP or web e mail rovider supports APOP el with ee email a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus provider Select the account to which you want to add APOP b Select Options and then select Mail Servers A Tap the Account pick list and then select Edit Accounts d Select the name of the account and then select OK 2 Add APOP a On the Mail Servers screen select Details b Tap the Options pick list and then select Advanced Incoming c Select the Use APOP check box and then select OK 3 Select OK y Done Zire 72 Handheld 406 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting advanced account preferences Tip Any advanced 1 preferences you set are y ees gt secs UNESPAANIE PA a In the Inbox or on another folder screen open the menus apply only to the account you are currently in Open
497. ust also have a mobile phone sold separately that you can use as a modem to dial in to the network or an attachable modem accessory sold separately Zire 72 Handheld Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Synchronizing over a network WINDOWS ONLY You can synchronize over your company s network by using your handheld s built in Bluetooth technology to make a wireless connection to a network by dialing in to a network or by connecting to any computer on the network using a cable or your handheld s IR port Use network synchronization if you are not close enough to your computer to synchronize directly using a cable or the IR port IMPORTANT The first time you synchronize you must use the cable or infrared communication After that you can synchronize over a network Synchronizing by dialing in to a network 1 Prepare your computer for network synchronization a Click the HotSync Manager icon G in the taskbar in the lowerright corner of your screen b Select Network c Click the HotSync Manager icon again and then select Setup Y Continued 82 Synchronizing Your Handheld with Your Computer Tip Click TCP IP Settings to display the primary settings for your Cont d d Click the Network tab and make sure your username has a checkmark next to it If the checkmark is not there click the check box next to your username computer Check that me these settings are cor
498. ut setting on the Network Preferences Details screen I get an error message when I try to dial a phone number using my handheld e Make sure that the proper phone driver is installed on your handheld e You may need to set up a connection with your phone See the documentation included with your phone for assistance with completing the connection setup process If you need additional information about connecting your phone refer to the Phone Pairing Handbook at www palmOne com support intl e Check the Phone Preferences screen and make sure the correct phone connection is selected VersaM ail I am having problems accessing my account Occasionally you may experience problems using an e mail account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure and are experiencing problems using the account verify that the account complies with your e mail provider s requirements by following these steps e Verify both your password and your username for your e mail account Zire 72 Handheld 635 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions e If you are connecting using a mobile phone through the built in Bluetooth technology on your handheld a cable or the IR port on your handheld verify that you have either a data enabled GSM or a high speed GPRS account with your wireless service provider e Some wireless service providers require you to be on their network to use your e mail account If this is the case be sure to
499. uter Support and If you re having problems Removi e Using Palm Quick Install and the Send To Handheld droplet with RealOne Mobile Player or RealOne Player on your computer go to Www realone com Common Answers to frequently asked questions about RealOne Mobile Player Questions Zire 72 Handheld 275 CHAPTER 17 Connecting Wirelessly to Other Devices In this chapter What can I do with the built in Bluetooth technology Entering basic Bluetooth settings Setting up a phone connection Accessing e mail and the web wirelessly Setting up a connection to your desktop computer Setting up a connection for wireless synchronization Setting up a connection to a network Creating trusted pairs Setting advanced Bluetooth features Zire 72 Handheld Your handheld helps keep your world organized by storing contact information recording appointments and so on Now your handheld can actually connect you to the world wirelessly using Bluetooth technology Need to make a phone call Tap the number in Contacts and your mobile phone begins dialing How about browsing the web or sending an e mail message from your handheld without a cable Your handheld s built in Bluetooth functionality helps you easily set up wireless connections to a number of devices so you can enjoy the convenience of cable free connectivity Benefits of your handheld s Bluetooth
500. uttons at the bottom of the screen for quick address entry Multiple addresses on Recipient List Enter asemicolon and then a space between recipient names y Done New Message To Recipient List i com net org edu gov CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Did You Know Addresses longer than one line are shown ona single line with an ellipsis symbol to the right of the address line To view or edit the address tap the To field to display the full address Zire 72 Handheld Entering an address using Contacts You can enter a recipient s address by using the Lookup screen to select the address The names and addresses on the Lookup screen come from Contacts 1 Open the Lookup screen a On the New Message screen select the word To b On the Recipient List screen select Lookup Enter the address a On the Address Lookup screen select the address you want and then select Add b Select Lookup and repeat step a for each address you want to add Ry Done Address Lookup Joanna Kwan jkwan jkwan net Tsai Lee tsailee example com LookUp 336 Tip Smart Addressing is turned on by default To turn off Smart Addressing open the menus select Preferences from the Options menu and then select the Advanced tab Deselect the Enable Smart Addressing check box Zire 72 Handheld CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages
501. w and display 1 Go to the Home screen and select Messages Pes i 2 Open the Preferences dialog box a Open the menus b Select Options and then select Preferences Y Continued Zire 72 Handheld 436 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages 3 Set your list view preferences EE Sort by v Date Ascending Sort by Select how you want your View v Multi Line messages sorted Choices are Include oe message type alphabetical using To From alphabetical by message 2 by date by size or is it read or M Confirm Deleted Message unread You can also Select Ci Delete Atter Transter ing M Alert Sound Alarm whether the list is ascending or descendin g SMS Signature View Choose Single Line to view each message on a single line This limits the amount of information shown but you can view more messages in your list Choose Multi Line to see the messages with more information Include In the list include either the date the size of the message or neither Fonts Select the font type the size and the style such as plain or bold 4 Select OK Ry Done Zire 72 Handheld 437 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Setting how messages are deleted 1 2 Zire 72 Handheld Go to the Home screen and select Messages ei Open the Preferences dialog box a Open the menus a Select Options and then select Preferences Set yo
502. want to synchronize in HotSync Manager From the Palm Desktop home screen click the HotSync Manager and then select Custom Calendar I tapped the Today button but it does not show the correct date Make sure the Set Date box on the Date amp Time Preferences screen displays the current date Zire 72 Handheld 630 CHAPTER 29 Common Questions I created an event but it doesn t appear in the Week View e If scroll arrows appear on the right of your screen scroll down to see if the event appears further down the screen e If you have two or more events with the same start time the first event created appears as a gray bar and any subsequent conflicting events appear as a single red bar To see the overlapping events select the Day View For more information see Spotting event conflicts e If you marked the event as private check Security Preferences to see that Private Records is set to Show private records Memos Pm having problems listing memos the way I want to see them If you cannot manually arrange the order of memos on the list screen open the Options menu and select Preferences Make sure that Sort by is set to Manual If you choose to view your memos alphabetically on Palm Desktop software and then synchronize the memos on your handheld still appear in the order defined in the Preferences setting In other words the sort settings you use with Palm Desktop software are not transferred to your handheld
503. wireless networks You should not have to use these commands End Identifies the last line in the login script Y Continued 606 ab oye CHAPTER 27 Tip For more info on creating plug in applications contact Developer Support at PalmSource Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld 4 Complete the script a Repeat step 3 until the login script is complete b Select OK and then select OK again c Select Done b Done Adding plug in applications You can create plug in applications containing script commands that extend the functionality of the built in script commands A plug in application is a standard PRC application that you install on your handheld just like any other application After you install the plug in application you can use the new script commands in a login script For example you might use a plug in application in the following situations e You need the login script to properly respond to different connection scenarios defined by the authentication server e You want to perform conditional tests and branching as part of the login process CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld Plug in applications have the following characteristics e Written in C language e Compiled into a device executable e Called properly from a login script e Able to return control to a login script after it terminates e Created using a development environment that supports Palm OS software such as
504. wned by a Go to the Home screen b Select Prefs 8 c Select Owner 2 Modify or enter the text and then select Done Ry Done 587 CHAPTER 27 Tip When Keylock is on your handheld does not respond when you press the application buttons To use your handheld again press the power button and then tap Deactivate Keylock Zire 72 Handheld Customizing Your Handheld Conserving battery power You can save battery power by preventing your handheld from turning on accidentally and by adjusting the Power Preferences settings Preventing your handheld from tuming on by accident Does your handheld turn itself on accidentally in your briefcase pocket or purse You can lock the buttons on the front of your handheld to prevent this from happening and to prevent the battery from draining 1 Open Keylock Preferences erre a Go to the Home screen Keylock Activation Never c Select Keylock Keylock prevents your handheld i from turning on if a button or key is pressed accidentally Y Continued 588 CHAPTER 27 Customizing Your Handheld 2 Select one of these settings and then select Done Never Keylock always remains off Automatic Keylock turns on automatically when you turn off your handheld or when your handheld goes to sleep Manual Keylock turns on when you hold down the power button until the system sound confirms that Keylock is on b Done Selecting powersaving settings
505. xtended events like conferences and vacations Even color code your schedule by category b Camera Capture photos and videos Use the Media application to view and organize them Expansion card required for videos sold separately amp Card Info View information about an expansion card seated in the expansion card slot Contacts Store names and addresses phone numbers e mail and web site addresses even photos and birthdays Organize your contacts into categories amp Expense Track business or travel expenses and print expense reports after you synchronize with your computer 8 HotSync Synchronize the info on your handheld with the info on your computer Media View and organize photos and videos Use the Camera application to capture them Expansion card required for videos sold separately Pas Memos Capture information such as meeting notes lists of books to read movies to see recipes and anything else you need to write down 26 CHAPTER 2 Exploring Your Handheld ek Note Pad Write on the screen in your own handwriting or draw a quick sketch Pies Prefs Customize your handheld s sound levels colors security and more RealOne Carry music on an expansion card sold separately create playlists and listen to music on your handheld This application also includes desktop software Windows only Both Mac and Windows users can use RealOne Player on the handheld Tasks Stay on top of your to do list Enter thin
506. y private entries that were deleted along with the password 1 Open Security a Go to the Home qm screen b Select Prefs Pay c Select Security 2 Open the Incorrect Password dialog box a Tap the Password box b Tap any number on the keypad and then select OK Y Continued Preferences Password box Auto Lock iN Private Records v Show Current Password Enter current password 512 CHAPTER 23 Keeping Your Information Private 3 Delete the forgotten password Incorrect Password This is not the correct a Tap Lost Password password To try again tap OK b Select Delete Password Hint 4 Synchronize your handheld with your computer to restore any private entries that were deleted 5 amp OPTIONAL Create a new password b Done Before You Begin Locking your handheld To use the locking feature you must first create a Protect the entire contents of your handheld whether marked private or not by using your password to lock your handheld You can set your handheld to lock automatically or you can lock password for your hae it manually IMPORTANT Ifyou lock your handheld you must enter the exact password to unlock it If you Tip forget the password your handheld will show you the hint you entered to help you remember the To start your handheld password If you still cannot remember the password you must do a hard reset to resume using when it is lo
507. y type a Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select Tapt sort CEM Bunfied Tap to the album containing the by name ame EE Bates Sort by Lake view 11 19 37 date photos and or videos you want Lakeside 11 19 37 to sort Ice Flower 11 19 37 Seaspray 11 19 37 ee Totem 11 19 37 b If List view is not displayed Totem2 11 19 37 POPE Birthday boy 12 8 37 tap the List icon in the Columns 12 22 37 lower left corner of the screen Video 010504 12 HH 1 7 38 c Do one of the following Sort by name To list photos and videos by name in ascending A Z order tap Name To list items by name in descending Z A order tap Name again Sort by type Tap the video icon amp to list all videos at the top of the list Tap the icon again to list all videos at the end of the list Sort by date To sort photos and videos from earliest to most recent date tap Date To sort items from most recent to earliest date tap Date again Sort manually Tap a photo or video in the list and drag the stylus to where you want the item to appear A dotted black line indicates the position of the item b Done 249 CHAPTER 15 Taking and Viewing Photos and Videos Sorting albums Tip You must have albums on an expansion card and 1 Go to the Home screen and select Media the card must be inserted into your handheld s expansion slot to sort by 2 Sort albums location otherwise the Tapto Sont By location
508. you want Category Unfiled URL b Select Save http www google com b Done 458 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web J i Did You Know When you view your saved pages remember that you are viewing a copy of the actual page You do not have to be online to view a saved page Tip You can edit information about a saved page from the Saved Pages dialog box Select the name of a saved page and then select Edit Zire 72 Handheld Viewing a saved page 1 2 Go to the Home screen and select Web Pro amp Open the Save Pages dialog box a Open the menus b Select Page and then select View Saved Pages Open a saved page Saved Pages Category v All a Select the name of the saved page you want to open b Select Go y Done 459 CHAPTER 20 Browsing the Web Tip You have an HTML file on your desktop computer that you want to carry with you Download the file onto your expansion card and use Web Pro to view the page on your handheld Zire 72 Handheld Viewing a saved file on an expansion card You can use Web Pro to view web pages or image files that are on an expansion card The types of file that can be viewed include HTML HTM GIF and J PG 1 2 Go to the Home O screen and select Web Pro amp A Open the Choose File dialog box a Open the menus b Select Page and then select Open from Card NOTE The Open from Card option appears only whe
509. ys as the MAPI setting e If you use more than one e mail application select When Eudora is running as the MAPI setting Make sure that your username and password are set up correctly within Eudora This information is needed to log in to Eudora to retrieve and synchronize your e mail Eudora must be running for you to synchronize The VersaMail application synchronizes with your Dominant Personality in Eudora 5 1 or later Intemet based account on your handheld with your Intemet mail server In the Mail Client pick list select Direct POP to server Any account with your IMAP mail server In the Mail Client pick list select Direct IMAP to server Other e mail applications Select Microsoft Exchange 5 0 or later as a choice for the Mail Client option if your e mail application is compatible with extended MAPI If your e mail application is compatible with SMAPI select Microsoft Outlook Express as a choice for the Mail Client option Zire 72 Handheld 377 CHAPTER 18 Sending and Receiving E mail Messages Setting Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express as your default e mail program To synchronize Microsoft Outlook 97 98 2000 XP with a VersaM ail e mail account you must set Microsoft Outlook as the default e mail handler You must check your username and password Tip Make sure your 1 username and password are set up correctly within On your computer open the Internet Options screen a Click Start navigate to Settings and cl
510. ything you have written Open the menus select Message select Add Media and then select Convert Zire 72 Handheld Enter the recipient s address using one of the following methods Saved number list Select To and select the recipient s number if it appears on the list Lookup If the number does not appear on the list select Lookup mobile number and select the name number or e mail address from the screen Enter directly Enter a number on the To line Compose and send the message a In the Subject line enter the text of your message b Select Send 4 Done Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages EET str ta 45 char 1msg E 18315555555 336558986 6505551234 Number of characters Number of messages 160 characters in length Grea stir 32 char 1msg E Select to add acommon phrase Select to add an emoticon 418 CHAPTER 19 Sending and Receiving Text and Multimedia Messages Creating and sending a multimedia message gt gt Key Term nee PONTE far 1 Go to the Home screen and select Messages ee Multimedia Messaging Service An application for sending short 2 multimedia messages Open a new multimedia Messages Z between mobile phones message m 6505551234 8 46 am or handhelds MMS is a T pnie SES new format that is now Sorry lwil be late san supported by most wireless carriers a Select New have some ideas about the meetina b Se

Zire 72 User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents